fhb_Current_Folio_10K

Table of Contents

Com

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

☒  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2018

 

OR

 

  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the transition period from               to               

 

Commission File Number  001-14585

 

FIRST HAWAIIAN, INC.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

 

Delaware

 

99-0156159

(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation)

 

(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

 

999 Bishop Street, 29th Floor

Honolulu, HI

 

 

96813

(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

 

(Zip Code)

 

(808) 525-7000

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

 

Securities Registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share

(Title of Each Class)

NASDAQ Global Select Market

(Name of exchange on which registered)

 

Securities Registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes  ☒  No  

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 of 15(d) of the Act. Yes    No  ☒

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes  ☒  No      

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (Section 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).  Yes  ☒  No  

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (Section 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendments to this Form 10-K. ☒

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a  smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company.  See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer ☒

 

Accelerated filer ☐

 

Non-accelerated filer ☐     

 

Smaller reporting company ☐

Emerging growth company ☐

 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).     Yes    ☒  No

 

As of June 30, 2018, the aggregate market value of the registrant’s voting shares held by non-affiliates was approximately $2.0 billion, based on the closing sale price of $29.02 as reported on the NASDAQ Global Select Market.

 

As of February 20, 2019, there were 134,874,302 shares of the registrant’s common stock outstanding.

 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the Proxy Statement for the 2019 Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K.

 

 

 


 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

FIRST HAWAIIAN, INC.

FORM 10-K ANNUAL REPORT

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Part I

Page No.

 

Item 1.

 

Business

 

2

 

Item 1A.

 

Risk Factors

 

16

 

Item 1B.

 

Unresolved Staff Comments

 

39

 

Item 2.

 

Properties

 

39

 

Item 3.

 

Legal Proceedings

 

39

 

Item 4.

 

Mine Safety Disclosures

 

39

 

 

 

 

 

 

Part II

 

 

 

Item 5.

 

Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

 

40

 

Item 6.

 

Selected Financial Data

 

42

 

Item 7.

 

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

47

 

Item 7A.

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

 

84

 

Item 8.

 

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

 

85

 

Item 9.

 

Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

156

 

Item 9A.

 

Controls and Procedures

 

156

 

Item 9B.

 

Other Information

 

159

 

 

 

 

 

 

Part III

 

 

 

Item 10.

 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

 

161

 

Item 11.

 

Executive Compensation

 

161

 

Item 12.

 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

161

 

Item 13.

 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

 

162

 

Item 14.

 

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

 

162

 

 

 

 

 

 

Part IV

 

 

 

Item 15.

 

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

 

163

 

Item 16.

 

Form 10-K Summary

 

163

 

 

 

Signatures

 

168

 

 

 

 

 

 

1


 

Table of Contents

PART I

 

ITEM 1.  BUSINESS

 

General

 

First Hawaiian, Inc. (“FHI” or the “Parent”), a bank holding company, owns 100% of the outstanding common stock of First Hawaiian Bank (“FHB” or the “Bank”). References to “we,” “our,” “us,” or the “Company” refer to the Parent and its wholly-owned subsidiary, FHB, for purposes of discussion in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

We are a bank holding company incorporated in the state of Delaware and headquartered in Honolulu, Hawaii. Our wholly‑owned bank subsidiary, FHB, was founded in 1858 under the name Bishop & Company and was the first successful banking partnership in the Kingdom of Hawaii and the second oldest bank formed west of the Mississippi River. Today, FHB is the largest full service bank headquartered in Hawaii as measured by assets, loans, deposits and core net income. As of December 31, 2018, we had $20.7 billion of assets, $13.1 billion of gross loans and leases, $17.2 billion of deposits and $2.5 billion of stockholders’ equity. We generated $264.4 million of net income or diluted earnings per share of $1.93 per share for the year ended December 31, 2018.

Through the Bank, we operate a network of 60 branches in Hawaii (55 branches), Guam (3 branches) and Saipan (2 branches). We provide a diversified range of banking services to consumer and commercial customers, including deposit products, lending services and wealth management and trust services. Through our distribution channels, we offer a variety of deposit products to our customers, including checking and savings accounts and other types of deposit accounts. We offer comprehensive commercial banking services to middle market and large Hawaii‑based businesses with over $10 million of revenue, strong balance sheets and high quality collateral. We provide commercial and industrial lending, including auto dealer flooring, commercial real estate and construction lending. We also offer comprehensive consumer lending services focused on residential real estate lending, indirect auto financing and other consumer loans to individuals and small businesses through our branch, online and mobile distribution channels. Our wealth management business provides an array of trust services, private banking and investment management services. We also offer consumer and commercial credit cards and merchant processing.

We seek to develop comprehensive, long-term banking relationships by offering a diverse array of products and services, cross‑selling those products and services and delivering high quality customer service. Our service culture and emphasis on repeat positive customer experiences are integral to our banking strategy and exemplified by our longstanding customer relationships.

We operate our business through three operating segments: Retail Banking, Commercial Banking and Treasury and Other. See “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (“MD&A”) – Analysis of Business Segments” and “Note 23. Reportable Operating Segments” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data for more information.

As of December 31, 2018, we had approximately 2,200 employees, which included full time employees, part time employees and temporary employees. None of our employees are parties to a collective bargaining agreement and we do not expect a significant change in the number of our employees in the near future.

Securities Exchange Act Reports and Additional Information

 

Our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and all amendments to those reports can be found free of charge on our website at www.fhb.com, under Investor Relations, as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with or furnished to the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). These reports are also available free of charge on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.  

 

Information on our Investor Relations website, our main website and other websites referred to in this report is not incorporated by reference into this report or any other report filed with or furnished to the SEC. We have included such website addresses only as inactive textual references and do not intend them to be active links.

 

2


 

Table of Contents

Our Products and Services

The Bank is a full service community bank focused on building relationships with our customers. We provide a variety of deposit accounts and lending services to commercial and consumer customers, as well as credit card products, wealth management services and merchant processing services. For over ten years, the Bank has maintained the largest deposit market share in Hawaii and currently has the leading market position in deposits in Hawaii, Guam and Saipan. We offer a comprehensive range of commercial lending services including commercial and industrial lending, auto dealer flooring, commercial real estate lending and construction lending. Our primary consumer lending services are mortgage lending, auto finance, small business loans, personal installment and credit cards. Our wealth management business offers individuals investment and financial planning services, insurance protection, trust and estate services and private banking.

Reorganization Transactions

On April 1, 2016, BNP Paribas, our majority shareholder (“BNPP”), effected a series of transactions (“Reorganization Transactions”) pursuant to which FHI, which was then known as BancWest Corporation (“BancWest”), contributed Bank of the West (“BOW”), its subsidiary at the time, to BancWest Holding Inc. (“BWHI”), a newly formed bank holding company and a wholly‑owned subsidiary of BancWest. Following the contribution of BOW to BWHI, BancWest distributed its interest in BWHI to BNPP, and BWHI became a wholly‑owned subsidiary of BNPP. As part of these transactions, we amended our certificate of incorporation to change our name to First Hawaiian, Inc., with First Hawaiian Bank remaining our only direct wholly‑owned subsidiary.

On July 1, 2016, in order to comply with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System’s requirement (under Regulation YY) applicable to BNPP that a foreign banking organization with $50 billion or more in U.S. non‑branch assets as of June 30, 2015 establish a U.S. intermediate holding company and hold its interest in the substantial majority of its U.S. subsidiaries through the intermediate holding company by July 1, 2016, we became an indirect wholly‑owned subsidiary of BNP Paribas USA, Inc. (“BNP Paribas USA”), BNPP’s U.S. intermediate holding company. As part of that reorganization, we became a direct wholly‑owned subsidiary of BancWest Corporation (“BWC”), a direct wholly‑owned subsidiary of BNP Paribas USA.

Initial Public Offering and Separation from BNPP

Shares of FHI’s common stock began trading on the NASDAQ Global Select Market (“NASDAQ”) under the ticker symbol “FHB” on August 4, 2016. In August 2016, FHI completed its initial public offering (“IPO”) of 24,250,000 shares of common stock sold by BWC. In February 2017, BWC sold an additional 28,750,000 shares of FHI common stock in a secondary offering. In May and June 2018, BWC sold an additional 16,830,000 shares of FHI common stock in the aggregate in a secondary offering. BWC sold 20,000,000 additional shares of FHI common stock in secondary offerings completed in each of August and September 2018, respectively. BWC sold shares of FHI common stock of 2,968,069 and 1,801,801 in May and August 2018, respectively, to the Company pursuant to share repurchase agreements. BWC sold 24,859,750 shares of FHI common stock in a secondary offering completed in February 2019. FHI did not receive any of the proceeds from the aforementioned sales of shares of its common stock by BWC. Following the completion of the secondary offering completed on February 1, 2019, BNPP (through BWC) fully exited its stake in FHI common stock.

In connection with BNPP’s gradual selldown of FHI common stock, Jean-Milan Givadinovitch, Xavier Antiglio, J. Michael Shepherd, Michel Vial and Gérard Gil, each a BNPP designee to the FHI board of directors, resigned from the FHI board of directors. The FHI board of directors appointed Faye Kurren, Jenai Wall and C. Scott Wo to fill such vacancies. As a result, all directors designated by BNPP have resigned from the FHI board of directors.

The Company and/or Bank entered into contractual arrangements with BNPP and/or its affiliates to provide a framework for our ongoing relationship with BNPP, including a Stockholder Agreement, a Transitional Services Agreement, a Registration Rights Agreement, a License Agreement and an Insurance Agreement. Following the completion of BNPP’s divestiture of the Company’s common stock on February 1, 2019 and the resignation from FHI’s board of directors of all remaining directors nominated by BNPP, the non-control date under the Stockholder Agreement occurred. As a result, BNPP’s governance and consent rights under the Stockholder Agreement, and its substantive rights under the Registration Rights Agreement, have terminated. The Transitional Services Agreement has also terminated.

3


 

Table of Contents

Competition

We operate in the highly competitive financial services industry and face significant competition for customers from financial institutions located both within and beyond our principal markets. We compete with commercial banks, savings banks, credit unions, non‑bank financial services companies and other financial institutions operating within or near the areas we serve. Additionally, certain large banks headquartered on the U.S. mainland and large community banking institutions target the same customers we do. In addition, as customer preferences and expectations continue to evolve, technology has lowered barriers to entry and made it possible for banks to expand their geographic reach by providing services over the Internet and for non‑banks to offer products and services traditionally provided by banks, such as automatic transfer and automatic payment systems.

Our Strategic Initiatives

Our business strategy is focused on providing full service banking across our branch footprint, and we strive to be Hawaii’s bank of choice for consumer and commercial customers. We believe the combination of our brand, service quality, prudent approach to risk management and ties to the communities we serve provides us with steady growth opportunities and has allowed us to consistently deliver top tier operating performance. Our ongoing strategic focus and business initiatives include continuing to grow organically by leveraging our existing core competencies and positioning our business for the evolving bank landscape. We have a deep understanding of our customers and local market conditions which has been, and will continue to be, a primary factor in the success of our franchise.

Supervision and Regulation

We are subject to extensive regulation under federal and state banking laws that establish a comprehensive framework for our operations. This regulatory framework may materially impact our growth potential and financial performance and is intended primarily for the protection of the safety and soundness of financial institutions, maintenance of the federal deposit insurance system and the protection of consumers or classes of consumers, rather than the protection of stockholders or other investors.

Significant elements of the statutes, regulations and policies applicable to the Company are described below. This description is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the statutes, regulations and policies described. These statutes, regulations and policies are continually under review by Congress and state legislatures and federal and state regulatory agencies. Regulation and regulatory oversight have increased significantly since 2010 as a result of the passage of The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”), and recent political developments have added additional uncertainty to the implementation, scope and timing of regulatory reforms.

Regulatory Agencies

FHI is a bank holding company under the U.S. Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (the “BHC Act”) and has elected to be treated as a financial holding company under the BHC Act. Consequently, FHI and its subsidiary are subject to the supervision, regulation, examination and reporting requirements of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”). The BHC Act provides generally for “umbrella” regulation of bank holding companies by the Federal Reserve and functional regulation of holding company subsidiaries by applicable regulatory agencies. The BHC Act, however, authorizes the Federal Reserve to examine any subsidiary of a bank holding company, other than a depository institution, engaged in activities permissible for a depository institution. The Federal Reserve is also granted the authority, in certain circumstances, to require reports of, examine and adopt rules applicable to any holding company subsidiary.

In general, the BHC Act limits the activities permissible for bank holding companies. Bank holding companies electing to be treated as financial holding companies, however, may engage in additional activities under the BHC Act as described below under “— Permissible Activities under the BHC Act”. For a bank holding company to be eligible to elect financial holding company status, all of its subsidiary insured depository institutions must be well‑capitalized and well‑managed as described below under “— Prompt Corrective Action Framework” and must have received at least a “satisfactory rating” on such institution’s most recent examination under the Community Reinvestment Act (the “CRA”). The bank holding company itself must also be well‑capitalized and well‑managed in order to be eligible to elect financial holding company status. If a financial holding company fails to continue to meet any of the well-capitalized and well-managed prerequisites for financial holding company status after engaging in activities not permissible for bank holding

4


 

Table of Contents

companies that have not elected to be treated as financial holding companies, the company must enter into an agreement with the Federal Reserve to comply with all applicable capital and management requirements. If the company does not return to compliance within 180 days, the Federal Reserve may order the company to divest its subsidiary banks or the company may be required to discontinue or divest investments in companies engaged in activities permissible only for a bank holding company electing to be treated as a financial holding company. In addition, if any insured depository institution subsidiary of a financial holding company fails to maintain a CRA rating of at least “Satisfactory,” the financial holding company will be subject to restrictions on certain new activities and acquisitions.

FHB is a Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”) insured bank chartered under the laws of the state of Hawaii. FHB is not a member of the Federal Reserve System. Consequently, the FDIC and the Hawaii Department of Financial Institutions (the “DFI”) are the primary regulators of FHB and also regulate its subsidiaries. FHB’s branch operations in Guam are also subject to regulation by the Banking and Insurance Commissioner of the Government of Guam Department of Revenue and Taxation (the “Guam Banking and Insurance Commissioner”). FHB’s branch operation in Saipan, which is one of the principal islands of the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands (“CNMI”), is subject to the regulatory jurisdiction of the Division of Banking of the CNMI Department of Commerce. In addition, as the owner of a Hawaii‑chartered bank, FHI is registered as a financial institution holding company under the Hawaii Code of Financial Institutions (the “Hawaii Code”) and is subject to the registration, reporting and examination requirements of the Hawaii Code, as well as supervision and examination by the Hawaii DFI.

The Company offers certain insurance, investment and trust products through FHB and its subsidiary, Bishop Street Capital Management Corporation, a registered investment advisor with the SEC. Bishop Street Capital Management Corporation is subject to the disclosure and regulatory requirements of the Investment Advisors Act of 1940, as administered by the SEC. FHB is also registered as a municipal securities advisor with the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board (“MSRB”) and the SEC and is subject to the disclosure and regulatory requirements of the MSRB and the SEC. FHB’s insurance brokerage activities in Hawaii are conducted under its insurance producer license by appointed agents (licensed insurance producers) and those licensees are subject to regulation by the Insurance Division of the State of Hawaii Department of Commerce and Consumer Affairs (the “DCCA Insurance Division”). FHB’s trust services in Hawaii are subject to regulation by the FDIC and the Hawaii DFI. FHB’s insurance activities in Guam are conducted under a general agent’s license issued by the Guam Banking and Insurance Commissioner and FHB is therefore subject to regulation by the insurance branch of the regulatory division of the Guam Department of Revenue and Taxation.

FHB and its affiliates are also subject to supervision, regulation, examination and enforcement by the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (the “CFPB”), with respect to consumer protection laws and regulations. In addition, FHI is subject to the disclosure and regulatory requirements of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Act of 1934 (“Exchange Act”) administered by the SEC and the rules adopted by NASDAQ applicable to listed companies. The Company is subject to numerous other statutes and regulations that affect its business activities and operations.

Permissible Activities under the BHC Act

In general, the BHC Act limits the business of bank holding companies to banking, managing or controlling banks and other activities that the Federal Reserve has determined to be so closely related to banking as to be a proper incident thereto.

Bank holding companies that qualify and elect to be treated as “financial holding companies,” like us, may engage in, or acquire and retain the shares of a company engaged in, a broad range of additional activities that are (i) financial in nature or incidental to such financial activities or (ii) complementary to a financial activity and do not pose a substantial risk to the safety and soundness of depository institutions or the financial system generally. These activities include securities underwriting and dealing, insurance underwriting and brokerage and making merchant banking investments.

The BHC Act does not place territorial restrictions on permissible non banking activities of bank holding companies. The Federal Reserve has the power to order any bank holding company or its subsidiaries to terminate any activity or to terminate its ownership or control of any subsidiary when the Federal Reserve has reasonable grounds to believe that continuing such activity, ownership or control constitutes a serious risk to the financial soundness, safety or stability of any bank subsidiary of the bank holding company.

5


 

Table of Contents

Permissible Activities for Banks

As a Hawaii-chartered bank, FHB’s business is generally limited to activities permitted by Hawaii law and any applicable federal laws. Under the Hawaii Code, the Bank may generally engage in all usual banking activities, including accepting deposits; extending loans and lines of credit; borrowing money; issuing, confirming and advising letters of credit; entering into repurchase agreements; buying and selling foreign currency and, subject to certain limitations, making investments. Subject to prior approval by the Commissioner of the Hawaii DFI and by the DCCA Insurance Division, the Bank may also permissibly engage in activities related to a trust business, activities relating to insurance and annuities and any activity permissible for a national banking association.

Hawaii law also imposes restrictions on the Bank’s activities and corporate governance requirements intended to ensure the safety and soundness of the bank. For example, the Hawaii Code requires that at least one of the directors of the Bank, as well as the Chief Executive Officer of the bank, be residents of the State of Hawaii. FHB is also restricted under the Hawaii Code to investing in certain types of investments and is generally limited in the amount of money it can lend to a single borrower or invest in securities issued by a single issuer (in each case, 20% of FHB’s common stock and additional paid-in capital).

Enhanced Prudential Standards

The Dodd-Frank Act, as amended by the Economic Growth, Regulatory Relief, and Consumer Protection Act of 2018 (“EGRRCPA”), which was signed into law on May 24, 2018, directs the Federal Reserve to monitor emerging risks to financial stability and enact enhanced supervision and prudential standards applicable to bank holding companies with total consolidated assets of $250 billion or more and non-bank covered companies designated as systemically important by the Financial Stability Oversight Council (often referred to as systemically important financial institutions). The Dodd-Frank Act mandates that certain regulatory requirements applicable to systemically important financial institutions be more stringent than those applicable to other financial institutions. In general, EGRRCPA increased the statutory asset threshold above which the Federal Reserve is required to apply these enhanced prudential standards from $50 billion to $250 billion (subject to certain discretion by the Federal Reserve to apply any enhanced prudential standard requirement to any BHC with between $100 billion and $250 billion in total consolidated assets that would otherwise be exempt under EGRRCPA). BHCs with $250 billion or more in total consolidated assets remain fully subject to the Dodd-Frank Act’s enhanced prudential standards requirements.

In February 2014, the Federal Reserve adopted rules to implement certain of these enhanced prudential standards. Beginning in 2015, the rules require publicly traded bank holding companies with $10 billion or more in total consolidated assets to establish risk committees and require bank holding companies with $50 billion or more in total consolidated assets to comply with enhanced liquidity and overall risk management standards. In October 2018, the Federal Reserve proposed rules that would tailor the application of the enhanced prudential standards to BHCs per the EGRRCPA amendments, including by raising the asset threshold for application of many of these standards. For example, consistent with the threshold in the EGRRCPA, the requirement to maintain a risk committee would be revised to apply to all publicly traded bank holding companies with $50 billion or more in total consolidated assets.

Capital Planning (Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review) and Stress Testing. Under the EGRRCPA, BHCs with between $100 billion and $250 billion in total consolidated assets are subject to “periodic” supervisory stress tests to determine whether they have adequate capital available to absorb losses as a result of adverse economic conditions and BHCs and banks with more than $250 billion in total consolidated assets must conduct “periodic” company-run stress tests. On July 6, 2018, three Federal banking agencies issued statements providing, among other things, that BHCs and banks with less than $100 billion in total consolidated assets, such as the Company and the Bank, would be immediately exempt from the Dodd-Frank company-run stress testing requirement (commonly referred to as “DFAST”). The three Federal banking agencies have also proposed rules to increase the asset threshold for company-run DFAST.

Covered bank holding companies and U.S. intermediate holding companies, such as BNP Paribas USA, may make capital distributions - which include payments of dividends or stock repurchases not only by the covered company but also its subsidiaries - only in accordance with a capital plan submitted as part of the CCAR process that has been reviewed and not objected to by the Federal Reserve. On August 1, 2018, we received notice from BNPP that it expected to cease consolidating FHI’s financial statements with (i) the BNPP consolidated financial statements under International Financial Reporting Standards and (ii) the BNP Paribas USA consolidated financial statements under U.S. GAAP (the date on which BNPP ceased consolidating First Hawaiian's financial statements is referred to herein as the

6


 

Table of Contents

“Deconsolidation Date”). Consequently, from the Deconsolidation Date, the Company has not been included within the scope of (i) BNPP’s capital requirements for purposes of the fourth EU Capital Requirements Directive and EU Capital Requirements Regulation or (ii) BNP Paribas USA’s capital plans for purposes of CCAR processes.

Acquisitions by Bank Holding Companies

The BHC Act, the Bank Merger Act, the Hawaii Code and other federal and state statutes regulate acquisitions of banks and other FDIC‑insured depository institutions. The Company must obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve before (i) acquiring direct or indirect ownership or control of any voting shares of any bank or bank holding company, if after such acquisition, it will directly or indirectly own or control 5% or more of any class of voting shares of the institution, (ii) acquiring all or substantially all of the assets of any bank (other than directly through the Bank) or (iii) merging or consolidating with any other bank holding company. Under the Bank Merger Act, the prior approval of the FDIC is required for the Bank to merge with another bank or purchase all or substantially all of the assets or assume any of the deposits of another FDIC‑insured depository institution. In reviewing applications seeking approval of merger and acquisition transactions, bank regulators consider, among other things, the competitive effect and public benefits of the transactions, the capital position and managerial resources of the combined organization, the risks to the stability of the U.S. banking or financial system, the applicant’s performance record under the CRA, the applicant’s compliance with fair housing and other consumer protection laws and the effectiveness of all organizations involved in combating money laundering activities. In addition, failure to implement or maintain adequate compliance programs could cause bank regulators not to approve an acquisition where regulatory approval is required or to prohibit an acquisition even if approval is not required. In addition, pursuant to the Dodd‑Frank Act, the BHC Act was amended to require the Federal Reserve to, when evaluating a proposed transaction, consider the extent to which the transaction would result in greater or more concentrated risks to the stability of the U.S. banking or financial system. Under applicable laws, the Company may not be permitted to acquire any bank in Hawaii because it controls more than 30% of the total amount of deposits in the Hawaii market. As a result, any further growth in the Hawaii market will most likely have to occur organically rather than by acquisition.

Dividends and Repurchases

FHI is a legal entity separate and distinct from the Bank and its subsidiaries. Virtually all of FHI’s income comes from dividends from the Bank, which is also the primary source of FHI’s liquidity and funds to pay dividends on its equity and, if FHI were to incur debt in the future, interest and principal on its debt. There are statutory and regulatory limitations on the payment of dividends by the Bank to FHI, as well as by FHI to its stockholders.

Federal bank regulators are authorized to determine, under certain circumstances relating to the financial condition of a bank holding company or a bank, that the payment of dividends would be an unsafe or unsound practice and to prohibit payment thereof. In particular, federal bank regulators have stated that paying dividends that deplete a banking organization’s capital base to an inadequate level would be an unsafe and unsound banking practice and that banking organizations should generally pay dividends only out of current operating earnings. In addition, the ability of banks and bank holding companies to pay dividends, and the contents of their respective dividend policies, could be impacted by a range of regulatory changes made pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act.

Payment of Dividends by the Bank. In addition to the restrictions discussed above, the Bank is subject to limitations under Hawaii law regarding the amount of dividends that it may pay to the Parent. In general, under Hawaii law, dividends from the Bank may not exceed the bank’s retained earnings provided that the bank will, after the dividend, have the minimum paid-in common stock and additional paid-in capital required under Hawaii law, which, for a bank which has trust operations, is $6.5 million. Hawaii law also effectively restricts a bank from paying a dividend, or the amount of the dividend, unless that bank’s common stock and additional paid-in capital is $6.5 million multiplied by 133%, or $8.6 million. This amount is not necessarily indicative of amounts that may be paid or available to be paid in future periods. Under Hawaii banking law, for example, paying “excessive dividends” in relation to a bank’s capital position, earnings capacity and asset quality could be deemed to be an unsafe and unsound banking practice. Under the Hawaii Business Corporation Act, a dividend or other distribution may not be made if a bank would not be able to pay its debts as they become due in the ordinary course of business or if its total assets would be less than the sum of its total liabilities and the amounts that would be needed to satisfy shareholders with preferential rights of distribution. In addition, under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act of 1950 (“FDIA”), an insured institution may not pay a dividend if payment would cause it to become undercapitalized or if it already is undercapitalized. See “— Prompt Corrective Action Framework” below.

7


 

Table of Contents

Payment of Dividends and Common Stock Repurchases by the Company. As a bank holding company, the Company is subject to oversight by the Federal Reserve. In particular, the dividend policies and share repurchases of the Company are reviewed by the Federal Reserve and will be assessed against, among other things, the Company’s ability to achieve the required capital ratios under applicable capital rules (including the applicable capital conservation buffer). In addition, the Federal Reserve has indicated generally that it may be an unsafe or unsound practice for bank holding companies to pay dividends unless a bank holding company’s net income is sufficient to fund the dividends and the expected rate of earnings retention is consistent with the organization’s capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition. See “— Regulatory Capital Requirements” below.

In addition, under the Capital Rules (as defined below), any repurchase or redemption of a regulatory capital instrument is subject to prior regulatory approval. Accordingly, the Company may not repurchase its common stock without the prior approval of the Federal Reserve.

Transactions with Affiliates and Insiders

Transactions between the Bank and its subsidiaries, on the one hand, and the Company or any other affiliate of the Company, on the other hand, are regulated under federal banking law. The Federal Reserve Act imposes quantitative and qualitative requirements and collateral requirements on “covered transactions” by the Bank with, or for the benefit of, its affiliates, and generally requires those transactions to be on terms at least as favorable to the Bank as if the transaction were conducted with an unaffiliated third party. Covered transactions are defined by statute to include a loan or extension of credit, as well as a purchase of securities issued by an affiliate, a purchase of assets (unless otherwise exempted by the Federal Reserve) from the affiliate, certain derivative transactions that create a credit exposure to an affiliate, the acceptance of securities issued by the affiliate as collateral for a loan, and the issuance of a guarantee, acceptance or letter of credit on behalf of an affiliate. In general, any such transaction by the Bank or its subsidiaries must be limited to certain thresholds on an individual and aggregate basis and, for credit transactions with any affiliate, must be secured by designated amounts of specified collateral.

Federal law also limits a bank’s authority to extend credit to its directors, executive officers, principal shareholders (and persons that beneficially own or control more than 10% of any class of the bank’s voting stock), as well as to entities owned or controlled by such persons. Among other things, extensions of credit to such insiders are required to be made on terms that are substantially the same as, and follow credit underwriting procedures that are not less stringent than, those prevailing for comparable transactions with non‑insiders. Also, the terms of such extensions of credit may not involve more than the normal risk of non‑repayment or present other unfavorable features and may not exceed certain limitations on the amount of credit extended to such persons individually and in the aggregate. Certain extensions of credit also require the approval of the Bank’s board of directors. The Dodd-Frank Act expanded the scope of these regulations, including by applying them to the credit exposure arising under derivative transactions, repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements, and securities borrowing and lending transactions.

Source of Strength

Federal law requires bank holding companies to act as a source of financial and managerial strength to their subsidiary banks. Under this requirement, the Company is expected to commit resources to support the Bank, including at times when the Parent may not be in a financial position to provide such resources, and it may not be in its, or its stockholders’ or creditors’, best interests to do so. In addition, any capital loans the Company makes to the Bank are subordinate in right of payment to depositors and to certain other indebtedness of the Bank. In the event of the Company’s bankruptcy, any commitment by the Company to a federal bank regulatory agency to maintain the capital of the Bank will be assumed by the bankruptcy trustee and entitled to priority of payment.

Regulatory Capital Requirements

Capital Requirements Applicable to Top-Tier Holding Companies in an Organizational Structure.  The Federal Reserve monitors the capital adequacy of the Company, and the FDIC and the Hawaii DFI monitor the capital adequacy of the Bank. The bank regulators currently use a combination of risk‑based ratios and a leverage ratio to evaluate capital adequacy. In July 2013, the federal bank regulators approved final rules implementing Basel III and various provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act (the “Capital Rules”). The Capital Rules became effective on January 1, 2015 (subject to a phase-in period for certain provisions).

8


 

Table of Contents

The Capital Rules, among other things, impose a capital measure called “Common Equity Tier 1” (“CET1”), to which most deductions/adjustments to regulatory capital must be made. In addition, the Capital Rules specify that Tier 1 capital consists of CET1 and “Additional Tier 1 capital” instruments meeting certain specified requirements.

Under the Capital Rules, the minimum capital ratios are as follows:

4.5% CET1 to risk-weighted assets,

6.0% Tier 1 capital (that is, CET1 plus Additional Tier 1 capital) to risk-weighted assets,

8.0% total capital (that is, Tier 1 capital plus Tier 2 capital) to risk-weighted assets, and

4.0% Tier 1 capital to average quarterly assets.

The Capital Rules also require a capital conservation buffer designed to absorb losses during periods of economic stress. The capital conservation buffer is composed entirely of CET1, on top of these minimum risk‑weighted asset ratios. In addition, the Capital Rules provide for a countercyclical capital buffer that is applicable only to advanced approaches banking organizations, which does not include the Company or the Bank.

The implementation of the capital conservation buffer began on January 1, 2016 and was phased in over a three-year period until it reached 2.5% on January 1, 2019. As a result, the Capital Rules now require an additional capital conservation buffer of 2.5% of CET1, effectively resulting in minimum ratios of (i) 7% CET1 to risk-weighted assets, (ii) 8.5% Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets, and (iii) 10.5% total capital to risk-weighted assets.

Banking institutions with a ratio of CET1 to risk-weighted assets above the minimum but below the capital conservation buffer (or below the combined capital conservation buffer and countercyclical capital buffer, when the latter is applied) face constraints on dividends, equity repurchases and certain discretionary compensation based on the amount of the shortfall and the institution’s “eligible retained income” (that is, four quarter trailing net income, net of distributions and tax effects not reflected in net income).

The Capital Rules provide for a number of deductions from and adjustments to CET1. These include, for example, the requirement that mortgage servicing rights (“MSRs”), certain deferred tax assets (“DTAs”) and significant investments in non‑consolidated financial entities be deducted from CET1 to the extent that any one such category exceeds 10% of CET1 or all such categories in the aggregate exceed 15% of CET1. Implementation of the deductions and other adjustments to CET1 began on January 1, 2015 and is being phased‑in over a four‑year period (beginning at 40% on January 1, 2015 and an additional 20% per year thereafter).

In September 2017, the federal bank regulators proposed rules to revise and simplify the capital treatment for MSRs, certain DTAs, investments in non-consolidated financial entities and minority interests for banking organizations, such as the Company and the Bank, that are not subject to the advanced approaches. In November 2017, the federal bank regulators revised the Capital Rules to extend the current transitional treatment of these items for non-advanced approaches banking organizations until the September 2017 proposal is finalized. In September 2018, the three Federal banking agencies issued a proposed rule that would provide that banking organizations may calculate their capital requirements for “high volatility commercial real estate” exposures using the definition in EGRRCPA, which has broader exemptions and is narrower in scope than the current definition in the Federal banking agencies’ capital rules.

The Capital Rules also prescribe a standardized approach for risk weightings that expanded the risk‑weighting categories from the Basel I risk-based capital rules to a much larger and more risk‑sensitive number of categories, depending on the nature of the assets, generally ranging from 0%, for U.S. government and agency securities, to 1,250% for certain securitization exposures, and resulting in higher risk weights for a variety of asset categories.

Bank holding companies and banks are also required to comply with minimum leverage ratio requirements. These requirements provide for a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to total consolidated quarterly average assets (as defined for regulatory purposes), net of the loan loss reserve, goodwill and certain other intangible assets (which we refer to as the “leverage ratio”) of 4.0% for all bank holding companies and banks.

With respect to capital ratio requirements, the Bank is also subject to the prompt corrective action regulations pursuant to Section 38 of the FDIA. See “— Prompt Corrective Action Framework.”

9


 

Table of Contents

In December 2017, the Basel Committee published standards that it described as the finalization of the Basel III post-crisis regulatory reforms (the standards are commonly referred to as “Basel IV”). Among other things, these standards revise the Basel Committee’s standardized approach for credit risk (including recalibrating risk weights and introducing new capital requirements for certain “unconditionally cancellable commitments,” such as unused credit card and home equity lines of credit) and provide a new standardized approach for operational risk capital. Under the Basel framework, these standards will generally be effective on January 1, 2022, with an aggregate output floor phasing in through January 1, 2027. Under the current U.S. Capital Rules, operational risk capital requirements and a capital floor apply only to advanced approaches institutions, and not to the Company or the Bank. The impact of Basel IV on the Company and the Bank will depend on the manner in which it is implemented by the federal bank regulators.

In December 2018, federal bank regulators issued a final rule that would provide an optional three-year phase-in period for the day-one regulatory capital effects of the adoption of the current expected credit losses (“CECL”) Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2016-13,  Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326), Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments. See “Note 1. Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data for additional information about CECL.

Liquidity Requirements

Historically, the regulation and monitoring of bank and bank holding company liquidity has been addressed as a supervisory matter, without required formulaic measures. The Basel III final framework requires banks and bank holding companies to measure their liquidity against specific liquidity tests that, although similar in some respects to liquidity measures historically applied by banks and regulators for management and supervisory purposes, going forward would be required by regulation. One test, referred to as the liquidity coverage ratio (the “LCR”), is designed to ensure that the banking entity maintains an adequate level of unencumbered high‑quality liquid assets equal to the entity’s expected net cash outflow for a 30‑day time horizon (or, if greater, 25% of its expected total cash outflow) under an acute liquidity stress scenario. The LCR is a minimum requirement, and the Federal Reserve can impose additional liquidity requirements as a supervisory matter.  The other test, referred to as the net stable funding ratio (“NSFR”), is designed to promote more medium- and long- term funding of the assets and activities of banking entities over a one-year time horizon.

In September 2014, the federal bank regulators approved final rules implementing the LCR for advanced approaches banking organizations (i.e., banking organizations with $250 billion or more in total consolidated assets or $10 billion or more in total on-balance sheet foreign exposure) and a modified version of the LCR for bank holding companies with at least $50 billion in total consolidated assets that are not advanced approach banking organizations, neither of which would apply to the Company or the Bank. In the second quarter of 2016, the federal banking regulators issued a proposed rule that would implement the NSFR for certain U.S. banking organizations to ensure they have access to stable funding over a one-year time horizon. The proposed rule would not apply to U.S. banking organizations with less than $50 billion in total consolidated assets, such as the Company and the Bank.

Following the enactment of the EGRRCPA, the Federal Reserve stated in July 2018 that it would no longer require bank holding companies with less than $100 billion in total consolidated assets to comply with the modified version of the LCR. In addition, in October 2018, the federal bank regulators proposed to revise their liquidity requirements so that banking organizations that are not global systemically important banks and have less than $250 billion in total consolidated assets and less than $75 billion in each of off-balance-sheet exposure, nonbank assets, cross-jurisdictional activity and short-term wholesale funding would not be subject to any LCR or NSFR requirements.

Prompt Corrective Action Framework

The FDIA requires the federal bank regulators to take prompt corrective action in respect of depository institutions that fail to meet specified capital requirements. The FDIA establishes five capital categories (“well-capitalized”, “adequately capitalized”, “undercapitalized”, “significantly undercapitalized” and “critically undercapitalized”), and the federal bank regulators are required to take certain mandatory supervisory actions, and are authorized to take other discretionary actions, with respect to institutions that are undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized or critically undercapitalized. The severity of these mandatory and discretionary supervisory actions depends upon the capital category in which the institution is placed.

10


 

Table of Contents

Currently, an insured depository institution generally will be classified in the following categories based on the capital measures indicated:

 

 

“Well capitalized”

“Adequately capitalized”

Total capital ratio of at least 10.0%,

Total capital ratio of at least 8.0%,

CET1 capital ratio of at least 6.5%,

CET1 capital ratio of at least 4.5%,

Tier 1 capital ratio of at least 8.0%,

Tier 1 capital ratio of at least 6.0%, and

Tier 1 leverage ratio of at least 5.0%, and

Tier 1 leverage ratio of at least 4.0%.

Not subject to any order or written directive requiring a specific capital level.

 

“Undercapitalized”

“Significantly undercapitalized”

Total capital ratio of less than 8.0%,

Total capital ratio of less than 6.0%,

CET1 capital ratio of less than 4.5%,

CET1 capital ratio of less than 3.0%,

Tier 1 capital ratio of less than 6.0%, or

Tier 1 capital ratio of less than 4.0%, or

Tier 1 leverage ratio of less than 4.0%.

Tier 1 leverage ratio of less than 3.0%.

“Critically undercapitalized”

 

Tangible equity to average quarterly tangible assets of 2.0% or less.

An institution may be downgraded to, or deemed to be in, a capital category that is lower than indicated by its capital ratios if it is determined to be in an unsafe or unsound condition or if it receives an unsatisfactory examination rating with respect to certain matters. A bank’s capital category is determined solely for the purpose of applying prompt corrective action regulations, and the capital category may not constitute an accurate representation of the bank’s overall financial condition or prospects for other purposes.

As of December 31, 2018, the Bank was well-capitalized with both a CET1 capital ratio and a Tier 1 capital ratio of 11.94%, total capital ratio of 12.97% and Tier 1 leverage ratio of 8.70%, in each case calculated under the Capital Rules. Although the prompt corrective action provisions apply only to depository institutions and not to bank holding companies, if the provisions applied to bank holding companies, the Company would be well-capitalized. As of December 31, 2018, the Company’s CET1 capital ratio and Tier 1 capital ratio was 11.97%, its total capital ratio was 12.99%, and its Tier 1 leverage ratio was 8.72%, in each case calculated under the Capital Rules. For more information on the Company’s and the Bank’s capital ratios, see “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition — Capital” and “Note 13. Regulatory Capital Requirements” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

An institution that is categorized as undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized or critically undercapitalized is required to submit an acceptable capital restoration plan to its appropriate federal bank regulator. Under the FDIA, in order for the capital restoration plan to be accepted by the appropriate federal banking agency, a bank holding company must guarantee that a subsidiary depository institution will comply with its capital restoration plan, subject to certain limitations. The bank holding company must also provide appropriate assurances of performance. The obligation of a controlling bank holding company under the FDIA to fund a capital restoration plan is limited to the lesser of 5% of an undercapitalized subsidiary’s assets or the amount required to meet regulatory capital requirements. An undercapitalized institution is also generally prohibited from increasing its average total assets, making acquisitions, establishing any branches or engaging in any new line of business, except in accordance with an accepted capital restoration plan or with the approval of the FDIC. Institutions are also generally prohibited from making any capital distributions (including payment of a dividend) or paying any management fee to its parent holding company if the institution is or would thereafter become undercapitalized. Institutions that are undercapitalized or significantly undercapitalized and either fail to submit an acceptable capital restoration plan or fail to implement an approved capital restoration plan may be subject to a number of requirements and restrictions, including orders to sell sufficient voting stock to become adequately capitalized, orders to elect new boards of directors, requirements to reduce total assets and cessation of receipt of deposits from correspondent banks. Critically undercapitalized institutions are generally subject to appointment of a receiver or conservator.

In addition, the FDIA prohibits insured depository institutions from accepting brokered deposits or offering interest rates on any deposits significantly higher than the prevailing rate in the bank’s normal market area or nationally

11


 

Table of Contents

(depending upon where the deposits are solicited), unless it is well capitalized or is adequately capitalized and receives a waiver from the FDIC. A depository institution that is adequately capitalized and that accepts brokered deposits under a waiver from the FDIC may not pay an interest rate on any deposit in excess of 75 basis points over certain prevailing market rates. The FDIA imposes no such restrictions on a bank that is well capitalized.

Safety and Soundness Standards

The FDIA requires the federal bank regulators to prescribe standards, by regulations or guidelines, relating to internal controls, information systems and internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate risk exposure, asset growth, asset quality, earnings, stock valuation and compensation, fees and benefits, and such other operational and managerial standards as the agencies deem appropriate. Guidelines adopted by the federal bank regulatory agencies establish general standards relating to internal controls and information systems, internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate exposure, asset growth and compensation, fees and benefits. In general, these guidelines require, among other things, appropriate systems and practices to identify and manage the risk and exposures specified in the guidelines. These guidelines also prohibit excessive compensation as an unsafe and unsound practice and describe compensation as excessive when the amounts paid are unreasonable or disproportionate to the services performed by an executive officer, employee, director or principal stockholder. In addition, the agencies adopted regulations that authorize, but do not require, an agency to order an institution that has been given notice by an agency that it is not satisfying any of such safety and soundness standards to submit a compliance plan. If, after being so notified, an institution fails to submit an acceptable compliance plan or fails in any material respect to implement an acceptable compliance plan, the bank regulator must issue an order directing action to correct the deficiency and may issue an order directing other actions of the types to which an undercapitalized institution may be subject under the FDIA. See “— Prompt Corrective Action Framework” above. If an institution fails to comply with such an order, the bank regulator may seek to enforce such order in judicial proceedings and to impose civil money penalties.

Deposit Insurance

FDIC Insurance Assessments. As an FDIC‑insured bank, FHB must pay deposit insurance assessments to the FDIC based on its average total assets minus its average tangible equity. For institutions with $10 billion or more in assets, such as FHB, the FDIC uses a performance score and a loss‑severity score that are used to calculate an initial assessment rate. In calculating these scores, the FDIC uses a bank’s capital level and supervisory ratings and certain financial measures to assess an institution’s ability to withstand asset‑related stress and funding‑related stress. The FDIC also has the ability to make discretionary adjustments to the total score based upon significant risk factors that are not adequately captured in the calculations. In addition to ordinary assessments described above, the FDIC has the ability to impose special assessments in certain instances.

The FDIA established a minimum ratio of deposit insurance reserves to estimated insured deposits, the designated reserve ratio, of 1.15% prior to September 2020 and 1.35% thereafter. In October 2010, the FDIC adopted a restoration plan to ensure that the fund reserve ratio reaches 1.35% and, in March 2016, the FDIC issued a final rule to implement this restoration plan. Under the final rule, banks with more than $10 billion in total assets were required to pay “surcharge assessments” at an annual rate of 0.045% to bring the fund’s reserve ratio to 1.35% by the end of 2018. The fund’s reserve ratio reached 1.35% in September 2018, ceasing future surcharges. Assessment rates will remain unchanged until the reserve ratio exceeds 2% and are expected to decrease after that time.

Under the FDIA, the FDIC may terminate deposit insurance upon a finding that the institution has engaged in unsafe and unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations, or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by the FDIC. In addition, the FDIC is authorized to conduct examinations of and require reporting by FDIC-insured institutions.

Other Assessments. In addition, the Deposit Insurance Funds Act of 1996 authorized the Financing Corporation to impose assessments on deposit insurance fund applicable deposits in order to service the interest on the Financing Corporation’s bond obligations from deposit insurance fund assessments. The amount assessed on individual institutions is in addition to the amount, if any, paid for deposit insurance according to the FDIC’s risk‑related assessment rate schedules. Assessment rates may be adjusted quarterly to reflect changes in the assessment base.

12


 

Table of Contents

The Volcker Rule

The Dodd‑Frank Act and the implementing regulations of the federal regulators generally prohibit banks and their affiliates from engaging in proprietary trading and investing in and sponsoring hedge funds and private equity funds (the “Volcker Rule”). The Volcker Rule has not had a material effect on the Company’s operations, as the Company does not have any significant engagement in the businesses prohibited by the Volcker Rule. The Company has incurred costs to adopt additional policies and systems to ensure compliance with the Volcker Rule, but such costs have not been material.

In July 2018, the Federal Reserve, Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, FDIC, Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) and SEC issued a notice of proposed rulemaking intended to tailor the application of the Volcker Rule based on the size and scope of a banking entity’s trading activities and to clarify and amend certain definitions, requirements and exemptions. The ultimate impact of any amendments to the Volcker Rule will depend on, among other things, further rulemaking and implementation guidance from the relevant U.S. federal regulatory agencies and the development of market practices and standards.

Depositor Preference

Under federal law, depositors (including the FDIC with respect to the subrogated claims of insured depositors) and certain claims for administrative expenses of the FDIC as receiver would be afforded a priority over other general unsecured claims against such an institution in the “liquidation or other resolution” of such an institution by any receiver.

Consumer Financial Protection

The Company is subject to a number of federal and state consumer protection laws that extensively govern the Company’s relationship with its customers. These laws include, but are not limited to, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the Truth in Lending Act, the Truth in Savings Act, the Electronic Fund Transfer Act, the Expedited Funds Availability Act, the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, the Fair Housing Act, the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, the Service Members Civil Relief Act and these laws’ respective state‑law counterparts, as well as state usury laws and laws regarding unfair and deceptive acts and practices. These and other federal and state laws require, among other things, disclosures of the cost of credit and terms of deposit accounts, provide substantive consumer rights, prohibit discrimination in credit transactions, regulate the use of credit report information, provide financial privacy protections, prohibit unfair, deceptive and abusive practices and subject the Company to substantial regulatory oversight. Violations of applicable consumer protection laws can result in significant potential liability from litigation brought by customers, including actual damages, restitution and attorneys’ fees. Federal bank regulators, state attorneys general and state and local consumer protection agencies may also seek to enforce consumer protection requirements and obtain these and other remedies, including regulatory sanctions, customer rescission rights, action by the state and local attorneys general in each jurisdiction in which the Company operates and civil money penalties. Failure to comply with consumer protection requirements may also result in the failure to obtain any required bank regulatory approval for merger or acquisition transactions the Company may wish to pursue or the Company’s prohibition from engaging in such transactions even if approval is not required.

The CFPB is a federal agency with broad rulemaking, supervisory and enforcement powers under federal consumer financial protection laws. The CFPB is also authorized to engage in consumer financial education, track consumer complaints, request data and promote the availability of financial services to underserved consumers and communities. The CFPB has examination and enforcement authority over banks with assets of $10 billion or more, as well as their affiliates.

The CFPB has finalized a number of significant rules which impact nearly every aspect of the lifecycle of a residential mortgage loan. These rules implement the Dodd‑Frank Act amendments to the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Truth in Lending Act and the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act. Among other things, the rules adopted by the CFPB require banks to: (i) develop and implement procedures to ensure compliance with a “reasonable ability to repay” test and identify whether a loan meets a new definition for a “qualified mortgage”, in which case a rebuttable presumption exists that the creditor extending the loan has satisfied the reasonable ability to repay test; (ii) implement new or revised disclosures, policies and procedures for originating and servicing mortgages including, but not limited to, integrated loans estimate and closing disclosures, pre‑loan counseling, early intervention with delinquent borrowers and specific loss mitigation procedures for loans secured by a borrower’s principal residence; (iii) comply with additional restrictions on mortgage loan originator hiring and compensation; (iv) comply with new disclosure requirements and standards for

13


 

Table of Contents

appraisals and certain financial products; and (v) maintain escrow accounts for higher‑priced mortgage loans for a longer period of time. The Company is continuing to analyze the impact that such rules may have on its business.

The CFPB has broad supervisory, examination and enforcement authority over various consumer financial products and services, including the ability to require reimbursements and other payments to customers for alleged legal violations and to impose significant penalties, as well as injunctive relief that prohibits lenders from engaging in allegedly unlawful practices. The CFPB also has the authority to obtain cease and desist orders providing for affirmative relief or monetary penalties. The Dodd‑Frank Act does not prevent states from adopting stricter consumer protection standards. State regulation of financial products and potential enforcement actions could also adversely affect the Company’s business, financial condition or results of operations.

Community Reinvestment Act of 1977

Under the CRA, the Bank has an obligation, consistent with safe and sound operations, to help meet the credit needs of the market areas where it operates, which include low- and moderate-income individuals and communities. In connection with its examination of the Bank, the FDIC is required to assess the Bank’s CRA performance in the areas of lending, investments and services. FHB’s CRA performance could, among other things, result in the denial or delay in certain corporate applications filed by the Parent or the Bank, including applications for branch openings or relocations and applications to acquire, merge or consolidate with another banking institution or holding company. FHB received a rating of “Outstanding” in its most recently completed CRA examination.

In April 2018, the U.S. Department of Treasury issued a memorandum to the federal banking regulators with recommended changes to the CRA’s implementing regulations to reduce their complexity and associated burden on banks. We will continue to evaluate the impact of any changes to the regulations implementing the CRA.

Cybersecurity

Federal banking regulators regularly issue guidance regarding cybersecurity intended to enhance cyber risk management standards among financial institutions. A financial institution is expected to establish multiple lines of defense and to ensure their risk management processes address the risk posed by potential threats to the institution. A financial institution’s management is expected to maintain sufficient processes to effectively respond and recover the institution’s operations after a cyber-attack. A financial institution is also expected to develop appropriate processes to enable recovery of data and business operations if a critical service provider of the institution falls victim to this type of cyber-attack. The Bank has adopted an information security program that has been approved by its board of directors and reviewed by its regulators.

Financial Privacy

The federal bank regulators have adopted rules limiting the ability of banks and other financial institutions to disclose non‑public information about consumers to unaffiliated third parties. These limitations require disclosure of privacy policies to consumers and, in some circumstances, allow consumers to prevent disclosure of certain personal information to a nonaffiliated third party. These regulations affect how consumer information is transmitted through diversified financial companies and conveyed to outside vendors. In addition, consumers may also prevent disclosure of certain information among affiliated companies that is assembled or used to determine eligibility for a product or service, such as that shown on consumer credit reports and asset and income information from applications. Consumers also have the option to direct banks and other financial institutions not to share information about transactions and experiences with affiliated companies for the purpose of marketing products or services.

14


 

Table of Contents

Anti‑Money Laundering and the USA PATRIOT ACT

A major focus of governmental policy on financial institutions in recent years has been aimed at combating money laundering and terrorist financing. The USA PATRIOT Act of 2001 substantially broadened the scope of U.S. anti‑money laundering laws and regulations by imposing significant new compliance and due diligence obligations, creating new crimes and penalties and expanding the extra‑territorial jurisdiction of the United States. Financial institutions are also prohibited from entering into specified financial transactions and account relationships and must use enhanced due diligence procedures in their dealings with certain types of high‑risk customers and implement a written customer identification program. Financial institutions must take certain steps to assist government agencies in detecting and preventing money laundering and report certain types of suspicious transactions. Regulatory authorities routinely examine financial institutions for compliance with these obligations, and failure of a financial institution to maintain and implement adequate programs to combat money laundering and terrorist financing, or to comply with all of the relevant laws or regulations, could have serious financial, legal and reputational consequences for the institution, including the imposition of civil money penalties or causing applicable bank regulatory authorities not to approve merger or acquisition transactions when regulatory approval is required or to prohibit such transactions even if approval is not required. Regulatory authorities have imposed cease and desist orders and civil money penalties against institutions found to be violating these obligations.

Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”) Regulation

The U.S. Treasury Department’s OFAC administers and enforces economic and trade sanctions against targeted foreign countries and regimes, under authority of various laws, including designated foreign countries, nationals and others. OFAC publishes lists of specially designated targets and countries. The Company and the Bank are responsible for, among other things, blocking accounts of, and transactions with, such targets and countries, prohibiting unlicensed trade and financial transactions with them and reporting blocked transactions after their occurrence. Failure to comply with these sanctions could have serious financial, legal and reputational consequences, including causing applicable bank regulatory authorities not to approve merger or acquisition transactions when regulatory approval is required or to prohibit such transactions even if approval is not required. Regulatory authorities have imposed cease and desist orders and civil money penalties against institutions found to be violating these sanctions.

Incentive Compensation

The Federal Reserve will review, as part of the regular, risk-focused examination process, the incentive compensation arrangements of banking organizations, such as the Company, that are not “large, complex banking organizations.” These reviews will be tailored to each organization based on the scope and complexity of the organization’s activities and the prevalence of incentive compensation arrangements. The findings of the supervisory initiatives will be included in reports of examination. Deficiencies will be incorporated into the organization’s supervisory ratings, which can affect the organization’s ability to make acquisitions and take other actions. Enforcement actions may be taken against a banking organization if its incentive compensation arrangements, or related risk management control or governance processes, pose a risk to the organization’s safety and soundness and the organization is not taking prompt and effective measures to correct the deficiencies.

In June 2010, the Federal Reserve and FDIC issued comprehensive final guidance on incentive compensation policies intended to ensure that the incentive compensation policies of banking organizations do not undermine the safety and soundness of such organizations by encouraging excessive risk‑taking. The guidance, which covers all employees that have the ability to materially affect the risk profile of an organization, either individually or as part of a group, is based upon the key principles that a banking organization’s incentive compensation arrangements should (i) provide incentives that appropriately balance risk and financial results in a manner that does not encourage employees to expose their organizations to imprudent risk, (ii) be compatible with effective internal controls and risk management and (iii) be supported by strong corporate governance, including active and effective oversight by the organization’s board of directors. These three principles are incorporated into the proposed joint compensation regulations under the Dodd‑Frank Act, discussed above.

The Dodd-Frank Act requires the U.S. financial regulators, including the Federal Reserve and the FDIC, to adopt rules on incentive-based payment arrangements at specified regulated entities having at least $1 billion in total assets (including the Company and the Bank). The U.S. financial regulators proposed revised rules in 2016, which have not been finalized.

15


 

Table of Contents

Future Legislation and Regulation

Congress may enact, modify or repeal legislation from time to time that affects the regulation of the financial services industry, and state legislatures may enact, modify or repeal legislation from time to time affecting the regulation of financial institutions chartered by or operating in those states. Federal and state regulatory agencies also periodically propose and adopt changes to their regulations or change the manner in which existing regulations are applied. The substance or impact of pending or future legislation or regulation, or the application thereof, cannot be predicted, although enactment of proposed legislation, or modification or repeal of existing legislation, could impact the regulatory structure under which the Company operates and may significantly increase its costs, impede the efficiency of its internal business processes, require the Company to increase its regulatory capital and modify its business strategy, and limit its ability to pursue business opportunities in an efficient manner. The Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects may be adversely affected, perhaps materially, as a result.

ITEM 1A.  RISK FACTORS

 

Ownership of our common stock involves a significant degree of risk and uncertainty. The material risks and uncertainties that management believes affect us are described below. Any of the following risks, as well as risks that we do not know or currently deem immaterial, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. To the extent that any of the information in this Form 10-K constitutes forward‑looking statements, the risk factors below are cautionary statements identifying important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in any forward‑looking statements made by us or on our behalf. See “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

 

Risks Related to Our Business

 

Geographic concentration in our existing markets may unfavorably impact our operations.

 

A substantial majority of our business is with customers located within Hawaii. Our operations are heavily concentrated in Hawaii, as well as in Guam and Saipan. As a result of this geographic concentration, our results depend largely on economic conditions in these and surrounding areas. As discussed below, deterioration in economic conditions in Hawaii, Guam and Saipan would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

Our business may be adversely affected by conditions in the financial markets and economic conditions generally and in Hawaii, Guam and Saipan in particular.

 

We provide banking and financial services to customers primarily in Hawaii, Guam and Saipan. Our financial performance generally, and the ability of our borrowers to pay interest on and repay principal of outstanding loans and the value of collateral securing those loans in particular, as well as demand for loans and other products and services we offer, is highly dependent upon the business environment in the markets in which we operate. Economic conditions in our markets depend mainly on tourism, U.S. military and defense products and services, real estate, government and other service‑based industries. Declines in tourism, fluctuations in the strength of currencies such as the U.S. dollar and the Japanese yen, the inability of the Hawaii economy to absorb continuing construction expansion, continued higher levels of underemployment compared to pre-recession levels, increases in energy costs, the availability of affordable air transportation, real or threatened acts of war or terrorism, adverse weather, pandemics, natural disasters and local or national budget issues, among other factors, may impact consumer and corporate spending. As a result, these events may contribute to a deterioration in Hawaii’s general economic condition, which, as a result of our geographic concentration, could adversely impact us and our borrowers.

 

Commercial lending represents approximately 53% of our total loan and lease portfolio as of December 31, 2018, and we generally make loans to small to mid‑sized businesses whose success depends on the regional economy. These businesses generally have fewer financial resources in terms of capital or borrowing capacity than larger entities and may expose us to greater credit risks. We also engage in mortgage lending and automobile financing, as well as other forms of consumer lending. Adverse economic and business conditions in our market areas could reduce our growth rate, affect our borrowers’ ability to repay their loans and, consequently, adversely affect our financial condition and performance.

 

16


 

Table of Contents

The U.S. military has a major presence in Hawaii and Guam and, as a result, is an important aspect of the economies in which we operate. The funding of the U.S. military occurs as part of the overall U.S. government budget and appropriation process which is driven by numerous factors, including geo‑political events, macroeconomic conditions and the ability of the U.S. government to enact legislation such as appropriations bills. There have been lower levels of federal government expenditures in Hawaii since the budget sequestration took effect in March 2013. Further cuts in defense and other security spending could have an adverse impact on the economy in our markets. While the current U.S. presidential administration has, to this point, favored an increase in military spending, it remains unclear whether any increase would match or exceed pre-sequester funding levels.

 

Other economic conditions that affect our financial performance include short-term and long-term interest rates, the prevailing yield curve, inflation and price levels (particularly for real estate), monetary policy, unemployment and the strength of the domestic economy as a whole. Unfavorable market conditions can result in a deterioration in the credit quality of our borrowers and the demand for our products and services, an increase in the number of loan delinquencies, defaults and charge‑offs, additional provisions for loan losses, adverse asset values and an overall material adverse effect on the quality of our loan portfolio. Unfavorable or uncertain economic and market conditions can be caused by declines in economic growth, business activity or investor or business confidence, limitations on the availability or increases in the cost of credit and capital, increases in inflation or interest rates, high unemployment, natural disasters or a combination of these or other factors.

 

Our business is significantly dependent on the real estate markets in which we operate, as a significant percentage of our loan portfolio is secured by real estate.

 

As of December 31, 2018, our real estate loans represented approximately $8.1 billion, or 62% of our total loan and lease portfolio. Our real estate loans consist primarily of residential loans including home equity loans (representing 34% of our total loan and lease portfolio) and commercial and construction loans (representing 28% of our total loan and lease portfolio), with the significant majority of these loans concentrated in Hawaii. Real property values in Hawaii may be affected by a variety of factors outside of our control and the control of our borrowers, including national and local economic conditions generally. Declines in real property prices, including prices for homes and commercial properties, in Hawaii, Guam or Saipan could result in a deterioration of the credit quality of our borrowers, an increase in the number of loan delinquencies, defaults and charge‑offs, and reduced demand for our products and services generally.

 

As of December 31, 2018, our commercial and industrial loans represented approximately $3.2 billion or 25% of our total loan and lease portfolio. Commercial and industrial loans may have a greater risk of loss than residential mortgage loans, in part because these loans are generally larger or more complex to underwrite and are characterized by having a limited supply of real estate at commercially attractive locations, long delivery time frames for development and high interest rate sensitivity. As payments on loans secured by commercial real estate often depend upon the successful operation and management of the properties and the businesses which operate from within them, repayment of such loans may be affected by factors outside the borrower’s control, such as adverse conditions in the real estate market or the economy or changes in government regulation. In recent years, commercial real estate markets have been experiencing substantial growth, and increased competitive pressures have contributed significantly to historically low capitalization rates and rising property values. Commercial real estate prices, according to many U.S. commercial real estate indices, are currently above the 2007 peak levels that contributed to the financial crisis. Accordingly, the federal bank regulatory agencies have expressed concerns about weaknesses in the current commercial real estate market. Our failure to adequately implement risk management policies, procedures and controls could adversely affect our ability to increase this portfolio going forward and could result in an increased rate of delinquencies in, and increased losses from, this portfolio.

 

In addition, nearly all residential mortgage loans and home equity lines of credit and loans outstanding are for residences located in Hawaii, Guam or Saipan. These island locales are susceptible to a wide array of potential natural disasters including, but not limited to, hurricanes, floods, tsunamis and earthquakes. Finally, declines in real property values in Hawaii could reduce the value of any collateral we realize following a default on these loans and could adversely affect our ability to continue to grow our loan portfolio consistent with our underwriting standards. Our failure to mitigate these risks effectively could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

Concentrated exposures to certain asset classes and individual obligors may unfavorably impact our operations.

 

We have naturally developed concentrated exposures to those asset classes and industries in which we have specific knowledge or competency, such as commercial real estate lending and dealer financing, which represented 23% 

17


 

Table of Contents

and 7% of our total lending commitments, respectively, as of December 31, 2018. In management’s judgment, our extensive experience within these concentration areas, and our strategic relationships within such areas, allows us to better evaluate the associated risks and price credit accordingly. However, the presence of similar exposures concentrated in certain asset classes leaves us exposed to the risk of a focused downturn within a concentration area. Additionally, we have cultivated relationships with market leaders that result in relatively larger exposures to select single obligors than would be typical for an institution of our size in a larger operating market. For example, our top five dealer relationships represented approximately 40% of our outstanding dealer flooring commitments as of December 31, 2018. The failure to properly anticipate and address risks associated with these concentrated exposures could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

Our business is subject to interest rate risk and fluctuations in interest rates may adversely affect our earnings.

 

Fluctuations in interest rates may negatively impact our banking business and may weaken demand for some of our products. Our earnings and cash flows are largely dependent on net interest income, which is the difference between the interest income we receive from interest‑earning assets (e.g., loans and investment securities) and the interest expense we pay on interest‑bearing liabilities (e.g., deposits and borrowings). The level of net interest income is primarily a function of the average balance of interest‑earning assets, the average balance of interest‑bearing liabilities and the spread between the yield on such assets and the cost of such liabilities. These factors are influenced by both the pricing and mix of interest‑earning assets and interest‑bearing liabilities. Interest rates are volatile and highly sensitive to many factors that are beyond our control, such as economic conditions and policies of various governmental and regulatory agencies, and, in particular the monetary policy of the Federal Open Market Committee of the Federal Reserve System (the “FOMC”). In recent years, it has been the policy of the FOMC and the U.S. Treasury Department to maintain interest rates at historically low levels through a targeted federal funds rate and the purchase of U.S. Treasury and mortgage‑backed securities. Consequently, the average yield on our interest‑earning assets has decreased during the current low interest rate environment. If a low interest rate environment persists, our net interest income may further decrease. This would be the case because our ability to lower our interest expense has been limited at these interest rate levels, while the average yield on our interest‑earning assets has continued to decrease.

 

During 2018, the FOMC raised short-term interest rates by 25 basis points four times. Though the FOMC noted in 2019 that the case for raising interest rates further had weakened, the likelihood, timing and magnitude of further increases is uncertain. In the event that interest rates continue to increase, if our variable rate interest‑earning assets do not reprice faster than our interest‑bearing liabilities in a rising rate environment, our net interest income could be adversely affected. If our net interest income decreases, this could have an adverse effect on our profitability, including the value of our investments.

 

Changes in monetary policy, including changes in interest rates, could influence not only the interest we receive on loans and securities and the amount of interest we pay on deposits and borrowings, but also our ability to originate loans and deposits. Changes in interest rates also have a significant impact on the carrying value of certain assets, including loans, real estate and investment securities, on our balance sheet. We may incur debt in the future and that debt may also be sensitive to interest rates.

 

The cost of our deposits is largely based on short‑term interest rates, the level of which is driven primarily by the FOMC’s actions. However, the yields generated by our loans and securities are often difficult to re‑price and are typically driven by longer‑term interest rates, which are set by the market or, at times, the FOMC’s actions, and vary over time. The level of net interest income is therefore influenced by movements in such interest rates and the pace at which such movements occur. If the interest rates paid on our deposits and other borrowings increase at a faster pace than the interest rates on our loans and other investments, our net interest income may decline and, with it, a decline in our earnings may occur. Our net interest income and earnings would be similarly affected if the interest rates on our interest‑earning assets declined at a faster pace than the interest rates on our deposits and other borrowings. Any substantial, unexpected, prolonged change in market interest rates could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

Changes in interest rates can also affect the level of loan refinancing activity, which impacts the amount of prepayment penalty income we receive on loans we hold. Because prepayment penalties are recorded as interest income when received, the extent to which they increase or decrease during any given period could have a significant impact on the level of net interest income and net income we generate during that time. A decrease in our prepayment penalty income

18


 

Table of Contents

resulting from any change in interest rates or as a result of regulatory limitations on our ability to charge prepayment penalties could therefore adversely affect our net interest income, net income or results of operations.

 

Changes in interest rates can also affect the slope of the yield curve. A decline in the current yield curve or a flatter or inverted yield curve could cause our net interest income and net interest margin to contract, which could have a material adverse effect on our net income and cash flows, as well as the value of our assets. An inverted yield curve may also adversely affect the yield on investment securities by increasing the prepayment risk of any securities purchased at a premium.

 

As of December 31, 2018, we had $6.0 billion of noninterest‑bearing demand deposits and $11.1 billion of interest‑bearing deposits. Since 2011, depository institutions have not been prohibited from paying interest on demand deposits, such as checking accounts. The impact of the change on us has not been significant because of current market conditions, which have resulted in very low interest rates for checking accounts. If market conditions were to change, including as a result of monetary policy or the competitive environment, and we need to offer higher interest rates on checking accounts to maintain current clients or attract new clients, our interest expense will increase, perhaps materially. Furthermore, if we fail to offer interest in a sufficient amount to keep these demand deposits, our core deposits may be reduced, which would require us to obtain funding in other ways or risk slowing our future asset growth.

 

Changes in the method pursuant to which the LIBOR and other benchmark rates are determined could adversely impact our business and results of operations.

 

Our floating-rate funding, certain hedging transactions and certain of the products that we offer, such as floating-rate loans and mortgages, determine the applicable interest rate or payment amount by reference to a benchmark rate, such as the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”), or to an index, currency, basket or other financial metric. LIBOR and certain other benchmark rates are the subject of recent national, international, and other regulatory guidance and proposals for reform. In July 2017, the Chief Executive of the Financial Conduct Authority (the “FCA”) announced that the FCA intends to stop persuading or compelling banks to submit rates for the calculation of LIBOR after 2021. This announcement indicates that the continuation of LIBOR on the current basis cannot and will not be guaranteed after 2021. Consequently, at this time, it is not possible to predict whether and to what extent banks will continue to provide submissions for the calculation of LIBOR. Similarly, it is not possible to predict whether LIBOR will continue to be viewed as an acceptable market benchmark, what rate or rates may become accepted alternatives to LIBOR, or what the effect of any such changes in views or alternatives may be on the markets for LIBOR-linked financial instruments.

 

The discontinuation of LIBOR, changes in LIBOR or changes in market perceptions of the acceptability of an LIBOR as a benchmark could result in other changes to our risk exposures (for example, if the anticipated discontinuation of LIBOR adversely affects the availability or cost of floating-rate funding and, therefore, our exposure to fluctuations in interest rates) or otherwise result in losses on a product or having to pay more or receive less on securities that we own or have issued.  In addition, such uncertainty could result in pricing volatility, loss of market share in certain products, adverse tax or accounting impacts, and compliance, legal and operational costs and risks associated with client disclosures, discretionary actions taken or negotiation of fallback provisions, systems disruption and business continuity.

 

Our business, profitability and liquidity may be adversely affected by deterioration in the credit quality of, or defaults by, third parties who owe us money, securities or other assets or whose securities or obligations we hold.

 

A number of our products expose us to credit risk. We are exposed to the risk that third parties that owe us money, securities or other assets will not perform their obligations. These parties may default on their obligations to us due to bankruptcy, lack of liquidity, operational failure or other reasons. A failure of a significant market participant, or even concerns about a default by such an institution, could lead to significant liquidity problems, losses or defaults by other institutions, which in turn could adversely affect us.

 

We are also subject to the risk that our rights against third parties may not be enforceable in all circumstances. In addition, deterioration in the credit quality of third parties whose securities or obligations we hold, including a deterioration in the value of collateral posted by third parties to secure their obligations to us under derivatives contracts and loan agreements, could result in losses and/or adversely affect our ability to rehypothecate or otherwise use those securities or obligations for liquidity purposes.

 

19


 

Table of Contents

We might underestimate the credit losses inherent in our loan and lease portfolio and have credit losses in excess of the amount we reserve for loan and lease losses.

 

Because the credit quality of our loan and lease portfolio can have a significant impact on our earnings, the operation of our business requires us to manage credit risk. As a lender, we are exposed to the risk that our borrowers will be unable to repay their loans according to their terms, and that the collateral securing repayment of the loans we extend, if any, may not be sufficient to ensure repayment. In addition, there are risks inherent in making any loan, including risks with respect to the period of time over which the loan may be repaid, risks relating to proper loan underwriting, risks resulting from changes in economic and industry conditions and risks inherent in dealing with individual borrowers, including the risk that a borrower may not provide information to us about its business in a timely manner and/or may present inaccurate or incomplete information to us, and risks relating to the value of collateral.

 

We maintain an allowance for loan and lease losses (the “Allowance”), which is a reserve established through a provision for loan and lease losses (the “Provision”) charged to expense representing management’s best estimate of probable losses that have been incurred within our existing portfolio of loans and leases. The Allowance, in the judgment of management, is necessary to reserve for estimated loan and lease losses and risks inherent in our loan and lease portfolio. The level of the Allowance reflects management’s continuing evaluation of specific credit risks, the quality of the loan and lease portfolio, the value of the underlying collateral, the level of non‑accruing loans and leases, incurred losses inherent in the current loan and lease portfolio, and economic, political and regulatory conditions.

 

For our commercial loans, we perform an internal loan review and grade loans on an ongoing basis, and we estimate and establish reserves for credit risks and credit losses inherent in our credit exposure (including unfunded lending commitments). The objective of our loan review and grading procedures is to identify existing or emerging credit quality problems so that appropriate steps can be initiated to avoid or minimize future losses. This process, which is critical to our financial results and condition, requires difficult, subjective and complex judgments of loan collectability. As is the case with any such assessments, there is always the chance that we will fail to identify the proper factors or that we will fail to accurately estimate the impacts of factors that we do identify.

 

Although our management has established an Allowance it believes is adequate to absorb probable and reasonably estimable losses in our loan and lease portfolio, it may not be adequate. We could sustain credit losses that are significantly higher than the amount of our Allowance. Higher credit losses could arise for a variety of reasons, such as growth in our loan and lease portfolio, changes in economic conditions affecting borrowers, new information regarding our loans and leases and other factors within and outside our control. If real estate values were to decline or if economic conditions in our markets were to deteriorate unexpectedly, additional loan and lease losses not incorporated in the existing Allowance might occur. Losses in excess of the existing Allowance will reduce our net income and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. A severe downturn in the economy generally, in our markets specifically or affecting the business and assets of individual customers would generate increased charge‑offs and a need for higher reserves. While we believe that our Allowance for credit losses was adequate as of December 31, 2018, there is no assurance that it will be sufficient to cover all incurred credit losses. In the event of significant deterioration in economic conditions, we may be required to increase reserves in future periods, which would reduce our earnings.

 

Bank regulatory agencies will periodically review our Allowance and the value attributed to non‑accrual loans and leases or to real estate we acquire through foreclosure. Such regulatory agencies may require us to adjust our determination of the value for these items, increase our Allowance or reduce the carrying value of owned real estate, reducing our net income. Further, if charge‑offs in future periods exceed the Allowance, we may need additional adjustments to increase the Allowance. These adjustments could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

20


 

Table of Contents

In addition, in June 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”) issued ASU No. 2016-13 that will, effective January 1, 2020, substantially change the accounting for credit losses on loans and other financial assets held by banks, financial institutions and other organizations. In December 2018, the Federal Reserve, OCC and FDIC finalized revisions to their regulatory capital rules to address this upcoming change to the treatment of credit expense and allowances and provide an optional three-year phase-in period for the day-one adverse regulatory capital effects upon adopting the standard to address concerns with the impact on capital and capital planning. As a result of changing from an “incurred loss” model, which encompasses allowances for current known and inherent losses within the portfolio, to an “expected loss” model, which encompasses allowances for losses expected to be incurred over the life of the portfolio, the standard is likely to have a negative impact, potentially materially, to the allowance and capital at adoption in 2020; however, the Company is still evaluating the impact. It is also possible that the Company’s ongoing reported earnings and lending activity will be negatively impacted in periods following adoption as ASU No. 2016-13 will necessitate that we establish an allowance for expected credit losses for certain debt securities and other financial assets. While we are currently unable to reasonably estimate the impact of adopting ASU No. 2016-13, we expect that the impact of adoption will be significantly influenced by the composition, characteristics and quality of our loan and securities portfolios as well as the prevailing economic conditions and forecasts as of the adoption date. See “Note 1. Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

 

Our ability to maintain, attract and retain customer relationships is highly dependent on our reputation.

 

As the parent company of Hawaii’s oldest and largest bank, we rely in part on the reputation of our bank for superior financial services to retain our customer relationships. Damage to our reputation could undermine the confidence of our current and potential customers in our ability to provide high‑quality financial services. Such damage could also impair the confidence of our counterparties and vendors and ultimately affect our ability to effect transactions. Maintenance of our reputation depends not only on our success in maintaining our service‑focused culture and controlling and mitigating the various risks described in this Form 10-K, but also on our success in identifying and appropriately addressing issues that may arise in areas such as potential conflicts of interest, anti‑money laundering, customer personal information and privacy issues, customer and other third party fraud, record‑keeping, regulatory investigations and any litigation that may arise from the failure or perceived failure of us to comply with legal and regulatory requirements. Maintaining our reputation also depends on our ability to successfully prevent third parties from infringing on the “First Hawaiian Bank” brand and associated trademarks and our other intellectual property. Defense of our reputation, trademarks and other intellectual property, including through litigation, could result in costs that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

The value of the investment securities we own may decline in the future.

 

As of December 31, 2018, we owned investment securities with a fair market value of $4.5 billion, which largely consisted of our positions in obligations of the U.S. government and government‑sponsored enterprises. We evaluate our investment securities on at least a quarterly basis, and more frequently when economic and market conditions warrant such an evaluation, to determine whether any decline in fair value below amortized cost is the result of an other‑than‑temporary impairment (“OTTI”). The process for determining whether impairment is other‑than‑temporary usually requires complex, subjective judgments about the future financial performance of the issuer in order to assess the probability of receiving all contractual principal and interest payments on the security. Because of changing economic and market conditions affecting issuers, we may be required to recognize OTTI in future periods, which could adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition.

 

21


 

Table of Contents

Loss of deposits could increase our funding costs.

 

Like many banking companies, we rely on customer deposits to meet a considerable portion of our funding, and we continue to seek customer deposits to maintain this funding base. We accept deposits directly from consumer and commercial customers and, as of December 31, 2018, we had $17.2 billion in deposits. Although we hold the largest share of the deposit market in Hawaii, these deposits are subject to potentially dramatic fluctuations in availability or price due to certain factors outside our control, such as a loss of confidence by customers in us or the banking sector generally, customer perceptions of our financial health and general reputation, increasing competitive pressures from other financial services firms for consumer or corporate customer deposits, changes in interest rates and returns on other investment classes, which could result in significant outflows of deposits within short periods of time or significant changes in pricing necessary to maintain current customer deposits or attract additional deposits. In addition, if the Company’s competitors raise the rates they pay on deposits, the Company’s funding costs may increase, either because the Company raises its rates to avoid losing deposits or because the Company loses deposits and must rely on more expensive sources of funding. Higher funding costs could reduce the Company’s net interest margin and net interest income and could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, and results of operations.

 

Our liquidity is dependent on dividends from First Hawaiian Bank.

 

We are a legal entity separate and distinct from our banking and other subsidiaries. Dividends from the Bank provide virtually all of our cash flow, including cash flow to pay dividends on our common stock and principal and interest on any debt we may incur. Various federal and state laws and regulations limit the amount of dividends that our bank may pay to us. For example, Hawaii law only permits our bank to pay dividends out of retained earnings as defined under Hawaii banking law, which differs from retained earnings calculated under GAAP. Also, our right to participate in a distribution of assets upon a subsidiary’s liquidation or reorganization is subject to the prior claims of the subsidiary’s creditors. In the event our bank is unable to pay dividends to us, we may not be able to service any debt we may incur, pay obligations or pay dividends on our common stock. The inability to receive dividends from our bank could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, liquidity or results of operations.

 

Severe weather, hurricanes, tsunamis, natural disasters, pandemics, acts of war or terrorism or other external events could significantly impact our business.

 

Severe weather, hurricanes, tsunamis, natural disasters, widespread disease or pandemics, acts of war or terrorism or other adverse external events could have a significant impact on our ability to conduct business. In addition, such events could affect the stability of our deposit base, impair the ability of borrowers to repay outstanding loans, impair the value of collateral securing loans, cause significant property damage, result in loss of revenue or cause us to incur additional expenses. Because Hawaii’s economy is heavily dependent on the tourism industry, which is in turn heavily influenced by the affordability and desirability of air travel and the prevailing weather patterns in the region, we could be disproportionally affected relative to others in the case of external events such as acts of war or terrorism, severe weather, natural disasters or pandemics. The occurrence of any of these events in the future could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

We own the building in Honolulu in which our principal office and headquarters are located. The building is the tallest building in downtown Honolulu and a prominent architectural landmark. We lease space in the building to a number of other businesses and, for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, the leases in our headquarters generated $3.1 million, or approximately 1.2%, and $2.7 million, or approximately 1.5%, of our net income, respectively. In addition, as of December 31, 2018, over 600, or over a quarter of our employees work in our principal office. Given that we derive a portion of our income from leasing space in our principal office building and that the largest concentration of our employees is located in our principal office building, depending on the intensity and longevity of the event, a catastrophic event impacting our Honolulu office building, including a terrorist attack, extreme weather event or other hostile or catastrophic event, could negatively affect our business and reputation. In addition to the impact this would have on our ability to service and interact with our clients, we may also lose the rental income we derive from tenants that occupy our Honolulu office building. Further, the value of our Honolulu office building, which accounted for approximately 40.3% of the net book value of our total premises and equipment, or $123.0 million, as of December 31, 2018, could significantly depreciate if such a catastrophic event were to occur. A significant event impacting our principal office building could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

22


 

Table of Contents

We may not be able to maintain consistent growth, earnings or profitability.

 

Although the Bank has experienced five consecutive years of economic expansion, there can be no assurance that we will be able to continue to grow and to remain profitable in future periods, or, if profitable, that our overall earnings will remain consistent or increase in the future. Sustainable growth requires that we manage our risks by following prudent loan underwriting standards, balancing loan and deposit growth without increasing interest rate risk or compressing our net interest margin, maintaining more than adequate capital at all times, hiring and retaining qualified employees and successfully implementing strategic projects and initiatives. Our earnings may also be reduced by increased expenses associated with increased assets, such as additional employee compensation expense, and increased interest expense on any liabilities incurred or deposits solicited to fund increases in assets.

 

Continued, long-term growth may be unsustainable, given the concentration of our operations and customer base in Hawaii, Guam and Saipan. Moreover, under applicable laws, we may not be permitted to acquire any bank in Hawaii because we control more than 30% of the total amount of deposits in the Hawaii market. As a result, any further growth in the Hawaii market will most likely have to occur organically rather than by acquisition. Our inability to manage our growth successfully or to continue to expand into new markets could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

We may not be able to attract and retain key personnel and other skilled employees.

 

Our success depends, in large part, on the skills of our management team and our ability to retain, recruit and motivate key officers and employees. Competition for qualified employees and personnel in the banking industry is intense and there are a limited number of qualified persons with knowledge of, and experience in, the regional banking industry, especially in the communities served by our branch network. A substantial number of our employees have considerable tenure with the Bank and some will be nearing retirement in the next few years, which makes succession planning important to the continued operation of our business. We need to continue to attract and retain key personnel and to recruit qualified individuals to succeed existing key personnel to ensure the continued growth and successful operation of our business. Leadership changes will occur from time to time, and we cannot predict whether significant retirements or resignations will occur or whether we will be able to recruit additional qualified personnel. Competition for senior executives and skilled personnel in the financial services and banking industry is intense, which means the cost of hiring, incentivizing and retaining skilled personnel may continue to increase, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. In addition, our ability to effectively compete for senior executives and other qualified personnel by offering competitive compensation and benefit arrangements may be restricted by applicable banking laws and regulations, including any restrictions that may in the future be adopted by U.S. regulatory agencies, including the Federal Reserve and FDIC. The loss of the services of any senior executive or other key personnel, the inability to recruit and retain qualified personnel in the future or the failure to develop and implement a viable succession plan, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

We operate in a highly competitive industry and market area.

 

We operate in the highly competitive financial services industry and face significant competition for customers from financial institutions located both within and beyond our principal markets. We compete with commercial banks, savings banks, credit unions, non‑bank financial services companies and other financial institutions operating within or near the areas we serve. Additionally, certain large banks headquartered on the U.S. mainland and large community banking institutions target the same customers we do. In addition, as customer preferences and expectations continue to evolve, technology has lowered barriers to entry and made it possible for banks to expand their geographic reach by providing services over the Internet and for non‑banks to offer products and services traditionally provided by banks, such as automatic transfer and automatic payment systems. The banking industry is experiencing rapid changes in technology, and, as a result, our future success will depend in part on our ability to address our customers’ needs by using technology. Customer loyalty can be influenced by a competitor’s new products, especially offerings that could provide cost savings or a higher return to the customer. Increased lending activity of competing banks following the Great Recession (which we define as January 1, 2008 through December 31, 2009) has also led to increased competitive pressures on loan rates and terms for high‑quality credits. We may not be able to compete successfully with other financial institutions in our markets, and we may have to pay higher interest rates to attract deposits, accept lower yields to attract loans and pay higher wages for new employees, resulting in lower net interest margins and reduced profitability.

 

23


 

Table of Contents

Many of our non‑bank competitors are not subject to the same extensive regulations that govern our activities and may have greater flexibility in competing for business. The financial services industry could become even more competitive as a result of legislative, regulatory and technological changes and continued consolidation. In addition, some of our current commercial banking customers may seek alternative banking sources as they develop needs for credit facilities larger than we may be able to accommodate. Our inability to compete successfully in the markets in which we operate could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

New lines of business, products, product enhancements or services may subject us to additional risks.

 

From time to time, we may implement new lines of business or offer new products and product enhancements as well as new services within our existing lines of business. There are substantial risks and uncertainties associated with these efforts, particularly in instances where the markets are not fully developed. In implementing, developing or marketing new lines of business, products, product enhancements or services, we may invest significant time and resources, although we may not assign the appropriate level of resources or expertise necessary to make these new lines of business, products, product enhancements or services successful or to realize their expected benefits. Further, initial timetables for the introduction and development of new lines of business, products, product enhancements or services may not be achieved, and price and profitability targets may not prove feasible. External factors, such as compliance with regulations, competitive alternatives and shifting market preferences, may also impact the ultimate implementation of a new line of business or offerings of new products, product enhancements or services. Furthermore, any new line of business, product, product enhancement or service could have a significant impact on the effectiveness of our system of internal controls. Failure to successfully manage these risks in the development and implementation of new lines of business or offerings of new products, product enhancements or services could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

If our techniques for managing risk are ineffective, we may be exposed to material unanticipated losses.

 

In order to manage the significant risks inherent in our business, we must maintain effective policies, procedures and systems that enable us to identify, monitor and control our exposure to material risks, such as credit, operational, legal and reputational risks. Our risk management methods may prove to be ineffective due to their design, their implementation or the degree to which we adhere to them, or as a result of the lack of adequate, accurate or timely information or otherwise. If our risk management efforts are ineffective, we could suffer losses that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. In addition, we could be subject to litigation, particularly from our customers, and sanctions or fines from regulators. Our techniques for managing the risks we face may not fully mitigate the risk exposure in all economic or market environments, including exposure to risks that we might fail to identify or anticipate.

 

We are dependent on the use of data and modeling both in our management decision‑making generally and in meeting regulatory expectations in particular.

 

The use of statistical and quantitative models and other quantitatively‑based analyses is endemic to bank decision‑making and regulatory compliance processes, and the employment of such analyses is becoming increasingly widespread in our operations. Liquidity stress testing, interest rate sensitivity analysis, the automated extension of credit based on defined criteria and the identification of possible violations of anti‑money laundering regulations are all examples of areas in which we are dependent on models and the data that underlies them. We anticipate that model‑derived insights will penetrate further into bank decision‑making, and particularly risk management efforts, as the capacities developed to meet rigorous stress testing requirements are able to be employed more widely. While these quantitative techniques and approaches improve our decision‑making, they also create the possibility that faulty data or flawed quantitative approaches could yield adverse outcomes or regulatory scrutiny. Secondarily, because of the complexity inherent in these approaches, misunderstanding or misuse of their outputs could similarly result in suboptimal decision-making.

 

The occurrence of fraudulent activity, breaches or failures of our information security controls or cybersecurity‑related incidents could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

As a financial institution, we are susceptible to fraudulent activity, information security breaches and cybersecurity‑related incidents that may be committed against us or our clients, which may result in financial losses or increased costs to us or our clients, disclosure or misuse of our information or our client information, misappropriation of assets, privacy breaches against our clients, litigation or damage to our reputation. Such fraudulent activity may take many

24


 

Table of Contents

forms, including check fraud, electronic fraud, wire fraud, phishing, social engineering and other dishonest acts. Information security breaches and cybersecurity‑related incidents may include fraudulent or unauthorized access to systems used by us or our clients, denial or degradation of service attacks, and malware or other cyber‑attacks. In recent periods, there continues to be a rise in electronic fraudulent activity, security breaches and cyber‑attacks within the financial services industry, especially in the commercial banking sector due to cyber criminals targeting commercial bank accounts. Consistent with industry trends, we have also experienced an increase in attempted electronic fraudulent activity, security breaches and cybersecurity‑related incidents in recent periods. Moreover, in recent periods, several large corporations, including financial institutions and retail companies, have suffered major data breaches, in some cases exposing not only confidential and proprietary corporate information, but also sensitive financial and other personal information of their customers and employees and subjecting them to potential fraudulent activity. Some of our clients may have been affected by these breaches, which increase their risks of identity theft, credit card fraud and other fraudulent activity that could involve their accounts with us.

 

We also face risks related to cyber‑attacks and other security breaches in connection with credit card transactions that typically involve the transmission of sensitive information regarding our customers through various third parties, including merchant acquiring banks, payment processors, payment card networks and our processors. Some of these parties have in the past been the target of security breaches and cyber‑attacks, and because the transactions involve third parties and environments such as the point of sale that we do not control or secure, future security breaches or cyber‑attacks affecting any of these third parties could impact us through no fault of our own, and in some cases we may have exposure and suffer losses for breaches or attacks relating to them.

 

Information pertaining to us and our customers is maintained, and transactions are executed, on networks and systems maintained by us, our customers and certain of our third party partners, such as our online banking or reporting systems. The secure maintenance and transmission of confidential information, as well as execution of transactions over these systems, are essential to protect us and our customers against fraud and security breaches and to maintain our customers’ confidence. Breaches of information security also may occur, and in infrequent cases have occurred, through intentional or unintentional acts by those having access to our systems or our customers’ or counterparties’ confidential information, including employees. In addition, increases in criminal activity levels and sophistication, advances in computer capabilities, new discoveries, vulnerabilities in third-party technologies (including browsers and operating systems) or other developments could result in a compromise or breach of the technology, processes and controls that we use to prevent fraudulent transactions and to protect data about us, our customers and underlying transactions, as well as the technology used by our customers to access our systems. Although we have developed, and continue to invest in, systems and processes that are designed to detect and prevent security breaches and cyber‑attacks and periodically test our security, our inability to anticipate, or failure to adequately mitigate, breaches of security could result in: losses to us or our customers; our loss of business and/or customers; damage to our reputation; the incurrence of additional expenses; disruption to our business; our inability to grow our online services or other businesses; additional regulatory scrutiny or penalties; or our exposure to civil litigation and possible financial liability — any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. Additionally, we may not be able to ensure that our third party vendors have appropriate controls in place to protect the confidentiality of the information they receive from us and our business, financial condition or results of operations could be adversely affected by a material breach of, or disruption to, the security of any of our or our vendors’ systems. 

 

More generally, publicized information concerning security and cyber‑related problems could inhibit the use or growth of electronic or web‑based applications or solutions as a means of conducting commercial transactions. Such publicity may also cause damage to our reputation as a financial institution. As a result, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be adversely affected.

 

Employee misconduct or mistakes could expose us to significant legal liability and reputational harm.

 

We are vulnerable to reputational harm because we operate in an industry in which integrity and the confidence of our customers are of critical importance. Our employees could engage in misconduct that adversely affects our business. For example, if an employee were to engage in fraudulent, illegal or suspicious activities, we could be subject to regulatory sanctions and suffer serious harm to our reputation (as a consequence of the negative perception resulting from such activities), financial position, customer relationships and ability to attract new customers. Our business often requires that we deal with confidential information. If our employees were to improperly use or disclose this information, even if inadvertently, we could suffer serious harm to our reputation, financial position and current and future business relationships. It is not always possible to deter employee misconduct, and the precautions we take to detect and prevent

25


 

Table of Contents

this activity may not always be effective. Misconduct by our employees, or even unsubstantiated allegations of misconduct, could result in a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. In addition, employee errors, such as inadvertent use or disclosure of confidential information, calculation errors, mistakes in addressing communications or data inputs, errors in developing, implementing or applying information technology systems or simple errors in judgment, could also have similar adverse effects.

 

We continually encounter technological change.

 

The financial services industry is continually undergoing rapid technological change with frequent introductions of new, technology‑driven products and services. The effective use of technology increases efficiency and enables financial institutions to better serve customers and to reduce costs. Our future success depends, in part, upon our ability to address the needs of our customers by using technology to provide products and services that will satisfy customer demands, as well as to create additional efficiencies in our operations. Certain of our competitors have substantially greater resources to invest in technological improvements than we do. We may not be able to effectively implement new, technology‑driven products and services or implement them as quickly as our competitors do or be successful in marketing these products and services to our customers. In addition, the implementation of technological changes and upgrades to maintain current systems and integrate new ones may also cause service interruptions, transaction processing errors and system conversion delays and may cause us to fail to comply with applicable laws. Failure to successfully keep pace with technological change affecting the financial services industry and failure to avoid interruptions, errors and delays could cause us to lose customers or have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

We expect that new technologies and business processes applicable to the consumer credit industry will continue to emerge, and these new technologies and business processes may be better than those we currently use. Because the pace of technological change is high and our industry is intensely competitive, we may not be able to sustain our investment in new technology as critical systems and applications become obsolete or as better ones become available. A failure to maintain current technology and business processes could cause disruptions in our operations or cause our products and services to be less competitive, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

We may be adversely affected by changes in the actual or perceived soundness or condition of other financial institutions.

 

Financial services institutions that deal with each other are interconnected as a result of trading, investment, liquidity management, clearing, counterparty and other relationships. Within the financial services industry, loss of public confidence, including through default by any one institution, could lead to liquidity challenges or to defaults by other institutions. Concerns about, or a default by, one institution could lead to significant liquidity problems and losses or defaults by other institutions, as the commercial and financial soundness of many financial institutions is closely related as a result of these credit, trading, clearing and other relationships. Even the perceived lack of creditworthiness of, or questions about, a counterparty may lead to market‑wide liquidity problems and losses or defaults by various institutions. This systemic risk may adversely affect financial intermediaries, such as clearing agencies, banks and exchanges with which we interact on a daily basis or key funding providers such as the Federal Home Loan Banks, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our access to liquidity or otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

We may need to raise additional capital in the future, and such capital may not be available when needed or at all.

 

We may need to raise additional capital, in the form of additional debt or equity, in the future to have sufficient capital resources and liquidity to meet our commitments and fund our business needs and future growth, particularly if the quality of our assets or earnings were to deteriorate significantly. Our ability to raise additional capital, if needed, will depend on, among other things, conditions in the capital markets at that time, which are outside of our control, and our financial condition. Economic conditions and a loss of confidence in financial institutions may increase our cost of funding and limit access to certain customary sources of capital, including inter-bank borrowings, repurchase agreements and borrowings from the discount window of the Federal Reserve System. We may not be able to obtain capital on acceptable terms — or at all. Any occurrence that may limit our access to the capital markets, such as a decline in the confidence of debt purchasers, depositors of our bank or counterparties participating in the capital markets or other disruption in capital markets, may adversely affect our capital costs and our ability to raise capital and, in turn, our liquidity. Further, if we need to raise capital in the future, we may have to do so when many other financial institutions are also seeking to raise

26


 

Table of Contents

capital and would then have to compete with those institutions for investors. An inability to raise additional capital on acceptable terms when needed could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

We may rely on the mortgage secondary market for some of our liquidity.

 

We may originate and sell mortgage loans. Loans sold on the secondary market represented $29.8 million and $2.0 million of mortgage loans for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. We rely on Federal National Mortgage Association (“Fannie Mae”), Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Mac”) and other purchasers to purchase loans in order to reduce our credit risk and provide funding for additional loans we desire to originate. We cannot provide assurance that these purchasers will not materially limit their purchases from us due to capital constraints or other factors, including, with respect to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, a change in the criteria for conforming loans. In addition, various proposals have been made to reform the U.S. residential mortgage finance market, including the role of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. The exact effects of any such reforms are not yet known, but may limit our ability to sell conforming loans to Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac. In addition, mortgage lending is highly regulated, and our inability to comply with all federal and state regulations and investor guidelines regarding the origination, underwriting documentation and servicing of mortgage loans may also impact our ability to continue selling mortgage loans. If we are unable to continue to sell loans in the secondary market, our ability to fund, and thus originate, additional mortgage loans may be adversely affected, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

Consumer protection initiatives related to the foreclosure process could materially affect our ability as a creditor to obtain remedies.

 

In 2011, Hawaii revised its rules for nonjudicial, or out‑of‑court, foreclosures. Prior to the revision, most lenders used the nonjudicial foreclosure method to handle foreclosures in Hawaii, as the process was less expensive and quicker than going through the court foreclosure process. After the revised rules went into effect, many lenders ended up forgoing nonjudicial foreclosures entirely and filing all foreclosures in court, which has created a backlog and slowed the judicial foreclosure process. Many lenders continue to exclusively use the judicial foreclosure process, making the foreclosure process very lengthy. Additionally, the joint federal‑state settlement with several mortgage servicers over abuse of foreclosure practices creates further uncertainty for us and the mortgage servicing industry in general with respect to implementation of mortgage loan modifications and loss mitigation practices going forward. The manner in which these issues are ultimately resolved could impact our foreclosure procedures, which in turn could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operation.

 

We are subject to a variety of risks in connection with any sale of loans we may conduct.

 

When we sell mortgage loans we are required to make customary representations and warranties to the purchaser about the mortgage loans and the manner in which they were originated and serviced. If any of these representations and warranties are incorrect, we may be required to indemnify the purchaser for any related losses, or we may be required to repurchase or provide substitute mortgage loans for part or all of the affected loans. We may also be required to repurchase loans as a result of borrower fraud or in the event of early payment default by the borrower on a loan we have sold. If the level of repurchase and indemnity activity becomes material, it could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity, business, financial condition or results of operations. Mortgage lending is highly regulated. Our inability to comply with all federal and state regulations and investor guidelines regarding the origination, underwriting documentation and servicing of mortgage loans may impact our ability to sell mortgage loans in the future.

 

In addition, we must report as held for sale any loans which we have undertaken to sell, whether or not a purchase agreement for the loans has been executed. We may therefore be unable to ultimately complete a sale for part or all of the loans we classify as held for sale. We must exercise our judgment in determining when loans must be reclassified from held for investment status to held for sale status under applicable accounting guidelines. Any failure to accurately report loans as held for sale could result in regulatory investigations and monetary penalties. Any of these actions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. Our policy is to carry loans held for sale at the lower of cost or fair value. As a result, prior to being sold, any loans classified as held for sale may be adversely affected by market conditions, including changes in interest rates, and by changes in the borrower’s creditworthiness, and the value associated with these loans, including any loans originated for sale in the secondary market, may decline prior to being sold. We may be required to reduce the value of any loans we mark held for sale as a result, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

27


 

Table of Contents

 

The appraisals and other valuation techniques we use in evaluating and monitoring loans secured by real property, other real estate owned (“OREO”) and repossessed personal property may not accurately describe the net value of the asset.

 

In considering whether to make a loan secured by real property, we generally require an appraisal of the property. However, an appraisal is only an estimate of the value of the property at the time the appraisal is made, and, as real estate values may change significantly in value in relatively short periods of time (especially in periods of heightened economic uncertainty), this estimate may not accurately describe the net value of the real property collateral after the loan is made. As a result, we may not be able to realize the full amount of any remaining indebtedness when we foreclose on and sell the relevant property. In addition, we rely on appraisals and other valuation techniques to establish the value of our OREO and personal property that we acquire through foreclosure proceedings and to determine certain loan impairments. If any of these valuations are inaccurate, our consolidated financial statements may not reflect the correct value of our OREO, and our Allowance for loan losses may not reflect accurate loan impairments. This could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

Our operations could be interrupted if certain external vendors on which we rely experience difficulty, terminate their services or fail to comply with banking laws and regulations.

 

We depend to a significant extent on relationships with third party service providers that provide services, primarily information technology services, that are critical to our operations. We utilize third party core banking services and receive credit card and debit card services, Internet banking services, various information services and services complementary to our banking products from various third party service providers. We are also exposed to the risk that a cyber-attack, security breach or other information technology incident at a common vendor to our third-party service providers could impede their ability to provide services to us. We may not be able to effectively monitor or mitigate operational risks relating to the use of common vendors by third-party service providers. If any of our third party service providers experience difficulties or terminate their services and we are unable to replace our service providers with other service providers, our operations could be interrupted. It may be difficult for us to replace some of our third party vendors, particularly vendors providing our core banking, credit card and debit card services and information services, in a timely manner if they are unwilling or unable to provide us with these services in the future for any reason. If an interruption were to continue for a significant period of time, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. Even if we are able to replace them, it may be at higher cost to us, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. In addition, if a third party provider fails to provide the services we require, fails to meet contractual requirements, such as compliance with applicable laws and regulations, or suffers a cyber‑attack or other security breach, our business could suffer economic and reputational harm that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

We depend on the accuracy and completeness of information about customers and counterparties.

 

In deciding whether to extend credit or enter into other transactions, and in evaluating and monitoring our loan portfolio on an ongoing basis, we may rely on information furnished by or on behalf of customers and counterparties, including financial statements, credit reports and other financial information. We may also rely on representations of those customers or counterparties or of other third parties, such as independent auditors, as to the accuracy and completeness of that information. Reliance on inaccurate, incomplete, fraudulent or misleading financial statements, credit reports or other financial or business information, or the failure to receive such information on a timely basis, could result in loan losses, reputational damage or other effects that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

Downgrades to the credit rating of the U.S. government or of its securities or any of its agencies by one or more of the credit ratings agencies could have a material adverse effect on general economic conditions, as well as our business.

 

Downgrades of the U.S. federal government’s sovereign credit rating, and the perceived creditworthiness of U.S. government‑backed obligations, could impact our ability to obtain funding that is collateralized by affected instruments and our ability to access capital markets on favorable terms. Such downgrades could also affect the pricing of funding, when funding is available. A downgrade of the credit rating of the U.S. government, or of its agencies, government‑sponsored enterprises or related institutions, agencies or instrumentalities, may also adversely affect the

28


 

Table of Contents

market value of such instruments and, further, exacerbate the other risks to which we are subject and any related adverse effects on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

Our accounting estimates and risk management processes and controls rely on analytical and forecasting techniques and models and assumptions, and actual results may differ from these estimates.

 

Our accounting policies and methods are fundamental to how we record and report our financial condition and results of operations. Our management must exercise judgment in selecting and applying many of these accounting policies and methods so they comply with GAAP and reflect management’s judgment of the most appropriate manner to report our financial condition and results. In some cases, management must select the accounting policy or method to apply from two or more alternatives, any of which may be reasonable under the circumstances, yet which may result in our reporting materially different results than would have been reported under a different alternative.

 

Certain accounting policies are critical to presenting our financial condition and results of operations. They require management to make difficult, subjective or complex judgments about matters that are uncertain. Materially different amounts could be reported under different conditions or using different assumptions or estimates. These critical accounting policies include the allowance for loan and lease losses, fair value measurements, pension and postretirement benefit obligations and income taxes. Because of the uncertainty of estimates involved in these matters, we may be required to do one or more of the following: significantly increase the allowance for loan losses or sustain loan losses that are significantly higher than the reserve provided; reduce the carrying value of an asset measured at fair value; or significantly increase our accrued tax liability. Any of these could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. See “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Critical Accounting Policies” for more information.

 

Our internal controls, disclosure controls, processes and procedures, and corporate governance policies and procedures are based in part on certain assumptions and can provide only reasonable (not absolute) assurances that the objectives of the system are met. Any failure or circumvention of our controls, processes and procedures or failure to comply with regulations related to controls, processes and procedures could necessitate changes in those controls, processes and procedures, which may increase our compliance costs, divert management’s attention from our business or subject us to regulatory actions and increased regulatory scrutiny. Any of these could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

We are subject to environmental liability risk associated with our bank branches and any real estate collateral we acquire upon foreclosure.

 

During the ordinary course of business, we may foreclose on and take title to properties securing certain loans that we have originated or acquired. We also have an extensive branch network, owning separate branch locations throughout the areas we serve. For any real property that we may possess, there is a risk that hazardous or toxic substances could be found on these properties. If hazardous or toxic substances are found, we may be liable for remediation costs, as well as for personal injury and property damage and costs of complying with applicable environmental regulatory requirements. Failure to comply with such requirements can result in penalties. Environmental laws may require us to incur substantial expenses and may materially reduce the affected property’s value or limit our ability to use, sell or lease the affected property. In addition, future laws or more stringent interpretations or enforcement policies with respect to existing laws may increase our exposure to environmental liability. The remediation costs and any other financial liabilities associated with an environmental hazard could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

We may be subject to litigation risk pertaining to our fiduciary responsibilities.

 

Some of the services we provide, such as trust and investment services, require us to act as fiduciaries for our customers and others. From time to time, third parties make claims and take legal action against us pertaining to the performance of our fiduciary responsibilities. If these claims and legal actions are not resolved in a manner favorable to us, we may be exposed to significant financial liability or our reputation could be damaged. Either of these results may adversely impact demand for our products and services or otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

29


 

Table of Contents

Changes in our accounting policies or in accounting standards could materially affect how we report our financial results and condition.

 

From time to time, the FASB and the SEC change the financial accounting and reporting standards that govern the preparation of our financial statements. As a result of changes to financial accounting or reporting standards, whether required by the FASB or other regulators, we could be required to change certain of the assumptions or estimates we have previously used in preparing our financial statements, which could negatively impact how we record and report our results of operations and financial condition generally. For a discussion of the expected impact of accounting pronouncements recently issued but not adopted by us as of December 31, 2018, see “Note 1. Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies – Recent Accounting Pronouncements” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data for more information.

 

Risks Related to the Regulatory Oversight of Our Business

 

The banking industry is highly regulated, and the regulatory framework, together with any future legislative or regulatory changes, may have a significant adverse effect on our operations.

 

The banking industry is extensively regulated and supervised under both federal and state laws and regulations that are intended primarily for the protection of depositors, customers, federal deposit insurance funds and the banking system as a whole, not for the protection of our stockholders and creditors. We are subject to regulation and supervision by the Federal Reserve and our bank is subject to regulation and supervision by the FDIC, the CFPB and the Hawaii DFI. The laws and regulations applicable to us govern a variety of matters, including permissible types, amounts and terms of loans and investments we may make, the maximum interest rate that may be charged, the amount of reserves we must hold against deposits we take, the types of deposits we may accept, maintenance of adequate capital and liquidity, changes in the control of us and our bank, restrictions on dividends and establishment of new offices. We must obtain approval from our regulators before engaging in certain activities, and there is the risk that such approvals may not be obtained, either in a timely manner or at all. Our regulators also have the ability to compel us to take, or restrict us from taking, certain actions entirely, such as actions that our regulators deem to constitute an unsafe or unsound banking practice. Our failure to comply with any applicable laws or regulations, or regulatory policies and interpretations of such laws and regulations, could result in sanctions by regulatory agencies, civil money penalties or damage to our reputation, all of which could have a material adverse effect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

Since the Great Recession, federal and state banking laws and regulations, as well as interpretations and implementations of these laws and regulations, have undergone substantial review and change. Financial institutions generally have also been subjected to increased scrutiny from regulatory authorities. These changes and increased scrutiny have resulted and may continue to result in increased costs of doing business and may in the future result in decreased revenues and net income, reduce our ability to effectively compete to attract and retain customers, or make it less attractive for us to continue providing certain products and services. Recent political developments have added additional uncertainty to the implementation, scope and timing of changes in regulatory policy. Any future changes in federal and state law and regulations, as well as the interpretations and implementations, or modifications or repeals, of such laws and regulations, could affect us in substantial and unpredictable ways, including those listed above or other ways that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

We are required to act as a source of financial and managerial strength for our bank in times of stress.

 

Under federal law, we are required to act as a source of financial and managerial strength to our bank, and to commit resources to support our bank if necessary. We may be required to commit additional resources to our bank at times when we may not be in a financial position to provide such resources or when it may not be in our, or our stockholders’ or our creditors’ best interests to do so. Providing such support is more likely during times of financial stress for us and our bank, which may make any capital we are required to raise to provide such support more expensive than it might otherwise be. In addition, any capital loans we make to our bank are subordinate in right of payment to depositors and to certain other indebtedness of our bank. In the event of our bankruptcy, any commitment by us to a federal banking regulator to maintain the capital of our bank will be assumed by the bankruptcy trustee and entitled to priority of payment. See “Item 1. Business - Supervision and Regulation – Liability of Commonly Controlled Institutions” for more information on our cross-guarantee liability.

 

30


 

Table of Contents

We are subject to capital adequacy requirements and may be subject to more stringent capital requirements.

 

We are subject to regulatory requirements relating to capital and liquidity, which are subject to change from time to time. If we fail to meet applicable requirements, we may be restricted in the types of activities we may conduct, and we may be prohibited from taking certain capital actions, such as paying dividends and repurchasing capital securities. See “Item 1. Business — Supervision and Regulation - Regulatory Capital Requirements” for more information.

 

As a top-tier U.S. bank holding company (i.e., the U.S. bank holding company that is the highest bank holding company in the organizational structure) as considered by the Federal Reserve for capital and regulatory reporting purposes, the Basel III capital rules and Regulation Q apply directly to us.

 

While we have, and expect to continue to, meet the requirements of the Basel III-based capital rules and Regulation Q, we may fail to do so. In addition, these requirements could have a negative impact on our ability to lend, grow deposit balances, make acquisitions or make capital distributions in the form of dividends and share repurchases. Higher capital levels could also lower our return on equity.

 

We may not pay dividends on our common stock in the future.

 

Holders of our common stock are entitled to receive only such dividends as our board of directors may declare out of funds legally available for such payments. Our board of directors may, in its sole discretion, change the amount or frequency of dividends or discontinue the payment of dividends entirely. In addition, we are a bank holding company, and our ability to declare and pay dividends is dependent on certain federal regulatory considerations, including the guidelines of the Federal Reserve regarding capital adequacy and dividends. It is the policy of the Federal Reserve that bank holding companies should generally pay dividends on common stock only out of earnings, and only if prospective earnings retention is consistent with the organization’s expected future needs, asset quality and financial condition. Moreover, the Federal Reserve will closely scrutinize any dividend payout ratios exceeding 30% of after-tax net income.

 

Further, if we are unable to satisfy the capital requirements applicable to us for any reason, we may not be able to make, or may have to reduce or eliminate, the payment of dividends on our common stock. Any change in the level of our dividends or the suspension of the payment thereof could have a material adverse effect on the market price of our common stock. See “ – Risks Related to Our Business – Our liquidity is dependent on dividends from First Hawaiian Bank” for additional information on our reliance on dividends paid to us by the Bank.

 

Rulemaking changes implemented by the CFPB may result in higher regulatory and compliance costs that may adversely affect our results of operations.

 

The CFPB is a federal agency responsible for implementing, examining and enforcing compliance with federal consumer financial protection laws. The CFPB also has examination and primary enforcement authority with respect to depository institutions with $10 billion or more in assets, their service providers and certain non-depository entities such as debt collectors and consumer reporting agencies. The consumer protection provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act and the examination, supervision and enforcement of those laws and implementing regulations by the CFPB have created a more intense and complex environment for consumer finance regulation. See “Item 1. Business — Supervision and Regulation — Consumer Financial Protection.” The ultimate impact of this heightened scrutiny is uncertain but could result in changes to pricing, practices, products and procedures. It could also result in increased costs related to regulatory oversight, supervision and examination, additional remediation efforts and possible penalties. We may also be required to add additional compliance personnel or incur other significant compliance‑related expenses. Our business, results of operations or competitive position may be adversely affected as a result.

 

Litigation and regulatory actions, including possible enforcement actions, could subject us to significant fines, penalties, judgments or other requirements resulting in increased expenses or restrictions on our business activities.

 

Our business is subject to increased litigation and regulatory risks as a result of a number of factors, including the highly regulated nature of the financial services industry and the focus of civil government attorneys on banks and the financial services industry generally. This focus has only intensified since the Great Recession, with regulators and civil government attorneys focusing on a variety of financial institution practices and requirements, including foreclosure practices, civil government attorneys with applicable consumer protection laws, classification of held for sale assets and compliance with anti‑money laundering statutes, the Bank Secrecy Act and sanctions administered by OFAC. In addition,

31


 

Table of Contents

a single event or issue may give rise to numerous and overlapping investigations and proceedings, including by multiple federal and state regulators and other governmental authorities.

 

In the normal course of business, from time to time, we may be named as a defendant in various legal actions, including arbitrations, class actions and other litigation, arising in connection with our business activities. Certain of the legal actions included claims for substantial compensatory or punitive damages or claims for indeterminate amounts of damages. In addition, while the arbitration provisions in certain of our customer agreements historically have limited our exposure to consumer class action litigation, there can be no assurance that we will be successful in enforcing our arbitration clause in the future. We may also, from time to time, be the subject of subpoenas, requests for information, reviews, investigations and proceedings (both formal and informal) by governmental and self‑regulatory agencies regarding our business. Any such legal or regulatory actions may subject us to substantial compensatory or punitive damages, significant fines, penalties, obligations to change our business practices or other requirements resulting in increased expenses, diminished income and damage to our reputation. Our involvement in any such matters, even if the matters are ultimately determined in our favor, could also cause significant harm to our reputation and divert management’s attention from the operation of our business. Directives issued to enforce such actions may be confidential and thus, in some instances, we are not permitted to publicly disclose these actions. Further, any settlement, consent order or adverse judgment in connection with any formal or informal proceeding or investigation by government agencies may result in litigation, investigations or proceedings as other litigants and government agencies begin independent reviews of the same activities. As a result, the outcome of legal and regulatory actions could be material to our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows depending on, among other factors, the level of our earnings for that period, and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

Increases in FDIC insurance premiums may adversely affect our earnings.

 

Our bank’s deposits are insured by the FDIC up to legal limits and, accordingly, our bank is subject to FDIC deposit insurance assessments. We generally cannot control the amount of premiums our bank will be required to pay for FDIC insurance. In 2010, the FDIC increased the deposit insurance fund’s target reserve ratio to 2.0% of insured deposits following the Dodd‑Frank Act’s elimination of the 1.5% cap on the insurance fund’s reserve ratio and has put in place a restoration plan to restore the deposit insurance fund to its 1.35% minimum reserve ratio mandated by the Dodd-Frank Act by September 30, 2020. The surcharge continued through September 30, 2018, when the designated reserve ratio reached 1.36% of insured deposits, exceeding the statutorily required minimum of 1.35% Additional increases in assessment rates may be required in the future to achieve this targeted reserve ratio. In addition, higher levels of bank failures during the Great Recession and increases in the statutory deposit insurance limits have increased resolution costs to the FDIC and put pressure on the deposit insurance fund. Future increases of FDIC insurance premiums or special assessments could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Tax Act”) could have adverse or uncertain impacts on some aspects of our business, results of operations or financial condition.

 

On December 22, 2017, President Trump signed into law the Tax Act. The Tax Act makes many significant amendments to the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), including reducing the statutory rate of U.S. federal corporate income tax from 35% to 21%. The reduction in the corporate tax rate under the Tax Act required a one-time revaluation of certain of our tax-related assets. As such, we recorded approximately $47.6 million of additional income tax expense in our consolidated statements of income in the fourth quarter of 2017.

The overall impact of the Tax Act is subject to the effect of numerous provisions in the Tax Act, including the imposition of a “base erosion and anti-abuse tax”, limitations on deductibility of interest, limitations on the deduction of certain executive compensation costs and limitations on the use of future net operating losses to 80% of taxable income, among other changes. It is possible that the impact from certain of these or other provisions could reduce the benefit from the reduction in the statutory U.S. federal rate. The overall impact of the Tax Act also depends on the future interpretations and regulations that may be issued by U.S. tax authorities, and it is possible that future guidance could adversely impact us. While we expect the Tax Act to have a net positive economic impact on us, it contains measures that could have adverse or uncertain impacts on some aspects of our business, results of operations or financial condition.

32


 

Table of Contents

 

Non-compliance with the USA PATRIOT Act, the Bank Secrecy Act or other laws and regulations could result in fines or sanctions against us.

 

The USA PATRIOT Act of 2001 and the Bank Secrecy Act require financial institutions to design and implement programs to prevent financial institutions from being used for money laundering and terrorist activities. If such activities are detected, financial institutions are obligated to file suspicious activity reports with the U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Financial Crimes Enforcement Network. These rules require financial institutions to establish procedures for identifying and verifying the identity of customers seeking to open new financial accounts. Federal and state bank regulators also have begun to focus on compliance with Bank Secrecy Act and anti-money laundering regulations. Failure to comply with these regulations could result in fines or sanctions, including restrictions on conducting acquisitions or establishing new branches. In recent years, several banking institutions have received large fines for non-compliance with these laws and regulations. While we have developed policies and procedures designed to assist in compliance with these laws and regulations, these policies and procedures may not be effective in preventing violations of these laws and regulations. Failure to maintain and implement adequate programs to combat money laundering and terrorist financing could also have serious reputational consequences for us, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

Regulations relating to privacy, information security and data protection could increase our costs, affect or limit how we collect and use personal information and adversely affect our business opportunities.

 

We are subject to various privacy, information security and data protection laws, including requirements concerning security breach notification, and we could be negatively impacted by these laws. For example, our business is subject to the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act which, among other things: (i) imposes certain limitations on our ability to share nonpublic personal information about our customers with nonaffiliated third parties; (ii) requires that we provide certain disclosures to customers about our information collection, sharing and security practices and afford customers the right to “opt out” of any information sharing by us with nonaffiliated third parties (with certain exceptions) and (iii) requires that we develop, implement and maintain a written comprehensive information security program containing safeguards appropriate based on our size and complexity, the nature and scope of our activities, and the sensitivity of customer information we process, as well as plans for responding to data security breaches. Various state and federal banking regulators and states have also enacted data security breach notification requirements with varying levels of individual, consumer, regulatory or law enforcement notification in certain circumstances in the event of a security breach. Moreover, legislators and regulators in the United States are increasingly adopting or revising privacy, information security and data protection laws that potentially could have a significant impact on our current and planned privacy, data protection and information security-related practices, our collection, use, sharing, retention and safeguarding of consumer or employee information, and some of our current or planned business activities. This could also increase our costs of compliance and business operations and could reduce income from certain business initiatives. This includes increased privacy‑related enforcement activity at the federal level, by the Federal Trade Commission, as well as at the state level, such as with regard to mobile applications.

 

Compliance with current or future privacy, data protection and information security laws (including those regarding security breach notification) affecting customer or employee data to which we are subject could result in higher compliance and technology costs and could restrict our ability to provide certain products and services, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial conditions or results of operations. Our failure to comply with privacy, data protection and information security laws could result in potentially significant regulatory or governmental investigations or actions, litigation, fines, sanctions and damage to our reputation, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

Our use of third party vendors and our other ongoing third party business relationships are subject to increasing regulatory requirements and attention.

 

We regularly use third party vendors as part of our business. We also have substantial ongoing business relationships with other third parties. These types of third party relationships are subject to increasingly demanding regulatory requirements and attention by our federal bank regulators. Recent regulation requires us to enhance our due diligence, ongoing monitoring and control over our third party vendors and other ongoing third party business relationships. In certain cases we may be required to renegotiate our agreements with these vendors to meet these enhanced requirements, which could increase our costs. We expect that our regulators will hold us responsible for deficiencies in

33


 

Table of Contents

our oversight and control of our third party relationships and in the performance of the parties with which we have these relationships. As a result, if our regulators conclude that we have not exercised adequate oversight and control over our third party vendors or other ongoing third party business relationships or that such third parties have not performed appropriately, we could be subject to enforcement actions, including civil money penalties or other administrative or judicial penalties or fines as well as requirements for customer remediation, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

Risks Related to Our Controlling BNPP’s Divestiture of its Beneficial Ownership of Our Common Stock

 

We may fail to replicate or replace functions, systems and infrastructure provided to us by BNPP or certain of its affiliates.

 

Although, prior to our IPO, we operated largely as a standalone company without receiving significant services from BNPP or any of its affiliates, we have historically received certain services from BNPP and BOW, and provided other services to BNPP and BOW, including information technology services, services that support financial transactions and budgeting, risk management and compliance services, human resources services, insurance, operations and other support services, primarily through shared services contracts with various third party service providers. BNPP and its affiliates, including BOW, have no obligation to provide any support to us other than the services provided pursuant to certain agreements that we entered into in connection with our IPO.

 

The Transitional Services Agreement, which governed certain arrangements in which BNPP, BWHI and BOW provided us with certain services provided to us prior to the IPO by or through BNPP, BWHI and BOW, either directly or on a pass-through basis, terminated on December 31, 2018; however, we continue to receive a limited number of services from affiliates of BNPP. We are working to replicate or replace the services that we will continue to need in the operation of our business that were provided by BNPP, BWHI or BOW through shared service contracts they have with various third party service providers and that will continue to be provided for applicable transitional periods, despite the termination of the Transitional Services Agreement. Our costs of procuring these services or comparable replacement services may increase, and the cessation of such services may result in service interruptions and divert management’s attention from other aspects of our operations. Although we intend to procure comparable replacement services on our own, we cannot ensure that we will be able to procure such replacement services in a timely manner or on a cost-efficient basis. If we have not entered into standalone agreements in a timely manner, we may be responsible for fees that otherwise would have been the responsibility of BOW.

 

There is a risk that an increase in the costs associated with replicating and replacing the services provided to us and the diversion of management’s attention to these matters could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. Additionally, we may not be able to operate effectively if the quality of replacement services is inferior to the services we are currently receiving. Furthermore, as we are no longer an affiliate of BNPP, we will no longer receive certain group discounts and reduced fees that we were eligible to receive as an affiliate of BNPP. The loss of these discounts and reduced fees could increase our expenses and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

Contingent liabilities related to our spinoff of BWHI and BOW as part of the Reorganization Transactions could materially and adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

 

As part of the Reorganization Transactions, we contributed our subsidiary, BOW, to BWHI, a bank holding company that is a Delaware corporation, and then spun off BWHI to BNPP. In connection with the Reorganization Transactions, we entered into several agreements with BNPP and BWHI, including the Master Reorganization Agreement. Although we have allocated liabilities between the Company and BNPP and its affiliates in accordance with these agreements, there is no guarantee that BNPP and its affiliates will meet their obligations under these agreements. If BWHI or its subsidiaries were to default in payment of any obligations owed to a third party pursuant to a contract covered by the Master Reorganization Agreement entered into in connection with the Reorganization Transactions or the Transitional Services Agreement referred to in the Master Reorganization Agreement, we could be liable under the applicable provisions of such contract with a third party and be required to make additional payments in excess of what we expected to pay under the Master Reorganization Agreement or the Transitional Services Agreement. Any such increased liability resulting from BNPP’s and its affiliates’ failure to meet their obligations under these agreements could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, result of operations or cash flows.

 

34


 

Table of Contents

In addition, pursuant to the Master Reorganization Agreement, BWHI has agreed to indemnify us for certain liabilities, and we have agreed to indemnify BWHI for certain liabilities, in each case for uncapped amounts, and there can be no assurance that the indemnity from BWHI will be sufficient to protect us against the full amount of such liabilities, or that BWHI will be able to fully satisfy its indemnification obligations. Indemnity payments that we may be required to provide BWHI may be significant and could negatively impact our business. Moreover, even if we ultimately succeed in recovering from BWHI any amounts for which we are held liable, we may be temporarily required to bear these losses ourselves.

 

We may be subject to unexpected income tax liabilities in connection with the Reorganization Transactions. BWHI is required to pay us for any unexpected income tax liabilities that arise in connection with the Reorganization Transactions. However, in the event that BWHI does not satisfy its payment obligations, we could be subject to significantly higher federal and/or state and local income tax liabilities than currently anticipated.

 

BNPP, BWHI and we expect that no U.S. federal income taxes will be imposed on us in connection with the Reorganization Transactions. However, we paid state and local income taxes of approximately $95.4 million in June 2016 (which was partially offset by a federal tax reduction of approximately $33.4 million received through the intercompany settlement of estimated taxes in April 2017) in connection with the Reorganization Transactions (the “Expected Taxes”). BNPP, BWHI and we reported a total tax liability in connection with the Reorganization Transactions of $92.1 million (the “Return Taxes”) in the tax returns of various state and local jurisdictions. Pursuant to the Tax Sharing Agreement, we reimbursed BWHI approximately $2.1 million due to the Return Taxes being lower than the Expected Taxes. Such amount was recorded as an adjustment to additional paid-in capital. We could be subject to higher income tax liabilities in the event that the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) or state and local tax authorities successfully assert that our income tax liabilities in respect of the Reorganization Transactions are higher than the Return Taxes. Under the terms of the Tax Sharing Agreement, BWHI is required to pay us for any such additional taxes on an “after‑tax basis” (which means an amount determined by reducing the payment amount by any tax benefits derived by the Company and increasing the payment amount by any tax costs, including additional taxes, incurred by the Company as a result of such additional taxes and/or payments). See “Certain Related Party Transactions” in the Company’s Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference. If, however, our income tax liabilities with respect to the Reorganization Transactions are higher than the Return Taxes and BWHI fails to satisfy its payment obligations under the Tax Sharing Agreement, we could be liable for significantly higher federal and/or state income tax liabilities. We have not sought and will not seek any rulings from the IRS or state and local tax authorities regarding our expected tax treatment of the Reorganization Transactions.

 

In addition, under the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) and related rules and regulations, each entity that was a member of the BancWest combined tax reporting group during any taxable period or portion of any taxable period ending on or before the effective time of the Reorganization Transactions is jointly and severally liable for the U.S. federal income tax liability of the entire combined tax reporting group for such taxable period. Although the Tax Sharing Agreement allocates the responsibility for prior period taxes of the combined tax reporting group in accordance with the existing tax allocation agreements, if BWHI were unable to pay any such prior period taxes for which it is responsible, we could be required to pay the entire amount of such taxes, and such amounts could be significant. Other provisions of federal, state or local tax law may establish similar liability for other matters, including laws governing tax qualified pension plans, as well as other contingent liabilities.

 

Conflicts of interest and other disputes may arise between BNPP and us that may be resolved in a manner unfavorable to us and our other stockholders.

 

Conflicts of interest and other disputes may arise between BNPP and us in connection with our past and ongoing relationships, and any future relationships we may establish in a number of areas, including, but not limited to, those relating to certain contractual arrangements with BNPP and/or its affiliates, which we entered into to provide a framework for our ongoing relationship with BNPP, including a Stockholder Agreement, a Transitional Services Agreement, a Registration Rights Agreement, a License Agreement and an Insurance Agreement. In addition, in connection with the Reorganization Transactions and the intermediate holding company restructuring on July 1, 2016, we entered into several agreements with BNPP and certain of its affiliates which allocated assets, liabilities and expenses following our contribution of BOW to BWHI and the spinoff of BWHI to BNPP, including a Master Reorganization Agreement, an Expense Reimbursement Agreement, a Tax Sharing Agreement and the IHC Tax Allocation Agreement.

 

Following the completion of BNPP’s divestiture of the Company’s common stock and the resignation from FHI’s board of directors of all remaining directors nominated by BNPP, the non-control date under the Stockholder Agreement 

35


 

Table of Contents

occurred. As a result, BNPP’s governance and consent rights under the Stockholder Agreement, and its substantive rights under the Registration Rights Agreement, have terminated. The Transitional Services Agreement has also terminated. Disagreements regarding the rights and obligations of BNPP or us following the non-control notice or the applicable date of termination of each of these agreements may be resolved in a manner unfavorable to us and our other stockholders.

 

These and other conflicts of interest and potential disputes could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or on the market price of our common stock.

 

Risks Related to Our Common Stock

 

Our stock price may be volatile, and you could lose part or all of your investment as a result.

 

Stock price volatility may make it more difficult for you to resell your common stock when you want and at prices you find attractive. Our stock price may fluctuate significantly in response to a variety of factors including, among other things:

 

·

actual or anticipated variations in our quarterly results of operations;

 

·

recommendations or research reports about us or the financial services industry in general published by securities analysts;

 

·

the failure of securities analysts to cover, or continue to cover, us;

 

·

operating and stock price performance of other companies that investors deem comparable to us;

 

·

news reports relating to trends, concerns and other issues in the financial services industry;

 

·

future sales of our common stock;

 

·

departure of our management team or other key personnel;

 

·

new technology used, or services offered, by competitors;

 

·

significant acquisitions or business combinations, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments by or involving us or our competitors;

 

·

changes or proposed changes in laws or regulations, or differing interpretations thereof affecting our business, or enforcement of these laws and regulations;

 

·

litigation and governmental investigations; and

 

·

geopolitical conditions such as acts or threats of terrorism or military conflicts.

 

If any of the foregoing occurs, it could cause our stock price to fall and may expose us to litigation that, even if our defense is successful, could distract our management and be costly to defend. General market fluctuations, industry factors and general economic and political conditions and events — such as economic slowdowns or recessions, interest rate changes or credit loss trends — could also cause our stock price to decrease regardless of operating results.

 

Fulfilling our public company financial reporting and other regulatory obligations and transitioning to a standalone public company will be expensive and time consuming and may strain our resources.

 

As a public company, we are subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and are required to implement specific corporate governance practices and adhere to a variety of reporting requirements under Sarbanes-Oxley and the related rules and regulations of the SEC, as well as the rules of NASDAQ. The Exchange Act requires us to file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and financial condition. Sarbanes-Oxley requires, among other things, that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. In addition, as of January 1, 2018, we no longer qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act.

36


 

Table of Contents

Consequently, we are now subject to certain disclosure requirements that apply to other public companies but did not previously apply to us due to our status as an emerging growth company. Compliance with these requirements places additional demands on our legal, accounting, finance and investor relations staff and on our accounting, financial and information systems and may further increase our legal and accounting compliance costs as well as our compensation expense as we may be required to hire additional legal, accounting, tax, finance and investor relations staff. As a public company we may also need to enhance our investor relations and corporate communications functions and attract additional qualified board members. These additional efforts may strain our resources and divert management’s attention from other business concerns, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. We have incurred and expect to incur additional incremental ongoing and one-time expenses in connection with our transition to a standalone public company and our separation from BNPP. The actual amount of the incremental expenses we will incur may be higher, perhaps significantly, from our current estimates for a number of reasons, including, among others, the final terms we are able to negotiate with service providers prior to the termination of the Transitional Services Agreement, as well as additional costs we may incur that we have not currently anticipated.

 

In accordance with Section 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley, our management is required to conduct an annual assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting and include a report on these internal controls in the annual reports we file with the SEC on Form 10-K. Our independent registered public accounting firm is required to formally attest to the effectiveness of our internal controls. Implementing the requirements of Section 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley requires significant documentation of policies, procedures and systems, review of that documentation by our internal auditing and accounting staff and our outside independent registered public accounting firm, and testing of our internal control over financial reporting by our internal auditing and accounting staff and our outside independent registered public accounting firm. This process involves considerable time and attention, may strain our internal resources, and will increase our operating costs. We may experience higher than anticipated operating expenses and outside auditor fees during the implementation of these changes and thereafter. If, in any future reporting period, our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to express an opinion as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our common stock could be negatively affected, and we could become subject to investigations by NASDAQ, the SEC or other regulatory authorities, which could require additional financial and management resources. This could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

Moreover, if we are unable to meet the demands that have been placed upon us as a public company, including the requirements of Sarbanes-Oxley, we may be unable to accurately report our financial results, or report them within the timeframes required by law or stock exchange regulations. Failure to comply with Sarbanes-Oxley could also potentially subject us to sanctions or investigations by the SEC or other regulatory authorities. If material weaknesses or other deficiencies occur, our ability to accurately and timely report our financial position could be impaired, which could result in late filings of our annual and quarterly reports under the Exchange Act, restatements of our consolidated financial statements, a decline in our stock price, suspension or delisting of our common stock from NASDAQ, and could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition. Even if we are able to report our financial statements accurately and in a timely manner, any failure in our efforts to implement the improvements or disclosure of material weaknesses in our future filings with the SEC could cause our reputation to be harmed and our stock price to decline significantly.

 

Future sales and issuances of our common stock, including sales as part of our equity-based compensation plans, could result in dilution of the percentage ownership of our stockholders and could lower our stock price.

 

The market price of our common stock could decline as a result of sales of a large number of shares of our common stock or from the perception that such sales could occur. These sales, or the possibility that these sales may occur, also may make it more difficult for us to raise additional capital by selling equity securities in the future, at a time and price that we deem appropriate. As of February 20, 2019, we had a total of 134,874,302 shares of common stock outstanding.

 

We have filed a registration statement to register 6,253,385 shares of our common stock for issuance pursuant to awards granted under the equity incentive and employee stock purchase plans. We have granted awards covering 948,828 shares of our common stock under these plans as of December 31, 2018. We may increase the number of shares registered for this purpose from time to time, subject to stockholder approval. Once we register and issue these shares, their holders will be able to sell them in the public market, subject to applicable transfer restrictions.

 

37


 

Table of Contents

We cannot predict the size of future issuances or sales of our common stock or the effect, if any, that future issuances or sales of shares of our common stock may have on the market price of our common stock. Sales or distributions of substantial amounts of our common stock (including shares issued in connection with an acquisition), or the perception that such sales could occur, may cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

 

Certain banking laws and certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation may have an anti‑takeover effect.

 

Provisions of federal banking laws, including regulatory approval requirements, could make it difficult for a third party to acquire us, even if doing so would be perceived to be beneficial to our stockholders. Acquisition of 10% or more of any class of voting stock of a bank holding company or depository institution, including shares of our common stock following completion of this offering, generally creates a rebuttable presumption that the acquirer “controls” the bank holding company or depository institution. Also, a bank holding company must obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve before, among other things, acquiring direct or indirect ownership or control of more than 5% of the voting shares of any bank, including our bank.

 

There also are provisions in our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which we refer to as our certificate of incorporation, and third amended and restated bylaws, which we refer to as our bylaws, such as limitations on the ability to call a special meeting of our stockholders and restrictions on stockholders’ ability to act by written consent, that may be used to delay or block a takeover attempt. In addition, our board of directors is authorized under our certificate of incorporation to issue shares of our preferred stock, and determine the rights, terms conditions and privileges of such preferred stock, without stockholder approval. These provisions may effectively inhibit a non‑negotiated merger or other business combination, which, in turn could have a material adverse effect on the market price of our common stock.

 

38


 

Table of Contents

ITEM 1B.  UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

 

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 2.    PROPERTIES

 

Our corporate headquarters and main branch is located at 999 Bishop Street, Honolulu, Hawaii 96813. Inclusive of our main branch, we operated 60 branch offices located on the islands of Oahu, Maui, Hawaii, Kauai, Guam and Saipan as of December 31, 2018. We lease 36 of our branch offices and own the remainder of our offices, including our corporate headquarters and main branch which is located in the First Hawaiian Center. We are currently in the process of evaluating plans for more efficient usage of square footage, modernization and technological improvements to existing branches. We have closed and may close branches in certain circumstances to improve our efficiency.

 

ITEM 3.    LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

 

We operate in a highly regulated environment. From time to time, we are a party to various litigation matters incidental to the conduct of our business. We are not presently party to any legal proceedings the resolution of which we believe would have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition, liquidity, results of operation, cash flows, or capital levels. For additional information, see the discussion related to contingencies in “Note 18. Commitments and Contingent Liabilities” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

 

ITEM 4.    MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

 

Not applicable.

 

39


 

Table of Contents

PART II

 

ITEM 5.    MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

 

FHI’s common stock is listed on the NASDAQ under the symbol “FHB” and is quoted daily in leading financial publications.

 

As of February 20, 2019, there were 22 common registered shareholders of record. A registered shareholder of record is a shareholder whose share ownership in a company is recorded directly on the records of the company’s stock transfer agent. If one owns company shares through a bank, broker or other intermediary, then that shareholder is considered a “beneficial” shareholder. These holdings are considered to be held in “street name” through a bank, broker, or other intermediary and in the aggregate, are registered as a single shareholder of record.

 

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer

 

There were no purchases of shares of the Company’s common stock during the three months ended December 31, 2018.

40


 

Table of Contents

Performance Graph

 

The following graph displays the cumulative total stockholder return on our common stock based on the market price of the common stock compared to the cumulative total returns for the Standard & Poor’s (“S&P”) 500 Index and the KBW Regional Banking Index (“KRX”). The graph assumes that $100 was invested on our IPO date, August 4, 2016, in our common stock(1), the S&P 500 Index(2) and the KRX(2). The cumulative total return on each investment is as of the dates indicated and assumes reinvestment of dividends.

 

Picture 2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

3Q 2016

 

4Q 2016

 

1Q 2017

 

2Q 2017

 

3Q 2017

 

4Q 2017

 

1Q 2018

 

2Q 2018

 

3Q 2018

 

4Q 2018

First Hawaiian, Inc. Common Stock

 

$

107.85

 

$

137.33

 

$

121.31

 

$

119.40

 

$

121.37

 

$

122.43

 

$

120.17

 

$

127.60

 

$

119.49

 

$

96.18

S&P 500 Index

 

 

98.86

 

 

103.48

 

 

107.88

 

 

111.51

 

 

114.76

 

 

122.86

 

 

122.05

 

 

125.44

 

 

133.45

 

 

113.54

KBW Regional Banking Index

 

 

101.11

 

 

131.57

 

 

123.53

 

 

123.69

 

 

124.23

 

 

132.55

 

 

134.18

 

 

138.69

 

 

134.01

 

 

104.12

 

(1)

The investments in FHI were calculated using a volume weighted average price with a 10-day averaging period with dividends reinvested at the ex-dividend date.

(2)

The S&P 500 Index and KRX were calculated using a 10-day averaging period.

 

The stock performance depicted in the graph above should not be relied upon as indicative of future performance.

 

41


 

Table of Contents

ITEM 6.    SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial Highlights

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the Year Ended

 

(dollars in thousands, except per share data)

2018

    

2017

 

2016

 

2015

 

2014

 

Income Statement Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

$

646,051

 

$

570,768

 

$

518,520

 

$

483,846

 

$

467,283

 

Interest expense

 

79,733

 

 

41,964

 

 

26,848

 

 

22,521

 

 

23,485

 

Net interest income

 

566,318

 

 

528,804

 

 

491,672

 

 

461,325

 

 

443,798

 

Provision for loan and lease losses

 

22,180

 

 

18,500

 

 

8,600

 

 

9,900

 

 

11,100

 

Net interest income after provision for loan and lease losses

 

544,138

 

 

510,304

 

 

483,072

 

 

451,425

 

 

432,698

 

Noninterest income

 

178,993

 

 

205,605

 

 

226,037

 

 

219,111

 

 

215,961

 

Noninterest expense

 

364,953

 

 

347,554

 

 

337,280

 

 

327,309

 

 

304,415

 

Income before provision for income taxes

 

358,178

 

 

368,355

 

 

371,829

 

 

343,227

 

 

344,244

 

Provision for income taxes

 

93,784

 

 

184,673

 

 

141,651

 

 

129,447

 

 

127,572

 

Net income

$

264,394

 

$

183,682

 

$

230,178

 

$

213,780

 

$

216,672

 

Basic earnings per share

$

1.93

 

$

1.32

 

$

1.65

 

$

1.53

 

$

1.55

 

Diluted earnings per share

$

1.93

 

$

1.32

 

$

1.65

 

$

1.53

 

$

1.55

 

Basic weighted-average outstanding shares

 

136,945,134

 

 

139,560,305

 

 

139,487,762

 

 

139,459,620

 

 

139,459,620

 

Diluted weighted-average outstanding shares

 

137,111,420

 

 

139,656,993

 

 

139,492,608

 

 

139,459,620

 

 

139,459,620

 

Dividends declared per share

$

0.96

 

$

0.88

 

$

0.62

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

Dividend payout ratio

 

49.74

%  

 

66.67

%

 

37.27

%

 

 —

%

 

 —

%

Supplemental Income Statement Data (non-GAAP)(1):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Core net interest income

$

566,318

 

$

528,804

 

$

491,672

 

$

456,489

 

 

440,727

 

Core noninterest income

 

203,078

 

 

198,683

 

 

198,793

 

 

195,905

 

 

195,139

 

Core noninterest expense

 

358,561

 

 

342,097

 

 

331,060

 

 

327,309

 

 

304,415

 

Core net income

 

286,711

 

 

230,366

 

 

217,111

 

 

196,315

 

 

201,633

 

Core basic earnings per share

$

2.09

 

$

1.65

 

$

1.56

 

$

1.41

 

$

1.45

 

Core diluted earnings per share

$

2.09

 

$

1.65

 

$

1.56

 

$

1.41

 

$

1.45

 

Other Financial Information / Performance Ratios:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest margin

 

3.16

%  

 

2.99

%

 

2.88

%

 

2.78

%

 

2.88

%

Core net interest margin (non-GAAP)(1),(2)

 

3.16

%  

 

2.99

%

 

2.88

%

 

2.75

%

 

2.86

%

Efficiency ratio

 

48.96

%  

 

47.32

%

 

46.99

%

 

48.10

%

 

46.14

%

Core efficiency ratio (non-GAAP)(1),(3)

 

46.59

%  

 

47.02

%

 

47.94

%

 

50.17

%

 

47.87

%

Return on average total assets

 

1.31

%  

 

0.92

%

 

1.19

%

 

1.14

%

 

1.24

%

Core return on average total assets (non-GAAP)(1),(4)

 

1.42

%  

 

1.16

%

 

1.12

%

 

1.05

%

 

1.15

%

Return on average tangible assets (non-GAAP)(10)

 

1.37

%  

 

0.97

%

 

1.26

%

 

1.20

%

 

1.31

%

Core return on average tangible assets (non-GAAP)(1),(5)

 

1.49

%  

 

1.22

%

 

1.18

%

 

1.10

%

 

1.22

%

Return on average total stockholders' equity

 

10.76

%  

 

7.24

%

 

8.96

%

 

7.81

%

 

8.03

%

Core return on average total stockholders' equity (non-GAAP)(1),(6)

 

11.67

%  

 

9.08

%

 

8.45

%

 

7.18

%

 

7.47

%

Return on average tangible stockholders' equity (non-GAAP)(10)

 

18.08

%  

 

11.91

%

 

14.64

%

 

12.28

%

 

12.72

%

Core return on average tangible stockholders' equity (non-GAAP)(1),(7)

 

19.61

%  

 

14.93

%

 

13.80

%

 

11.28

%

 

11.84

%

Noninterest expense to average assets

 

1.80

%  

 

1.74

%

 

1.74

%

 

1.74

%

 

1.74

%

Core noninterest expense to average assets (non-GAAP)(1),(8)

 

1.77

%  

 

1.72

%

 

1.71

%

 

1.74

%

 

1.74

%

42


 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 

 

 

  

2018

 

2017

 

2016

 

2015

 

2014

 

Balance Sheet Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

1,003,637

 

$

1,034,644

 

$

1,052,058

 

$

2,650,195

 

$

1,261,453

 

Investment securities

 

 

4,498,342

 

 

5,234,658

 

 

5,077,514

 

 

4,027,265

 

 

4,971,611

 

Loans and leases

 

 

13,076,191

 

 

12,277,369

 

 

11,520,378

 

 

10,722,030

 

 

10,023,590

 

Allowance for loan and lease losses

 

 

141,718

 

 

137,253

 

 

135,494

 

 

135,484

 

 

134,799

 

Goodwill

 

 

995,492

 

 

995,492

 

 

995,492

 

 

995,492

 

 

995,492

 

Total assets

 

 

20,695,678

 

 

20,549,461

 

 

19,661,829

 

 

19,352,681

 

 

18,133,696

 

Total deposits

 

 

17,150,068

 

 

17,612,122

 

 

16,794,532

 

 

16,061,924

 

 

14,725,379

 

Short-term borrowings

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

9,151

 

 

216,151

 

 

386,151

 

Long-term borrowings

 

 

600,026

 

 

34

 

 

41

 

 

48

 

 

54

 

Total liabilities

 

 

18,170,839

 

 

18,016,910

 

 

17,185,344

 

 

16,615,740

 

 

15,458,656

 

Total stockholders' equity

 

 

2,524,839

 

 

2,532,551

 

 

2,476,485

 

 

2,736,941

 

 

2,675,040

 

Book value per share

 

$

18.72

 

$

18.14

 

$

17.75

 

$

19.63

 

$

19.18

 

Tangible book value per share (non-GAAP)(10)

 

$

11.34

 

$

11.01

 

$

10.61

 

$

12.49

 

$

12.04

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Asset Quality Ratios:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-accrual loans and leases / total loans and leases

 

 

0.05

%

 

0.08

%

 

0.08

%

 

0.16

%

 

0.24

%

Allowance for loan and lease losses / total loans and leases

 

 

1.08

%

 

1.12

%

 

1.18

%

 

1.26

%

 

1.34

%

Net charge-offs / average total loans and leases

 

 

0.14

%

 

0.14

%

 

0.08

%

 

0.09

%

 

0.10

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 

 

Capital Ratios(9):

  

2018

 

2017

 

2016

 

2015

 

2014

 

Common Equity Tier 1 Capital Ratio

 

  

11.97

%

  

12.45

%

 

12.75

%

 

15.31

%

 

N/A

 

Tier 1 Capital Ratio

 

 

11.97

%

 

12.45

%

 

12.75

%

 

15.31

%

 

16.14

%

Total Capital Ratio

 

 

12.99

%

 

13.50

%

 

13.85

%

 

16.48

%

 

17.41

%

Tier 1 Leverage Ratio

 

 

8.72

%

 

8.52

%

 

8.36

%

 

9.84

%

 

10.61

%

Total stockholders' equity to total assets

 

 

12.20

%

 

12.32

%

 

12.60

%

 

14.14

%

 

14.75

%

Tangible stockholders' equity to tangible assets (non-GAAP)(10)

 

 

7.76

%

 

7.86

%

 

7.93

%

 

9.49

%

 

9.80

%


(1)

We present net interest income, noninterest income, noninterest expense, net income, earnings per share and the related ratios described below, on an adjusted, or “core,” basis, each a non-GAAP financial measure. These core measures exclude from the corresponding GAAP measure the impact of certain items that we do not believe are representative of our financial results. We believe that the presentation of these non-GAAP financial measures helps identify underlying trends in our business from period to period that could otherwise be distorted by the effect of certain expenses, gains and other items included in our operating results. We believe that these core measures provide useful information about our operating results and enhance the overall understanding of our past performance and future performance. Investors should consider our performance and financial condition as reported under GAAP and all other relevant information when assessing our performance or financial condition. Non-GAAP measures have limitations as analytical tools and investors should not consider them in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our financial results or financial condition as reported under GAAP.

 

43


 

Table of Contents

The following table provides a reconciliation of net interest income, noninterest income, noninterest expense and net income to their “core” non-GAAP financial measures:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GAAP to Non-GAAP Reconciliation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the Years Ended

 

 

December 31, 

 

(dollars in thousands, except per share data)

2018

    

2017

    

2016

 

2015

 

2014

 

Net interest income

$

566,318

 

$

528,804

 

$

491,672

 

$

461,325

 

$

443,798

 

Early buyout on lease

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(3,071)

 

Early loan termination(a)

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(4,836)

 

 

 —

 

Core net interest income (non-GAAP)

$

566,318

 

$

528,804

 

$

491,672

 

$

456,489

 

$

440,727

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Noninterest income

$

178,993

 

$

205,605

 

$

226,037

 

$

219,111

 

$

215,961

 

Gains on sale of securities

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(4,566)

 

 

(7,737)

 

 

 —

 

Gains on sale of stock (Visa/MasterCard)

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(22,678)

 

 

(4,584)

 

 

(20,822)

 

Gain on the sale of real estate and other assets

 

 —

 

 

(6,922)

 

 

 —

 

 

(3,414)

 

 

 —

 

OTTI losses on available-for-sale debt securities

 

24,085

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Other adjustments(a),(b)

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(7,471)

 

 

 —

 

Core noninterest income (non-GAAP)

$

203,078

 

$

198,683

 

$

198,793

 

$

195,905

 

$

195,139

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Noninterest expense

$

364,953

 

$

347,554

 

$

337,280

 

$

327,309

 

$

304,415

 

Loss on litigation settlement(c)

 

(4,125)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

One-time items(a),(d)

 

(2,267)

 

 

(5,457)

 

 

(6,220)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Core noninterest expense (non-GAAP)

$

358,561

 

$

342,097

 

$

331,060

 

$

327,309

 

$

304,415

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

$

264,394

 

$

183,682

 

$

230,178

 

$

213,780

 

$

216,672

 

Early buyout on lease

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(3,071)

 

Early loan termination(a)

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(4,836)

 

 

 —

 

Gains on sale of securities

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(4,566)

 

 

(7,737)

 

 

 —

 

Gains on sale of stock (Visa/MasterCard)

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(22,678)

 

 

(4,584)

 

 

(20,822)

 

Gain on the sale of real estate and other assets

 

 —

 

 

(6,922)

 

 

 —

 

 

(3,414)

 

 

 —

 

OTTI losses on available-for-sale debt securities

 

24,085

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Other noninterest income adjustments(b)

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(7,471)

 

 

 —

 

Loss on litigation settlement(c)

 

4,125

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

One-time noninterest expense items(d)

 

2,267

 

 

5,457

 

 

6,220

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Tax Cuts and Jobs Act

 

 —

 

 

47,598

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Tax adjustments(e)

 

(8,160)

 

 

551

 

 

7,957

 

 

10,577

 

 

8,854

 

Total core adjustments

 

22,317

 

 

46,684

 

 

(13,067)

 

 

(17,465)

 

 

(15,039)

 

Core net income (non-GAAP)

$

286,711

 

$

230,366

 

$

217,111

 

$

196,315

 

$

201,633

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic earnings per share

$

1.93

 

$

1.32

 

$

1.65

 

$

1.53

 

$

1.55

 

Diluted earnings per share

$

1.93

 

$

1.32

 

$

1.65

 

$

1.53

 

$

1.55

 

Efficiency ratio

 

48.96

%

 

47.32

%

 

46.99

%

 

48.10

%

 

46.14

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Core basic earnings per share (non-GAAP)

$

2.09

 

$

1.65

 

$

1.56

 

$

1.41

 

$

1.45

 

Core diluted earnings per share (non-GAAP)

$

2.09

 

$

1.65

 

$

1.56

 

$

1.41

 

$

1.45

 

Core efficiency ratio (non-GAAP)

 

46.59

%

 

47.02

%

 

47.94

%

 

50.17

%

 

47.87

%


(a)

Adjustments that are not material to our financial results have not been presented for certain periods.

(b)

Other adjustments included a one-time MasterCard signing bonus and a recovery of an investment that was previously written down for the year.

(c)

The Company reached an agreement in principle to resolve a putative class action lawsuit alleging that the Bank improperly charged certain overdraft fees. In connection with the anticipated settlement agreement, the Company recorded an expense of approximately $4.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2018.

(d)

One-time items for the year ended December 31, 2018 included the loss on our funding swap as a result of a decrease in the conversion rate of our Visa Class B restricted shares sold in 2016 as well as public offering related costs. One-time items for the year ended December 31, 2017 included salaries and benefits stemming from the Tax Act and public offering related costs. One-time items for the year ended December 31, 2016 included initial public offering related costs.

(e)

Represents the adjustments to net income, tax effected at the Company’s effective tax rate for the respective period, exclusive of one-time Tax Act expense.

 

(2)

Core net interest margin is a non-GAAP financial measure. We compute our core net interest margin as the ratio of core net interest income to average earning assets. For a reconciliation to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure for core net interest income, see the GAAP to Non-GAAP Reconciliation Table.

 

44


 

Table of Contents

(3)

Core efficiency ratio is a non-GAAP financial measure. We compute our core efficiency ratio as the ratio of core noninterest expense to the sum of core net interest income and core noninterest income. For a reconciliation to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure for core noninterest expense, core net interest income and core noninterest income, see the GAAP to Non-GAAP Reconciliation Table.

 

(4)

Core return on average total assets is a non-GAAP financial measure. We compute our core return on average total assets as the ratio of core net income to average total assets. For a reconciliation to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure for core net income, see the GAAP to Non-GAAP Reconciliation Table.

 

(5)

Core return on average tangible assets is a non-GAAP financial measure. We compute our core return on average tangible assets as the ratio of core net income to average tangible assets, which is calculated by subtracting (and thereby effectively excluding) amounts related to the effect of goodwill from our average total assets. For a reconciliation to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure for core net income, see the GAAP to Non-GAAP Reconciliation Table.

 

(6)

Core return on average total stockholders’ equity is a non-GAAP financial measure. We compute our core return on average total stockholders’ equity as the ratio of core net income to average total stockholders’ equity. For a reconciliation to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure for core net income, see the GAAP to Non-GAAP Reconciliation Table.

 

(7)

Core return on average tangible stockholders’ equity is a non-GAAP financial measure. We compute our core return on average tangible stockholders’ equity as the ratio of core net income to average tangible stockholders’ equity, which is calculated by subtracting (and thereby effectively excluding) amounts related to the effect of goodwill from our average total stockholders’ equity. For a reconciliation to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure for core net income, see the GAAP to Non-GAAP Reconciliation Table.

 

(8)

Core noninterest expense to average assets is a non-GAAP financial measure. We compute our core noninterest expense to average assets as the ratio of core noninterest expense to average assets. For a reconciliation to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure for core noninterest expense, see the GAAP to Non-GAAP Reconciliation Table.

 

(9)

Beginning in 2015, regulatory capital ratios were reported using Basel III capital definitions, inclusive of transition provisions and Basel III risk-weighted assets. Our 2014 capital ratios were reported using Basel I capital definitions, in which the common equity tier 1 capital ratio was not required. The change in our capital ratios from December 31, 2015 to December 31, 2016 was primarily due to distributions of $363.6 million made in connection with the Reorganization Transactions. The change in our capital ratios from December 31, 2016 to December 31, 2017 was primarily due to a one-time charge to provision for income taxes of $47.6 million due to the revaluation of certain tax-related assets at the projected lower corporate tax rate resulting from the Tax Act. The decrease in our capital ratios from December 31, 2017 to December 31, 2018 was primarily due to the common stock repurchased of $131.8 million and the increase in the loan and lease portfolio, partially offset by net income of $264.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2018.

 

(10)

Return on average tangible assets, return on average tangible stockholders’ equity, tangible book value per share and tangible stockholders’ equity to tangible assets are non-GAAP financial measures. We compute our return on average tangible assets as the ratio of net income to average tangible assets. We compute our return on average tangible stockholders’ equity as the ratio of net income to average tangible stockholders’ equity. We compute our tangible stockholders’ equity to tangible assets as the ratio of tangible stockholders’ equity to tangible assets. We compute our tangible book value per share as the ratio of tangible stockholders’ equity to outstanding shares. We believe that these financial measures are useful for investors, regulators, management and others to evaluate financial performance and capital adequacy relative to other financial institutions. Although these non-GAAP financial measures are frequently used by shareholders in the evaluation of a company, they have limitations as analytical tools and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for analyses of results as reported under GAAP.

 

45


 

Table of Contents

The following table provides a reconciliation of these non-GAAP financial measures with their most closely related GAAP measures for the years indicated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GAAP to Non-GAAP Reconciliation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the Years Ended

 

 

 

December 31, 

 

(dollars in thousands, except per share data)

2018

    

2017

    

2016

 

2015

 

2014

 

Income Statement Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

$

264,394

 

$

183,682

 

$

230,178

 

$

213,780

 

$

216,672

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average total stockholders' equity

$

2,457,771

 

$

2,538,341

 

$

2,568,219

 

$

2,735,786

 

$

2,698,395

 

Less: average goodwill

 

995,492

 

 

995,492

 

 

995,492

 

 

995,492

 

 

995,492

 

Average tangible stockholders' equity

$

1,462,279

 

$

1,542,849

 

$

1,572,727

 

$

1,740,294

 

$

1,702,903

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average total assets

$

20,247,135

 

$

19,942,807

 

$

19,334,653

 

$

18,785,701

 

$

17,493,170

 

Less: average goodwill

 

995,492

 

 

995,492

 

 

995,492

 

 

995,492

 

 

995,492

 

Average tangible assets

$

19,251,643

 

$

18,947,315

 

$

18,339,161

 

$

17,790,209

 

$

16,497,678

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Return on average total stockholders' equity

 

10.76

%  

 

7.24

%  

 

8.96

%

 

7.81

%

 

8.03

%

Return on average tangible stockholders' equity (non-GAAP)

 

18.08

%  

 

11.91

%  

 

14.64

%

 

12.28

%

 

12.72

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Return on average total assets

 

1.31

%  

 

0.92

%  

 

1.19

%  

 

1.14

%  

 

1.24

%

Return on average tangible assets (non-GAAP)

 

1.37

%  

 

0.97

%  

 

1.26

%  

 

1.20

%  

 

1.31

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average stockholders' equity to average assets

 

12.14

%  

 

12.73

%  

 

13.28

%

 

14.56

%

 

15.43

%

Average tangible stockholders' equity to average tangible assets (non-GAAP)

 

7.60

%  

 

8.14

%  

 

8.58

%

 

9.78

%

 

10.32

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2018

    

2017

    

2016

 

2015

 

2014

 

 

Balance Sheet Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total stockholders' equity

$

2,524,839

 

$

2,532,551

 

$

2,476,485

 

$

2,736,941

 

$

2,675,040

 

 

Less: goodwill

 

995,492

 

 

995,492

 

 

995,492

 

 

995,492

 

 

995,492

 

 

Tangible stockholders' equity

$

1,529,347

 

$

1,537,059

 

$

1,480,993

 

$

1,741,449

 

$

1,679,548

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

$

20,695,678

 

$

20,549,461

 

$

19,661,829

 

$

19,352,681

 

$

18,133,696

 

 

Less: goodwill

 

995,492

 

 

995,492

 

 

995,492

 

 

995,492

 

 

995,492

 

 

Tangible assets

$

19,700,186

 

$

19,553,969

 

$

18,666,337

 

$

18,357,189

 

$

17,138,204

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares outstanding

 

134,874,302

 

 

139,588,782

 

 

139,530,654

 

 

139,459,620

 

 

139,459,620

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total stockholders' equity to total assets

 

12.20

%

 

12.32

%

 

12.60

%

 

14.14

%

 

14.75

%

 

Tangible stockholders' equity to tangible assets (non-GAAP)

 

7.76

%

 

7.86

%

 

7.93

%

 

9.49

%

 

9.80

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Book value per share

$

18.72

 

$

18.14

 

$

17.75

 

$

19.63

 

$

19.18

 

 

Tangible book value per share (non-GAAP)

$

11.34

 

$

11.01

 

$

10.61

 

$

12.49

 

$

12.04

 

 

 

 

46


 

Table of Contents

ITEM 7.    MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

 

This Annual Report on Form 10-K, including the documents incorporated by reference herein, contains, and from time to time our management may make, forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.  These forward-looking statements reflect our current views with respect to, among other things, future events and our financial performance. These statements are often, but not always, made through the use of words or phrases such as “may,” “might,” “should,” “could,” “predict,” “potential,” “believe,” “expect,” “continue,” “will,” “anticipate,” “seek,” “estimate,” “intend,” “plan,” “projection,” “would,” “annualized” and “outlook,” or the negative version of those words or other comparable words or phrases of a future or forward-looking nature. These forward-looking statements are not historical facts, and are based on current expectations, estimates and projections about our industry, management's beliefs and certain assumptions made by management, many of which, by their nature, are inherently uncertain and beyond our control. Accordingly, we caution you that any such forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and are subject to risks, assumptions, estimates and uncertainties that are difficult to predict. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in these forward-looking statements are reasonable as of the date made, actual results may prove to be materially different from the results expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements.

 

A number of important factors could cause our actual results to differ materially from those indicated in these forward-looking statements, including the following: the geographic concentration of our business; current and future economic and market conditions in the United States generally or in Hawaii, Guam and Saipan in particular; concentrated exposures to certain asset classes and individual obligors; the effect of the current low interest rate environment or changes in interest rates on our business including our net interest income, net interest margin, the fair value of our investment securities, and our mortgage loan originations, mortgage servicing rights and mortgage loans held for sale; changes in the method pursuant to which LIBOR and other benchmark rates are determined; the possibility we might underestimate the credit losses inherent in our loan and lease portfolio; our inability to receive dividends from our bank, pay dividends to our common stockholders and satisfy obligations as they become due; the effects of geopolitical instability, including war, terrorist attacks, pandemics and man-made and natural disasters; our ability to maintain our bank's reputation; our ability to attract and retain skilled employees or changes in our management personnel; our ability to effectively compete with other financial services companies and the effects of competition in the financial services industry on our business; our ability to successfully develop and commercialize new or enhanced products and services; changes in the demand for our products and services; the effectiveness of our risk management and internal disclosure controls and procedures; any failure or interruption of our information and communications systems; our ability to identify and address cybersecurity risks; the effect of a material breach of, or disruption to, the security of any of our or our vendors’ systems; the failure to properly use and protect our customer and employee information and data; our ability to keep pace with technological changes; our ability to attract and retain customer deposits; the effects of problems encountered by other financial institutions; our access to sources of liquidity and capital to address our liquidity needs; our use of the secondary mortgage market as a source of liquidity; risks associated with the sale of loans and with our use of appraisals in valuing and monitoring loans; the possibility that actual results may differ from estimates and forecasts; the potential for environmental liability; fluctuations in the fair value of our assets and liabilities and off-balance sheet exposures; the effects of the failure of any component of our business infrastructure provided by a third party; the impact of, and changes in, applicable laws, regulations and accounting standards and policies, including the enactment of the Tax Act (Public Law 115-97) on December 22, 2017; possible changes in trade, monetary and fiscal policies of, and other activities undertaken by, governments, agencies, central banks and similar organizations; our likelihood of success in, and the impact of, litigation or regulatory actions; market perceptions associated with our separation from BNPP and other aspects of our business; our ability to continue to pay dividends on our common stock; contingent liabilities and unexpected tax liabilities that may be applicable to us as a result of the Reorganization Transactions; our ability to retain service providers to perform oversight or control functions or services that have otherwise been performed in the past by affiliates of BNPP; the one-time and incremental costs of operating as a stand-alone public company; our ability to meet our obligations as a public company, including our obligations under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002; and damage to our reputation from any of the factors described above.

 

The foregoing factors should not be considered an exhaustive list and should be read together with the other cautionary statements set forth under “Item 1A. Risk Factors” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. If one or more events related to these or other risks or uncertainties materialize, or if our underlying assumptions prove to be incorrect, actual

47


 

Table of Contents

results may differ materially from what we anticipate. Accordingly, you should not place undue reliance on any such forward-looking statements. Any forward-looking statement speaks only as of the date on which it is made, and we do not undertake any obligation to update or review any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise, except as required by applicable law.

 

Company Overview

 

FHI, a bank holding company, owns 100% of the outstanding common stock of FHB. FHB was founded in 1858 under the name Bishop & Company and was the first successful banking partnership in the Kingdom of Hawaii and the second oldest bank formed west of the Mississippi River.

As of December 31, 2018, we were the largest full service bank headquartered in Hawaii as measured by assets, loans and leases, deposits and net income. As of December 31, 2018, we had $20.7 billion of assets, $13.1 billion of gross loans and leases and $17.2 billion of deposits. We also generated $264.4 million of net income or diluted earnings per share of $1.93 per share for the year ended December 31, 2018. We operate our business through three operating segments: Retail Banking, Commercial Banking and Treasury and Other. See “Note 23. Reportable Operating Segments” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data for more information.

Reorganization Transactions

On April 1, 2016, BNPP effected the Reorganization Transactions pursuant to which FHI, which was then known as BancWest, contributed BOW, its subsidiary at the time, to BWHI, a newly formed bank holding company and a wholly‑owned subsidiary of BNPP. Upon formation, BWHI was a direct wholly‑owned subsidiary of BancWest and, as part of the Reorganization Transactions, BancWest contributed 100% of its interest in BOW to BWHI. Following the contribution of BOW to BWHI, BancWest distributed its interest in BWHI to BNPP, and BWHI became a wholly‑owned subsidiary of BNPP. As part of these transactions, we amended our certificate of incorporation to change our name to First Hawaiian, Inc., with the Bank remaining our only direct wholly‑owned subsidiary.

The Reorganization Transactions were made in connection with our transition to a stand‑alone public company and our separation from BNPP. On July 1, 2016, in order to comply with the Federal Reserve’s requirement (under Regulation YY) applicable to BNPP that a foreign banking organization with $50 billion or more in U.S. non‑branch assets as of June 30, 2015 establish a U.S. intermediate holding company and hold its interest in the substantial majority of its U.S. subsidiaries through the intermediate holding company by July 1, 2016, we became an indirect wholly‑owned subsidiary of BNP Paribas USA, BNPP’s U.S. intermediate holding company. As part of that reorganization, we became a direct wholly‑owned subsidiary of BWC, the BNPP selling stockholder and a direct wholly‑owned subsidiary of BNP Paribas USA.

Public Offerings and Separation from BNPP

Shares of FHI’s common stock began trading on the NASDAQ under the ticker symbol “FHB” on August 4, 2016. In August 2016, FHI completed its IPO of 24,250,000 shares of common stock sold by BWC. In February 2017, BWC sold an additional 28,750,000 shares of FHI common stock in a secondary offering. In May and June 2018, BWC sold an additional 16,830,000 shares of FHI common stock in the aggregate in a secondary offering. BWC sold 20,000,000 additional shares of FHI common stock in secondary offerings completed in each of August and September 2018, respectively. BWC sold shares of FHI common stock of 2,968,069 and 1,801,801 in May and August 2018, respectively, to the Company pursuant to share repurchase agreements. BWC sold 24,859,750 shares of FHI common stock in a secondary offering completed in February 2019. FHI did not receive any of the proceeds from the aforementioned sales of shares of its common stock by BWC. Following the completion of the secondary offering completed on February 1, 2019, BNPP (through BWC) fully exited its ownership interest in FHI common stock.

Upon the completion of the August 2018 and September 2018 offerings, BNPP-directors Jean-Milan Givadinovitch, Xavier Antiglio and J. Michael Shepherd resigned from the board of directors. The FHI board of directors appointed Faye Kurren, Jenai Wall and C. Scott Wo to fill such vacancies. Following the completion of the February 2019 offering, Michel Vial and Gérard Gil, the remaining BNPP designees to the FHI board of directors, resigned from the board of directors. As a result, all directors designated by BNPP have resigned from the FHI board of directors.

48


 

Table of Contents

The Company and/or Bank entered into contractual arrangements with BNPP and/or its affiliates to provide a framework for our ongoing relationship with BNPP, including a Stockholder Agreement, a Transitional Services Agreement, a Registration Rights Agreement, a License Agreement and an Insurance Agreement. Among other things, the Stockholder Agreement set forth certain agreements that governed the relationship between the Company and BNPP following the IPO until the “Non-Control Date”, which is defined in the Stockholder Agreement as the date on which BNPP ceases to control the Company for purposes of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 as provided for in a written determination from the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or such earlier date as BNPP may designate in writing to the Company. On February 12, 2019, following the completion of BNPP’s divestiture of the Company’s common stock on February 1, 2019 and the resignation from the Company’s board of directors of all remaining directors nominated by BNPP, under the terms of the Stockholder Agreement, the non-control date under the Stockholder Agreement occurred. As a result, BNPP’s governance and consent rights under the Stockholder Agreement, and its substantive rights under the Registration Rights Agreement, have terminated.

Pursuant to the Transitional Services Agreement, BNPP, BWHI and BOW provided us with certain services they provided prior to the IPO either directly or on a pass-through basis, and we provided, or arranged to provide, BNPP, BWHI and BOW with certain services we provided to them prior to the IPO, either directly or on a pass-through basis. The Transitional Services Agreement terminated on December 31, 2018, although the provision of certain services terminated prior to the agreement termination date and certain other services continue to be provided beyond the agreement termination date as agreed by the parties. In connection with our transition to a stand-alone public company and our separation from BNPP, we have incurred, and expect to continue to incur, incremental ongoing and one-time expenses, as well as increases in audit fees, insurance premiums, employee salaries and benefits (including stock-based compensation expenses for employees and non-employee directors), and fees and expenses that may have been previously reimbursed by BNPP or its affiliates and consulting fees. These costs also include increases that we expect to result from the higher pricing of services by third-party vendors whose future contracts with us do not reflect BOW volumes or the benefits of BNPP bargaining power. Our one-time expenses incurred in connection with our IPO included professional fees, consulting fees and certain filing and listing fees. The actual amount of the incremental expenses we incur as a stand-alone public company may be higher, perhaps significantly, from our current estimates for a number of reasons and there may be additional related costs we may incur that we have not currently anticipated.

Basis of Presentation

For periods prior to April 1, 2016, the financial operations, assets and liabilities of BancWest (now known as First Hawaiian, Inc.) related to FHB (and not BOW) have been combined with FHB and are presented on a basis of accounting that reflects a change in reporting entity as if we were a separate stand‑alone entity for all periods presented. The accompanying consolidated financial statements include allocations of certain assets of BancWest as agreed to by the parties and also certain expenses amounting to approximately $5.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, specifically applicable to the operations of BancWest related to FHB through the date of the Reorganization Transactions. Management believes these allocations are reasonable. Prior to April 1, 2016, the residual revenues and expenses not included in our consolidated financial statements represent those directly related to BWHI and BOW. The allocated expenses included in our consolidated financial statements, residual revenues and expenses are not necessarily indicative of the financial position or results of operations of our company if we had operated as a stand‑alone public entity during the reporting periods prior to April 1, 2016 and may not be indicative of our company’s future results of operations and financial condition.

Upon completion of the Reorganization Transactions on April 1, 2016, the consolidated financial statements of the Company reflected the results of operations, financial position and cash flows of FHI and its wholly‑owned subsidiary, FHB. All significant intercompany account balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. The consolidated financial statements do not reflect any changes that may occur in our operations and expenses as a result of the Reorganization Transactions or our IPO.

Hawaii Economy

 

Hawaii’s economy continued to perform well during the year ended December 31, 2018, led in large part by a strong tourism industry and growth in personal income and tax revenues, offsetting a slight decline in real estate and labor market conditions. Hawaii’s tourism industry remained robust, achieving new records in 2018 in visitor arrivals and spending. Visitor arrivals for the year ended December 31, 2018 increased by 5.9% compared to 2017, and total visitor spending for the year ended December 31, 2018 increased by 6.8% compared to 2017 according to the Hawaii Tourism

49


 

Table of Contents

Authority. Visitor arrivals and spending increased, in particular, from U.S. mainland and Canadian visitors. The statewide seasonally-adjusted unemployment rate was 2.5% in December 2018 compared to 2.0% in December 2017 according to the Hawaii State Department of Labor & Industrial Relations. The national seasonally-adjusted unemployment rate was 3.9% in December 2018 compared to 4.1% in December 2017. The volume of single-family home sales on Oahu decreased by 7.7% for the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to 2017, while the volume of condominium sales on Oahu decreased by 2.5% for the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to 2017 according to the Honolulu Board of Realtors. However, the median price of single-family home sales and condominium sales on Oahu was $790,000 and $420,000, respectively, or an increase of 4.6% and 3.7%, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to 2017. As of December 31, 2018, months of inventory of single family homes and condominiums on Oahu remained low at approximately 2.8 months and 2.9 months, respectively. Lastly, state general excise and use tax revenues increased by 2.3% for the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to 2017 according to the Hawaii Department of Taxation.

 

Hawaii’s economy continued to grow during 2018, but is significantly dependent on U.S. mainland economic conditions as well as key international economies, particularly Japan. We continue to monitor construction activity in Hawaii and the local economy’s ability to absorb further planned expansion given deteriorating home affordability, tourism in Hawaii, the movement of interest rates in the U.S., the agenda of the U.S. administration and its impact on existing banking regulations, changes in Japan’s economic conditions including the exchange rate of its currency, and the economic and regulatory conditions of the European Union, as such factors could impact our profitability in future reporting periods.

 

Effect of Inflation and Changing Prices

 

The consolidated financial statements and related financial data presented in this Annual Report on Form 10-K have been prepared according to generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, which require the measurement of financial positions and operating results in terms of historical dollars without considering the change in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation. The primary impact of inflation on our operations is reflected in increased operating costs. Unlike most industrial companies, virtually all the assets and liabilities of a financial institution are monetary in nature. As a result, interest rates generally have a more significant impact on a financial institution’s performance than do general levels of inflation. Interest rates do not necessarily move in the same direction or to the same extent as the prices of goods and services.

 

Financial Highlights

 

Net income was $264.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, an increase of $80.7 million or 44% as compared to the same period in 2017. Basic and diluted earnings per share were $1.93 for the year ended December 31, 2018, an increase of $0.61 or 46% as compared to the same period in 2017. The increase was primarily due to a decrease in the provision for income taxes and an increase in net interest income, partially offset by a decrease in noninterest income, an increase in noninterest expense and an increase in the Provision.

 

Net income for the year ended December 31, 2018 was negatively impacted by $24.1 million OTTI losses on available-for-sale debt securities. Core net income was $286.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, an increase of $56.3 million or 24% as compared to the same period in 2017. Core basic and diluted earnings per share were $2.09 for the year ended December 31, 2018, an increase of $0.44 or 27% as compared to the same period in 2017. Core net income and core basic and diluted earnings per share are non-GAAP financial measures. For a reconciliation to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measures for core net income and core basic and diluted earnings per share, see “Item 6. Selected Financial Data - GAAP to Non-GAAP Reconciliation”.

 

Net income was $183.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, a decrease of $46.5 million or 20% as compared to the same period in 2016. Basic and diluted earnings per share were $1.32 for the year ended December 31, 2017, a decrease of $0.33 or 20% as compared to the same period in 2016. The decrease was primarily due to an increase in the provision for income taxes, a decrease in noninterest income, an increase in noninterest expense and an increase in the Provision, partially offset by an increase in net interest income.

 

Net income for the year ended December 31, 2017 was negatively impacted by a $47.6 million increase in the provision for income taxes as a result of the Tax Act. Core net income was $230.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, an increase of $13.3 million or 6% as compared to the same period in 2016. Core basic and diluted earnings per share were $1.65 for the year ended December 31, 2017, an increase of $0.09 or 6% as compared to the same period in 2016. Core net income and core basic and diluted earnings per share are non-GAAP financial measures. For a

50


 

Table of Contents

reconciliation to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measures for core net income and core basic and diluted earnings per share, see “Item 6. Selected Financial Data - GAAP to Non-GAAP Reconciliation”.

 

Our return on average total assets was 1.31% for the year ended December 31, 2018, an increase of 39 basis points as compared to the same period in 2017, and our return on average total stockholders’ equity was 10.76% for the year ended December 31, 2018, an increase of 352 basis points as compared to the same period in 2017. Our return on average tangible assets was 1.37% for the year ended December 31, 2018, an increase of 40 basis points as compared to the same period in 2017, and our return on average tangible stockholders’ equity was 18.08% for the year ended December 31, 2018, an increase of 617 basis points as compared to the same period in 2017. We continued to manage our expenses as our efficiency ratio was 48.96% for the year ended December 31, 2018 as compared to 47.32% for the same period in 2017. Return on average tangible assets and return on average tangible stockholders’ equity are non-GAAP financial measures. For a reconciliation to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measures for return on average tangible assets and return on average tangible stockholders’ equity, see “Item 6. Selected Financial Data - GAAP to Non-GAAP Reconciliation”.

 

Our return on average total assets was 0.92% for the year ended December 31, 2017, a decrease of 27 basis points as compared to the same period in 2016, and our return on average total stockholders’ equity was 7.24% for the year ended December 31, 2017, a decrease of 172 basis points as compared to the same period in 2016. Our return on average tangible assets was 0.97% for the year ended December 31, 2017, a decrease of 29 basis points as compared to the same period in 2016, and our return on average tangible stockholders’ equity was 11.91% for the year ended December 31, 2017, a decrease of 273 basis points as compared to the same period in 2016. We continued to prudently manage our expenses as our efficiency ratio was 47.32% for the year ended December 31, 2017 as compared to 46.99% for the same period in 2016. The efficiency ratio for the year ended December 31, 2016 was favorably impacted by net gains on the sale of investment securities of $27.3 million. Return on average tangible assets and return on average tangible stockholders’ equity are non-GAAP financial measures. For a reconciliation to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measures for return on average tangible assets and return on average tangible stockholders’ equity, see “Item 6. Selected Financial Data - GAAP to Non-GAAP Reconciliation”.

 

Our results for the year ended December 31, 2018 were highlighted by the following:

 

·

Net interest income was $566.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, an increase of $37.5 million or 7% as compared to the same period in 2017. Our net interest margin was 3.16% for the year ended December 31, 2018, an increase of 17 basis points as compared to the same period in 2017. The increase in net interest income was primarily due to higher average balances and yields in most loan categories and higher yields in our investment securities portfolio, partially offset by lower average balances in our investment securities portfolio and higher deposit funding costs.

 

·

The Provision was $22.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, an increase of $3.7 million or 20% as compared to the same period in 2017. The Provision is recorded to maintain the Allowance at levels deemed adequate to absorb probable credit losses that have been incurred in our loan and lease portfolio as of the balance sheet date.

 

·

Noninterest income was $179.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, a decrease of $26.6 million or 13% as compared to the same period in 2017. The decrease was primarily due to $24.1 million in OTTI losses on available-for-sale debt securities, a $4.1 million decrease in bank-owned life insurance (“BOLI”) income, a $3.8 million decrease in service charges on deposit accounts and a $1.4 million decrease in other noninterest income, partially offset by a $4.3 million increase in other service charges and fees and a $1.7 million increase in credit and debit card fees.

 

·

Noninterest expense was $365.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, an increase of $17.4 million or 5% as compared to the same period in 2017. The increase in noninterest expense was primarily due to a $4.8 million increase in other noninterest expense, a $4.8 million increase in contracted services and professional fees, a $4.1 million increase in salaries and employee benefits, a $3.8 million increase in occupancy and $1.5 million increase in card rewards program expenses, partially offset by a $1.4 million decrease in advertising and marketing expenses.

 

51


 

Table of Contents

Our results for the year ended December 31, 2017 were highlighted by the following:

 

·

Net interest income was $528.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, an increase of $37.1 million or 8% as compared to the same period in 2016. Our net interest margin was 2.99% for the year ended December 31, 2017, an increase of 11 basis points as compared to the same period in 2016. The increase in net interest income was primarily due to strong loan growth and an increase in average balances and yields on our investment securities portfolio. This was partially offset by higher average balances in interest-bearing deposits at higher rates.

 

·

The Provision was $18.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, an increase of $9.9 million as compared to the same period in 2016. The increase in the Provision maintained the Allowance at levels deemed adequate to cover probable incurred credit losses as of the balance sheet date. 

 

·

Noninterest income was $205.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, a decrease of $20.4 million or 9% as compared to the same period in 2016. The decrease was primarily due to a $22.7 million net gain on the sale of 274,000 shares of our Visa Class B restricted shares during the year ended December 31, 2016 that did not recur in 2017, partially offset by an $11.6 million increase in other noninterest income.

 

·

Noninterest expense was $347.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, an increase of $10.3 million or 3% as compared to the same period in 2016. The increase in noninterest expense was primarily due to a $6.1 million increase in salaries and employee benefits, a $1.9 million increase in regulatory assessment and fees and a $1.9 million increase in occupancy expenses.

 

During 2018, we used long-term borrowings and the proceeds from maturing investment securities to fund loan growth and a planned reduction in public time deposits. We continued to maintain adequate reserves for credit losses and high levels of liquidity and capital.

 

·

Total loans and leases were $13.1 billion as of December 31, 2018, an increase of $798.8 million or 7% as compared to December 31, 2017. Growth was particularly strong in our commercial real estate and residential real estate mortgage portfolios. This was a reflection of a strong Hawaii economy, which has encouraged local businesses to expand and to reinvest in their businesses and sustained continued demand by both investors and owner occupants to acquire new real estate assets.

 

·

The Allowance was $141.7 million as of December 31, 2018, an increase of $4.5 million or 3% from December 31, 2017. The ratio of our Allowance to total loans and leases outstanding decreased to 1.08% as of December 31, 2018, compared to 1.12% as of December 31, 2017. The Allowance was commensurate with our stable credit risk profile, loan portfolio growth and composition and a strong Hawaii economy.

 

·

We continued to hold high-grade investment securities, primarily collateralized mortgage obligations issued by the Government National Mortgage Association (“Ginnie Mae”), Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. The total fair value of our investment securities portfolio was $4.5 billion as of December 31, 2018, a decrease of $736.3 million or 14% compared to December 31, 2017. The decrease was primarily due to our use of paydowns and maturities to fund loan growth.

 

·

Total deposits were $17.2 billion as of December 31, 2018, a decrease of $462.1 million or 3% from December 31, 2017. The decrease in total deposits was primarily due to a $962.3 million decrease in public time deposits, partially offset by $394.7 million increase in money market deposit balances and a $343.9 million increase in savings deposit balances.

 

·

Finally, total stockholders’ equity was $2.5 billion as of December 31, 2018, a decrease of $7.7 million from December 31, 2017. The decrease in stockholders’ equity was primarily due to an increase of $131.8 million in treasury stock related to our share repurchases from BWC concurrent with secondary offerings completed in May and August 2018, dividends declared and paid to the Company’s stockholders of $131.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2018 and an increase of $15.7 million in accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax, primarily due to higher unrealized losses on our investment securities due to rising interest rates. This was partially offset by earnings for the year ended December 31, 2018 of $264.4 million and equity-based awards of $6.1 million.

52


 

Table of Contents

 

Analysis of Results of Operations

 

Net Interest Income

 

For the years ended December 31, 2018,  2017, and 2016, average balances, related income and expenses, on a fully taxable-equivalent basis, and resulting yields and rates are presented in Table 1. An analysis of the change in net interest income, on a fully taxable-equivalent basis, is presented in Table 2.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average Balances and Interest Rates

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Table 1

 

 

Year Ended

 

Year Ended

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

December 31, 2018

 

December 31, 2017

 

December 31, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

Average

 

Income/

 

Yield/

 

Average

 

Income/

 

Yield/

 

Average

 

Income/

 

Yield/

 

(dollars in millions)

  

Balance

  

Expense

  

Rate

    

Balance

  

Expense

  

Rate

 

Balance

  

Expense

  

Rate

 

Earning Assets

 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

  

Interest-Bearing Deposits in Other Banks

 

$

460.8

 

$

8.3

 

 

1.81

%  

$

507.3

 

$

5.5

 

1.09

%

$

1,368.9

 

$

7.1

 

0.52

%

Available-for-Sale Investment Securities

 

 

4,843.0

 

 

107.1

 

 

2.21

 

 

5,201.5

 

 

102.3

 

1.97

 

 

4,549.0

 

 

83.0

 

1.82

 

Loans Held for Sale

 

 

1.0

 

 

 —

 

 

3.60

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

Loans and Leases(1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial

 

 

3,105.4

 

 

121.9

 

 

3.93

 

 

3,230.2

 

 

103.6

 

3.21

 

 

3,229.5

 

 

96.0

 

2.97

 

Commercial real estate

 

 

2,918.5

 

 

118.7

 

 

4.07

 

 

2,643.6

 

 

96.7

 

3.66

 

 

2,313.0

 

 

86.0

 

3.72

 

Construction

 

 

623.6

 

 

25.8

 

 

4.13

 

 

537.8

 

 

18.6

 

3.45

 

 

436.4

 

 

14.2

 

3.26

 

Residential:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential mortgage

 

 

3,254.9

 

 

138.4

 

 

4.25

 

 

2,956.3

 

 

126.2

 

4.27

 

 

2,686.2

 

 

117.9

 

4.39

 

Home equity line

 

 

874.2

 

 

32.2

 

 

3.68

 

 

865.2

 

 

29.6

 

3.43

 

 

867.4

 

 

28.0

 

3.23

 

Consumer

 

 

1,633.2

 

 

88.2

 

 

5.40

 

 

1,540.0

 

 

83.1

 

5.40

 

 

1,454.4

 

 

80.9

 

5.56

 

Lease financing

 

 

160.4

 

 

4.7

 

 

2.91

 

 

171.5

 

 

4.9

 

2.87

 

 

188.3

 

 

5.4

 

2.86

 

Total Loans and Leases

 

 

12,570.2

 

 

529.9

 

 

4.22

 

 

11,944.6

 

 

462.7

 

3.87

 

 

11,175.2

 

 

428.4

 

3.83

 

Other Earning Assets

 

 

36.5

 

 

0.7

 

 

1.93

 

 

27.5

 

 

0.3

 

1.04

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

Total Earning Assets(2)

 

 

17,911.5

 

 

646.0

 

 

3.61

 

 

17,680.9

 

 

570.8

 

3.23

 

 

17,093.1

 

 

518.5

 

3.03

 

Cash and Due from Banks

 

 

328.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

321.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

289.9

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other Assets

 

 

2,007.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,940.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,951.7

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Assets

 

$

20,247.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

19,942.8

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

19,334.7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-Bearing Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-Bearing Deposits

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Savings

 

$

4,638.6

 

$

11.0

 

 

0.24

%  

$

4,475.2

 

$

3.9

 

0.09

%

$

4,390.3

 

$

2.6

 

0.06

%

Money Market

 

 

2,833.4

 

 

15.2

 

 

0.53

 

 

2,576.0

 

 

3.3

 

0.13

 

 

2,478.4

 

 

2.3

 

0.09

 

Time

 

 

3,743.5

 

 

46.8

 

 

1.25

 

 

4,096.4

 

 

34.8

 

0.85

 

 

3,817.6

 

 

21.7

 

0.57

 

Total Interest-Bearing Deposits

 

 

11,215.5

 

 

73.0

 

 

0.65

 

 

11,147.6

 

 

42.0

 

0.38

 

 

10,686.3

 

 

26.6

 

0.25

 

Short-Term Borrowings

 

 

39.9

 

 

0.8

 

 

2.13

 

 

2.2

 

 

 —

 

0.80

 

 

113.6

 

 

0.2

 

0.17

 

Long-Term Borrowings

 

 

206.0

 

 

5.9

 

 

2.87

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

Total Interest-Bearing Liabilities

 

 

11,461.4

 

 

79.7

 

 

0.70

 

 

11,149.8

 

 

42.0

 

0.38

 

 

10,799.9

 

 

26.8

 

0.25

 

Net Interest Income

 

 

 

 

$

566.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

528.8

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

491.7

 

 

 

Interest Rate Spread

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.91

%  

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.85

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.78

%

Net Interest Margin

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.16

%  

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.99

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.88

%

Noninterest-Bearing Demand Deposits

 

 

5,899.9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,868.8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,589.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other Liabilities

 

 

428.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

385.9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

377.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders' Equity

 

 

2,457.8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,538.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,568.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity

 

$

20,247.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

19,942.8

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

19,334.7

 

 

 

 

 

 


(1)

Non-performing loans and leases are included in the respective average loan and lease balances. Income, if any, on such loans and leases is recognized on a cash basis.

(2)

For the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, the taxable-equivalent basis adjustments made to the table above were not material.

 

53


 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Analysis of Change in Net Interest Income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Table 2

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2018

 

Year Ended December 31, 2017

 

 

Compared to December 31, 2017

 

Compared to December 31, 2016

(dollars in millions)

  

Volume

  

Rate

  

Total(1)

  

Volume

  

Rate

  

Total(1)

Change in Interest Income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-Bearing Deposits in Other Banks

 

$

(0.5)

 

$

3.3

 

$

2.8

 

$

(6.3)

 

$

4.7

 

$

(1.6)

Available-for-Sale Investment Securities

 

 

(7.3)

 

 

12.2

 

 

4.9

 

 

12.5

 

 

6.8

 

 

19.3

Loans and Leases

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial

 

 

(4.1)

 

 

22.4

 

 

18.3

 

 

 —

 

 

7.6

 

 

7.6

Commercial real estate

 

 

10.6

 

 

11.5

 

 

22.1

 

 

12.1

 

 

(1.5)

 

 

10.6

Construction

 

 

3.2

 

 

4.0

 

 

7.2

 

 

3.5

 

 

0.9

 

 

4.4

Residential:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential mortgage

 

 

12.7

 

 

(0.4)

 

 

12.3

 

 

11.6

 

 

(3.3)

 

 

8.3

Home equity line

 

 

0.3

 

 

2.2

 

 

2.5

 

 

(0.1)

 

 

1.7

 

 

1.6

Consumer

 

 

5.0

 

 

 —

 

 

5.0

 

 

4.7

 

 

(2.5)

 

 

2.2

Lease financing

 

 

(0.3)

 

 

0.1

 

 

(0.2)

 

 

(0.5)

 

 

 —

 

 

(0.5)

Total Loans and Leases

 

 

27.4

 

 

39.8

 

 

67.2

 

 

31.3

 

 

2.9

 

 

34.2

Other Earning Assets

 

 

0.1

 

 

0.3

 

 

0.4

 

 

0.3

 

 

 —

 

 

0.3

Total Change in Interest Income

 

 

19.7

 

 

55.6

 

 

75.3

 

 

37.8

 

 

14.4

 

 

52.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in Interest Expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-Bearing Deposits

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Savings

 

 

0.1

 

 

7.0

 

 

7.1

 

 

 —

 

 

1.2

 

 

1.2

Money Market

 

 

0.4

 

 

11.5

 

 

11.9

 

 

0.1

 

 

0.9

 

 

1.0

Time

 

 

(3.2)

 

 

15.2

 

 

12.0

 

 

1.7

 

 

11.4

 

 

13.1

Total Interest-Bearing Deposits

 

 

(2.7)

 

 

33.7

 

 

31.0

 

 

1.8

 

 

13.5

 

 

15.3

Short-Term Borrowings

 

 

0.8

 

 

0.1

 

 

0.9

 

 

(0.4)

 

 

0.2

 

 

(0.2)

Long-Term Borrowings

 

 

5.9

 

 

 —

 

 

5.9

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Total Change in Interest Expense

 

 

4.0

 

 

33.8

 

 

37.8

 

 

1.4

 

 

13.7

 

 

15.1

Change in Net Interest Income

 

$

15.7

 

$

21.8

 

$

37.5

 

$

36.4

 

$

0.7

 

$

37.1


(1)

The change in interest income and expense not solely due to changes in volume or rate has been allocated on a pro-rata basis to the volume and rate columns.

 

Net interest income, on a fully taxable-equivalent basis, was $566.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, an increase of $37.5 million or 7% as compared to the same period in 2017. Our net interest margin was 3.16% for the year ended December 31, 2018, an increase of 17 basis points as compared to the same period in 2017. The increase in net interest income, on a fully taxable-equivalent basis, was primarily due to higher average balances and yields in most loan categories and higher yields in our investment securities portfolio. This was partially offset by lower average balances in our investment securities portfolio and higher deposit funding costs. For the year ended December 31, 2018, the average balance of our loans and leases was $12.6 billion, an increase of $625.6 million or 5% compared to the same period in 2017. The higher average balance in loans and leases was primarily due to growth in our residential mortgage, commercial real estate, consumer and construction lending portfolios, partially offset by declines in our commercial and industrial portfolio.  Yields on our loans and leases were 4.22% for the year ended December 31, 2018, an increase of 35 basis points as compared to the same period in 2017. We experienced an increase in our yields from total loans primarily due to increases in adjustable rate commercial loans, which are typically based on the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”). For the year ended December 31, 2018,  the average balance of our investment securities portfolio decreased $358.5 million or 7% to $4.8 billion. Yields on our investment securities portfolio were 2.21% for the year ended December 31, 2018, an increase of 24 basis points from the same period in 2017. Deposit funding costs were $73.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, an increase of $31.0 million compared to the same period in 2017. Rates paid on our interest-bearing deposits were 65 basis points for the year ended December 31, 2018, an increase of 27 basis points compared to the same period in 2017. While we experienced higher rates paid on all interest-bearing deposit categories in the year ended December 31, 2018, particularly high rates were paid on our time deposits with an increase of 40 basis points compared to the same period in 2017.

 

Net interest income, on a fully taxable-equivalent basis, was $528.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, an increase of $37.1 million or 8% as compared to the same period in 2016. Our net interest margin was 2.99% for the year ended December 31, 2017, an increase of 11 basis points as compared to the same period in 2016. The increase in net interest income, on a fully taxable-equivalent basis, was primarily due to higher average balances in most loan categories and higher average balances and yields in our investment securities portfolio. This was partially offset

54


 

Table of Contents

by higher average balances in interest-bearing deposits and higher deposit funding costs. For the year ended December 31, 2017, the average balance of our loans and leases was $11.9 billion, an increase of $769.4 million or 7% compared to the same period in 2016. The higher average balance in loans and leases was primarily due to strong growth in our commercial real estate, construction, residential mortgage and consumer lending portfolios. For the year ended December 31, 2017, yields on our investment securities portfolio were 1.97%, an increase of 15 basis points from the same period in 2016.  The average balance of our investment securities portfolio increased $652.5 million or 14% to $5.2 billion. Yields on our loans and leases were 3.87% for the year ended December 31, 2017, an increase of four basis points as compared to the same period in 2016. Deposit funding costs were $42.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, an increase of $15.4 million or 58% compared to the same period in 2016. Rates paid on our interest-bearing deposits were 38 basis points for the year ended December 31, 2017, an increase of 13 basis points from the same period in 2016.

 

Provision for Loan and Lease Losses

 

The Provision was $22.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, which represented an increase of $3.7 million compared to the same period in 2017. We recorded net charge-offs of $17.7 million and $16.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. This represented net charge-offs of 0.14% of total average loans and leases as of both December 31, 2018 and 2017. The Allowance was $141.7 million and $137.3 million as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, and represented 1.08% of total outstanding loans and leases as of December 31, 2018, compared to 1.12% of total outstanding loans and leases as of December 31, 2017. The Provision is recorded to maintain the Allowance at levels deemed adequate by management based on the factors noted in the “Risk Governance and Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk — Credit Risk” section of this MD&A.

 

Noninterest Income

 

Table 3 presents the major components of noninterest income for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Noninterest Income

 

 

 

 

 

Table 3

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

 

Change

 

 

Change

 

(dollars in thousands)

  

2018

  

2017

  

2016

    

 

2018

vs.

  2017

 

    

 

2017

vs.

  2016

 

Service charges on deposit accounts

 

$

32,036

 

$

35,807

 

$

37,392

 

$

(3,771)

 

(11)

%

 

$

(1,585)

 

(4)

%

Credit and debit card fees

 

 

65,716

 

 

64,049

 

 

65,262

 

 

1,667

 

 3

 

 

 

(1,213)

 

(2)

 

Other service charges and fees

 

 

38,316

 

 

34,063

 

 

35,355

 

 

4,253

 

12

 

 

 

(1,292)

 

(4)

 

Trust and investment services income

 

 

31,324

 

 

30,485

 

 

29,440

 

 

839

 

 3

 

 

 

1,045

 

 4

 

Bank-owned life insurance

 

 

9,217

 

 

13,283

 

 

15,021

 

 

(4,066)

 

(31)

 

 

 

(1,738)

 

(12)

 

Investment securities gains, net

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

27,277

 

 

 —

   

 —

 

 

 

(27,277)

   

n.m.

 

OTTI losses on available-for-sale debt securities

 

 

(24,085)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(24,085)

 

n.m.

 

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

Other

 

 

26,469

 

 

27,918

 

 

16,290

 

 

(1,449)

 

(5)

 

 

 

11,628

 

71

 

Total noninterest income

 

$

178,993

 

$

205,605

 

$

226,037

 

$

(26,612)

 

(13)

%

 

$

(20,432)

 

(9)

%


n.m. – Denotes a variance that is not a meaningful metric to inform the change in noninterest income from the year ended December 31, 2017 to the same period in 2018  and from the year ended December 31, 2016 to the same period in 2017.

 

Total noninterest income was $179.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, a decrease of $26.6 million or 13% as compared to the same period in 2017. Total noninterest income was $205.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, a decrease of $20.4 million or 9% as compared to the same period in 2016.  

 

Service charges on deposit accounts were $32.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, a decrease of $3.8 million or 11% as compared to the same period in 2017. This decrease was primarily due to a $3.7 million decrease in account analysis service charges due to higher earning credit rates that offset fee income. Service charges on deposit accounts were $35.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, a decrease of $1.6 million or 4% as compared to the same period in 2016. This decrease was primarily due to a $1.8 million decrease in account analysis service charges due to both higher balances in business accounts and higher credit rates, which resulted in higher earning credits that offset fee income, partially offset by a $0.3 million increase in overdraft and checking account fees from lower average transactional account balances during the year ended December 31, 2017.

 

55


 

Table of Contents

Credit and debit card fees were $65.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, an increase of $1.7 million or 3% as compared to the same period in 2017. This increase was primarily due to a $2.0 million increase in merchant service revenues and a $1.5 million increase in interchange settlement fees, partially offset by a $1.6 million increase in network association dues. Credit and debit card fees were $64.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, a decrease of $1.2 million or 2% as compared to the same period in 2016. This decrease was primarily due to a $2.9 million decrease in interchange settlement fees, a $1.0 million increase in network association dues and a $0.3 million decrease in rental fees from credit card terminals, partially offset by an increase of $2.9 million in merchant service revenues.

 

Other service charges and fees were $38.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, an increase of $4.3 million or 12% as compared to the same period in 2017. This increase was primarily due to a $2.5 million increase in fees from the sale of annuities and securities, a $0.8 million increase in fee income from our cash management services, a $0.6 million increase in fees from standby letters of credit arrangements and a $0.5 million increase in residential mortgage loan servicing fees. Other service charges and fees were $34.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, a decrease of $1.3 million or 4% as compared to the same period in 2016. This decrease was primarily due to a $1.2 million decrease in residential mortgage loan servicing fees.

 

Trust and investment services income was $31.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, an increase of $0.8 million or 3% as compared to the same period in 2017. This increase was primarily due to a $0.5 million increase in investment management fees and a $0.3 million increase in business cash management fees. Trust and investment services income was $30.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, an increase of $1.0 million or 4% as compared to the same period in 2016. This increase was primarily due to a $0.3 million increase in irrevocable trust fees, a $0.3 million increase in business cash management fees, a $0.2 million increase in investment management fees and a $0.2 million increase in corporate trust and agency fees.

 

BOLI income was $9.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, a decrease of $4.1 million or 31% as compared to the same period in 2017. This decrease was primarily due to a $3.4 million decrease in BOLI earnings and a $0.6 million decrease in death benefits received. BOLI income was $13.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, a decrease of $1.7 million or 12% as compared to the same period in 2016. This decrease was primarily due to a $2.5 million decrease in death benefits received, partially offset by a $0.8 million increase in BOLI earnings.

 

Net gains on the sale of investment securities were nil for both the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017. This was a decrease of $27.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 as compared to the same period in 2016. Net gains on the sale of investment securities for the year ended December 31, 2016 were primarily due to a $22.7 million net gain on the sale of 274,000 Visa Class B restricted shares.

 

OTTI losses on available-for-sale debt securities were $24.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, an increase of $24.1 million as compared to the same period in 2017.  OTTI losses on available-for-sale debt securities for the year ended December 31, 2018 were due to our intent to sell 48 securities with a book value of $898.2 million. As a result we recorded an OTTI write-down of $24.1 million, representing the entire difference between the amortized cost basis and fair value of the securities, during December 2018. OTTI losses on available-for-sale debt securities were nil for both the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016.

 

Other noninterest income was $26.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, a decrease of $1.4 million or 5% as compared to the same period in 2017. The decrease in other noninterest income was primarily due to a $7.0 million decrease related to gains on the sale of bank properties in 2017, a $2.2 million decrease in income due to adjustments to certain liabilities assumed as a result of the Reorganization Transactions, a $0.8 million decrease related to insurance proceeds from severe weather which affected the Hawaiian Islands and a $0.6 million decrease in merchant discount fees related to debit card transactions. This was partially offset by a $7.0 million increase in net gains recognized in income related to derivative contracts, a $1.2 million increase in gains on the sale of leased equipment and a $1.2 million general excise tax refund. Other noninterest income was $27.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, an increase of $11.6 million or 71% as compared to the same period in 2016. The increase in other noninterest income was primarily due to a $6.9 million gain on the sale of real estate, a $3.9 million increase in income due to adjustments to certain liabilities assumed as a result of the Reorganization Transactions and the signing of the Tax Act, a $1.2 million increase in vendor bonuses received, a $1.1 million decrease in the amortization of mortgage servicing rights and a $1.0 million increase related to insurance proceeds from severe weather which affected the Hawaiian Islands. This was partially offset by a $2.4 million decrease in recoveries on loans in excess of amounts previously charged-off for the year ended December 31, 2017 as compared to the same period in 2016.

56


 

Table of Contents

 

Noninterest Expense

 

Table 4 presents the major components of noninterest expense for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016: 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Noninterest Expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Table 4

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

 

Change

 

 

Change

 

(dollars in thousands)

  

2018

  

2017

  

2016

    

 

2018

vs.

  2017

 

    

 

2017

vs.

  2016

 

Salaries and employee benefits(1)

 

$

167,162

 

$

163,086

 

$

157,144

 

$

4,076

 

 2

%

 

$

5,942

 

 4

%

Contracted services and professional fees

 

 

49,775

 

 

45,011

 

 

45,345

 

 

4,764

 

11

 

 

 

(334)

 

(1)

 

Occupancy

 

 

27,330

 

 

23,485

 

 

21,606

 

 

3,845

 

16

 

 

 

1,879

 

 9

 

Equipment

 

 

17,714

 

 

17,247

 

 

16,912

 

 

467

 

 3

 

 

 

335

 

 2

 

Regulatory assessment and fees

 

 

14,217

 

 

14,907

 

 

12,972

 

 

(690)

 

(5)

 

 

 

1,935

 

15

 

Advertising and marketing

 

 

4,813

 

 

6,191

 

 

6,127

 

 

(1,378)

 

(22)

 

 

 

64

 

 1

 

Card rewards program

 

 

24,860

 

 

23,363

 

 

22,459

 

 

1,497

 

 6

 

 

 

904

 

 4

 

Other(1)

 

 

59,082

 

 

54,264

 

 

54,715

 

 

4,818

 

 9

 

 

 

(451)

 

(1)

 

Total noninterest expense

 

$

364,953

 

$

347,554

 

$

337,280

 

$

17,399

 

 5

%

 

$

10,274

 

 3

%

 

(1)

The Company adopted ASU No. 2017-07 and applied the guidance retrospectively. As such $12.3 million and $12.1 million previously reported in salaries and employee benefits were reclassified to other noninterest expense for the years ending December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

 

Total noninterest expense was $365.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, an increase of $17.4 million or 5% as compared to the same period in 2017. Total noninterest expense was $347.6 million for the year ended year ended December 31, 2017, an increase of $10.3 million or 3% as compared to the same period in 2016.

 

Salaries and employee benefits expense was $167.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, an increase of $4.1 million or 2% as compared to the same period in 2017. This increase was primarily due to a $7.7 million increase in base salaries and related payroll taxes and a $2.4 million increase in group health plan costs. This was partially offset by a $2.4 million increase in deferred loan origination costs, a $2.1 million decrease in incentive compensation and a $1.4 million decrease in other compensation, primarily related to bonuses to employees due to the benefits from the Tax Act being passed in December 2017. Salaries and employee benefits expense was $163.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, an increase of $5.9 million or 4% as compared to the same period in 2016. This increase was primarily due to an $8.3 million increase in base salaries and related payroll taxes, a $2.2 million increase in other compensation, primarily related to the aforementioned bonuses to employees and a $0.8 million increase in group health plan costs. This was partially offset by a $3.5 million increase in deferred loan origination costs and a $2.7 million decrease in incentive compensation.

 

Contracted services and professional fees were $49.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, an increase of $4.8 million or 11% as compared to the same period in 2017. This increase was primarily due to a $2.5 million increase in outside services, primarily attributable to marketing services and new customer services and a $1.9 million increase in contracted data processing, primarily related to new merchant billing services. Contracted services and professional fees were $45.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, a decrease of $0.3 million or 1% as compared to the same period in 2016.

 

Occupancy expense was $27.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, an increase of $3.8 million or 16% as compared to the same period in 2017. This increase was primarily due to a $2.6 million decrease in net sublease rental income, a $1.5 million increase in building maintenance expense and a $0.6 million increase in utilities expense. This was partially offset by a $0.9 million decrease in ATM rent expense. Occupancy expense was $23.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, an increase of $1.9 million or 9% as compared to the same period in 2016. This increase was primarily due to a $1.6 million decrease in net sublease rental income and a $0.3 million increase in building maintenance expense.

 

Equipment expense was $17.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, an increase of $0.5 million or 3% as compared to the same period in 2017. Equipment expense was $17.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, an increase of $0.3 million or 2% as compared to the same period in 2016.

 

57


 

Table of Contents

Regulatory assessment and fees were $14.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, a decrease of $0.7 million or 5% as compared to the same period in 2017. Regulatory assessment and fees were $14.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, an increase of $1.9 million or 15% as compared to the same period in 2016. Starting in the third quarter of 2016, there was a change in the calculation of the FDIC insurance assessment and the adoption of an addition surcharge, which resulted in a higher insurance rate. This additional surcharge required by the FDIC ended during the third quarter of 2018. The decrease of the regulatory assessment and fees for the year ended December 31, 2018 as compared to the same period in 2017 was based on the exclusion of the additional surcharge for the last three months of 2018. The increase of the regulatory assessment and fees for the year ended December 31, 2017 as compared to the same period in 2016 was primarily due to six additional months under the new calculation and surcharge during 2017 as well as a higher assessment base (i.e., average total assets) for the year ended December 31, 2017.

 

Advertising and marketing expense was $4.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, a decrease of $1.4 million or 22% as compared to the same period in 2017. This decrease was primarily due to a $2.0 million increase in vendor reimbursements, partially offset by a $0.6 million increase in advertising costs. Advertising and marketing expense was $6.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, an increase of $0.1 million or 1% as compared to the same period in 2016.

 

Card rewards program expense was $24.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, an increase of $1.5 million or 6% as compared to the same period in 2017. This increase was primarily due to a $1.6 million increase in credit card cash reward redemptions. Card rewards program expense was $23.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, an increase of $0.9 million or 4% as compared to the same period in 2016. This increase was primarily due to a change in terms related to the expiration of our debit card reward points recorded during 2017.

 

Other noninterest expense was $59.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, an increase of $4.8 million or 9% as compared to the same period in 2017. This increase was primarily due to a $4.1 million charge recorded in 2018 in connection with an agreement in principle to settle a putative class action lawsuit against the Company, a $1.0 million increase in operational losses (which includes losses as a result of bank error, fraud, items processing, or theft), a $0.9 million increase in charitable contributions and a $0.7 million loss on our funding swap related to a decrease in the conversion rate of our Visa Class B restricted shares sold in 2016. This was partially offset by a $2.1 million decrease in pension-related expenses. Other noninterest expense was $54.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, a decrease of $0.5 million or 1% as compared to the same period in 2016.  This decrease was primarily due to a $1.0 million decrease in operational losses (which includes losses as a result of bank error, fraud, items processing, or theft), a $0.7 million decrease in expenses related to clean-up and repairs from severe weather which affected the Hawaiian Islands in 2016, a $0.4 million decrease in telephone expenses and a $0.4 million decrease in travel expenses. This was partially offset by a $1.2 million increase in software amortization expense and a $0.8 million increase in insurance expense as a result of higher rates due to our transition to a stand-alone public company.

 

Provision for Income Taxes

 

The provision for income taxes was $93.8 million (reflecting an effective tax rate of 26.18%) for the year ended December 31, 2018, compared with a provision for income taxes of $184.7 million (reflecting an effective tax rate of 50.13%) for the same period in 2017.  The decrease in the provision for income taxes was primarily due to the impact of the Tax Act that was signed into law on December 22, 2017, which reduced the corporate tax rate from 35% to 21%. The reduction in the corporate tax rate required a one-time revaluation of certain tax-related assets, which resulted in the Company recording $47.6 million as additional income tax expense in the fourth quarter of 2017. Additional information about the provision for income taxes is presented in “Note 16. Income Taxes” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

 

58


 

Table of Contents

Analysis of Business Segments

 

Our business segments are Retail Banking, Commercial Banking, and Treasury and Other. Table 5 summarizes net income from our business segments for the years ended December 31, 2018,  2017 and 2016. Additional information about operating segment performance is presented in “Note 23. Reportable Operating Segments” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Business Segment Net Income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Table 5

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

 

(dollars in thousands)

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

 

Retail Banking

 

$

225,319

 

$

151,806

 

$

182,443

 

Commercial Banking

 

 

73,891

 

 

56,314

 

 

74,904

 

Treasury and Other

 

 

(34,816)

 

 

(24,438)

 

 

(27,169)

 

Total

 

$

264,394

 

$

183,682

 

$

230,178

 

 

Retail Banking.  Our Retail Banking segment includes the financial products and services we provide to consumers, small businesses and certain commercial customers. Loan and lease products offered include residential and commercial mortgage loans, home equity lines of credit, automobile loans and leases, personal lines of credit, installment loans, and small business loans and leases. Deposit products offered include checking, savings and time deposit accounts. Our Retail Banking segment also includes our wealth management services. Products and services from Retail Banking are delivered to customers through 60 banking locations throughout the State of Hawaii, Guam and Saipan.

 

Net income for the Retail Banking segment was $225.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, an increase of $73.5 million or 48% as compared to the same period in 2017. The increase in net income for the Retail Banking segment was primarily due to a $60.9 million decrease in the provision for income taxes and a $16.6 million increase in net interest income, partially offset by a $2.2 million increase in noninterest expense and a $1.9 million increase in the Provision. The decrease in the provision for income taxes was primarily due to the reduction of the corporate tax rate as a result of the Tax Act. The increase in net interest income was primarily due to higher earnings credits as a result of higher average balances and margins in our deposit portfolio. The increase in noninterest expense was primarily due to a charge related to a settlement agreement to resolve a putative class action lawsuit against the Company and an increase in salaries and employee benefits expense, occupancy expense and contracted services and professional fees, partially offset by lower expenses that were allocated to the Retail Banking segment. The increase in total assets for the Retail Banking segment was primarily due to strong residential real estate loan growth, reflective of the strong housing market and economic conditions in Hawaii during 2018.

 

Net income for the Retail Banking segment was $151.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, a decrease of $30.6 million or 17% as compared to the same period in 2016. The decrease in net income for the Retail Banking segment was primarily due to a $28.6 million increase in the provision for income taxes, an $11.9 million increase in noninterest expense and a $3.7 million increase in the Provision, partially offset by a $14.4 million increase in net interest income. The increase in the provision for income taxes was primarily due to the one-time revaluation of certain tax-related assets under the Tax Act in 2017. The increase in noninterest expense was primarily due to higher allocated expenses, salaries and employee benefits expense, contracted services and professional fees, occupancy expense and regulatory assessment and fees. The increase in net interest income was primarily due to higher earnings credits as a result of higher average balances and margins in our deposit portfolio. The increase in total assets for the Retail Banking segment was primarily due to strong residential real estate loan growth, reflective of the strong housing market and economic conditions in Hawaii during 2017.

 

Commercial Banking.  Our Commercial Banking segment includes our corporate banking, residential and commercial real estate loans, commercial lease financing, automobile loans and auto dealer financing, business deposit products and credit cards that we provide primarily to middle market and large companies in Hawaii, Guam, Saipan and California.

 

Net income for the Commercial Banking segment was $73.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, an increase of $17.6 million or 31% as compared to the same period in 2017. The increase in net income for the Commercial Banking segment was primarily due to a $24.0 million decrease in the provision for income taxes, a $5.5 million increase in noninterest income and a $2.4 million increase in net interest income, partially offset by a $12.6 million increase in noninterest expense and a $1.8 million increase in the Provision. The decrease in the provision for income taxes was primarily due to the reduction of the corporate tax rate as a result of the Tax Act. The increase in noninterest income was

59


 

Table of Contents

primarily due to an increase in merchant service revenues and interchange settlement fees, a gain on the sale of leased equipment and an increase in fee income from our cash management services, partially offset by an increase in network association dues. The increase in net interest income was primarily due to higher interest income from our commercial lending portfolio, particularly our commercial real estate loans. The increase in noninterest expense was primarily due to higher expenses that were allocated to the Commercial Banking segment and an increase in card reward expenses, contracted services and professional fees and operational losses. The increase in total assets for the Commercial Banking segment was primarily due to growth in our commercial real estate portfolio, reflective of a strong real estate market in Hawaii during 2018.

 

Net income for the Commercial Banking segment was $56.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, a decrease of $18.6 million or 25% as compared to the same period in 2016. The decrease in net income for the Commercial Banking segment was primarily due to a $6.2 million increase in the Provision, a $5.0 million increase in noninterest expense, a $4.3 million decrease in net interest income and a $4.0 million increase in the provision for income taxes. The increase in noninterest expense was primarily due to higher allocated expenses, regulatory assessment and fees and card reward expenses, partially offset by lower operational losses. The decrease in net interest income was primarily due to higher allocated charges from credit cards and lower amortized loan origination fees. The increase in the provision for income taxes was primarily due to the one-time revaluation of certain tax-related assets under the Tax Act in 2017. The increase in total assets for the Commercial Banking segment was primarily due to growth in our commercial real estate portfolio, reflective of a strong real estate market in Hawaii during 2017.

 

Treasury and Other.  Our Treasury and Other segment includes our treasury business, which consists of corporate asset and liability management activities, including interest rate risk management. The assets and liabilities (and related interest income and expense) of our treasury business consist of interest-bearing deposits, investment securities, federal funds sold and purchased, government deposits, short and long-term borrowings and bank-owned properties. Our primary sources of noninterest income are from BOLI, net gains from the sale of investment securities, foreign exchange income related to customer driven currency requests from merchants and island visitors and management of bank-owned properties in Hawaii and Guam. The net residual effect of the transfer pricing of assets and liabilities is included in Treasury and Other, along with the elimination of intercompany transactions.

 

Other organizational units (Technology, Operations, Credit and Risk Management, Human Resources, Finance, Administration, Marketing, and Corporate and Regulatory Administration) provide a wide range of support to our other income earning segments. Expenses incurred by these support units are charged to the applicable business segments through an internal cost allocation process.

 

Net loss for the Treasury and Other segment was $34.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, an increase in net loss of $10.4 million or 42% as compared to the same period in 2017. The increase in net loss was primarily due to a $32.2 million decrease in noninterest income and a $2.6 million increase in noninterest expense, partially offset by an $18.5 million increase in net interest income and a $5.9 million increase in the benefit for income taxes. The decrease in noninterest income was primarily due to the OTTI losses on available-for-sale securities and a decrease in gains related to the sale of bank properties, BOLI income, income due to adjustments to certain liabilities assumed as a result of the Reorganization Transactions and insurance proceeds from severe weather which affected the Hawaiian Islands, partially offset by an increase in net gains recognized in income related to derivative contracts. The increase in noninterest expense was primarily due to an increase in occupancy expense, salaries and employee benefits expense, contracted services and professional fees, charitable contributions and a loss on our funding swap related to a decrease in the conversion rate of our Visa Class B restricted shares sold in 2016.  This was partially offset by a decrease in pension-related expenses and advertisings costs. The increase in net interest income was primarily due to higher earnings credits as a result of higher average balances in our loan portfolio, partially offset by higher expense charges as a result of higher average balances and margins in our deposit portfolio. The increase in the benefit for income taxes was primarily due to the reduction of the corporate tax rate as a result of the Tax Act. The decrease in total assets for the Treasury and Other segment was primarily due to a decrease in our investment securities portfolio.

 

Net loss for the Treasury and Other segment was $24.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, a decrease in net loss of $2.7 million or 10% as compared to the same period in 2016. The decrease in net loss was primarily due to a $27.1 million decrease in net interest expense and a $6.6 million decrease in noninterest expense, partially offset by a $20.5 million decrease in noninterest income and a $10.4 million decrease in the benefit for income taxes. The decrease in net interest expense was primarily due to higher earnings credits as a result of higher average balances in our loan portfolio and higher average balances and yields in our investment securities portfolio.  The decrease in noninterest expense

60


 

Table of Contents

was primarily due to lower allocated expenses and contracted services and professional fees, partially offset by higher salaries and employee benefits expense and occupancy expense. The decrease in noninterest income was primarily due to a $22.7 million net gain on the sale of 274,000 Visa Class B restricted shares in 2016, partially offset by gains on the sale of real estate. The decrease in the benefit for income taxes was primarily due to the one-time revaluation of certain tax-related assets under the Tax Act in 2017.  The increase in total assets for the Treasury and Other segment was primarily due to an increase in investment securities.

 

Analysis of Financial Condition

 

Liquidity

 

Liquidity refers to our ability to maintain cash flow that is adequate to fund operations and meet present and future financial obligations through either the sale or maturity of existing assets or by obtaining additional funding through liability management. We consider the effective and prudent management of liquidity to be fundamental to our health and strength. Our objective is to manage our cash flow and liquidity reserves so that they are adequate to fund our obligations and other commitments on a timely basis and at a reasonable cost.

 

Liquidity is managed to ensure stable, reliable and cost effective sources of funds to satisfy demand for credit, deposit withdrawals and investment opportunities. Funding requirements are impacted by loan originations and refinancings, deposit balance changes, liability issuances and settlements and off balance sheet funding commitments. We consider and comply with various regulatory and internal guidelines regarding required liquidity levels and periodically monitor our liquidity position in light of the changing economic environment and customer activity. Based on periodic liquidity assessments, we may alter our asset, liability and off balance sheet positions. The Company’s Asset Liability Management Committee (“ALCO”) monitors sources and uses of funds and modifies asset and liability positions as liquidity requirements change. This process, combined with our ability to raise funds in money and capital markets and through private placements, provides flexibility in managing the exposure to liquidity risk.

 

Immediate liquid resources are available in cash which is primarily on deposit with the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco (the “FRB”). As of December 31, 2018 and 2017,  cash and cash equivalents were $1.0 billion.  Cash and cash equivalents include cash and due from banks and interest-bearing deposits in other banks. Potential sources of liquidity also include investment securities in our available-for-sale portfolio. The carrying value of our available-for-sale investment securities were $4.5 billion and $5.2 billion as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, we maintained our excess liquidity primarily in collateralized mortgage obligations issued by Ginnie Mae, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. These funds offer substantial resources to meet either new loan demand or to help offset reductions in our deposit funding base. Liquidity is further enhanced by our ability to pledge loans to access secured borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Des Moines (the “FHLB”) and the FRB. As of December 31, 2018, we have borrowing capacity of $1.3 billion from the FHLB and $671.8 million from the FRB based on the amount of collateral pledged. During the twelve months ended December 31, 2018, advances totaling $600 million were issued from the FHLB.

 

Our core deposits have historically provided us with a long term source of stable and relatively lower cost source of funding. Our core deposits, defined as all deposits exclusive of time deposits exceeding $250,000, totaled $15.3 billion and $14.7 billion as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, which represented 89% and 83%, respectively, of our total deposits. These core deposits are normally less volatile, often with customer relationships tied to other products offered by the Company. While we consider core deposits to be less volatile, deposit levels could decrease if interest rates increase significantly or if corporate customers increase investing activities and reduce deposit balances.

 

The Company’s routine funding requirements are expected to consist primarily of general corporate needs and capital to be returned to our shareholders. We expect to meet these obligations from dividends paid by the Bank to the Parent. Additional sources of liquidity available to us include selling residential real estate loans in the secondary market, short-term borrowings and the issuance of long-term debt and equity securities.

 

61


 

Table of Contents

Investment Securities

 

Table 6 presents the estimated fair value of our available-for-sale investment securities portfolio as of December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment Securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Table 6

 

 

December 31, 

(dollars in thousands)

  

2018

  

2017

 

2016

U.S. Treasury securities

  

$

389,470

 

$

392,255

 

$

392,473

Government-sponsored enterprises debt securities

 

 

241,594

 

 

242,601

 

 

242,667

Government agency mortgage-backed securities

 

 

411,536

 

 

351,390

 

 

185,663

Government-sponsored enterprises mortgage-backed securities

 

 

150,847

 

 

174,741

 

 

204,385

Non-government asset-backed securities

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

12,583

Collateralized mortgage obligations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Government agency

 

 

2,682,449

 

 

3,290,474

 

 

3,351,822

Government-sponsored enterprises

 

 

602,592

 

 

762,718

 

 

687,921

Debt securities issued by state and political subdivisions

 

 

19,854

 

 

20,479

 

 

 —

Total available-for-sale securities

 

$

4,498,342

 

$

5,234,658

 

$

5,077,514

 

Table 7 presents the maturity distribution at amortized cost and weighted‑average yield to maturity of our available-for-sale investment securities portfolio as of December 31, 2018:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maturities and Weighted-Average Yield on Securities(1)

 

 

Table 7

 

 

1 Year or Less

 

After 1 Year - 5 Years

 

After 5 Years - 10 Years

 

Over 10 Years

 

Total

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

Average

 

Fair

(dollars in millions)

  

Amount

  

Yield

 

Amount

  

Yield

 

Amount

  

Yield

 

Amount

  

Yield

 

Amount

  

Yield

 

Value

As of December 31, 2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Available-for-Sale Securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Treasury securities

 

$

 —

 

 —

%

$

389.5

 

1.32

%

$

 —

 

 —

%

$

 —

 

 —

%

$

389.5

   

1.32

%

$

389.5

Government-sponsored enterprises debt securities

   

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

133.7

 

2.10

 

 

114.7

 

2.05

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

248.4

 

2.08

 

 

241.6

Mortgage-Backed Securities(2):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Government agency

 

 

53.9

 

2.78

 

 

172.8

 

2.78

 

 

109.3

 

2.75

 

 

90.7

 

2.72

 

 

426.7

 

2.76

 

 

411.5

Government-sponsored enterprises

 

 

28.5

 

2.37

 

 

73.8

 

2.39

 

 

35.7

 

2.32

 

 

18.0

 

2.29

 

 

156.0

 

2.36

 

 

150.8

Collateralized mortgage obligations(2):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Government agency

 

 

528.7

 

2.02

 

 

1,442.7

 

2.05

 

 

636.6

 

2.10

 

 

171.6

 

2.14

 

 

2,779.6

 

2.06

 

 

2,682.4

Government-sponsored enterprises

 

 

117.3

 

1.96

 

 

355.8

 

1.98

 

 

140.6

 

2.03

 

 

6.6

 

1.51

 

 

620.3

 

1.98

 

 

602.6

Debt securities issued by state and political subdivisions

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

19.9

 

3.34

 

 

19.9

 

3.34

 

 

19.9

Total available-for-sale securities as of December 31, 2018

 

$

728.4

 

2.08

%

$

2,568.3

 

1.99

%

$

1,036.9

 

2.16

%

$

306.8

 

2.39

%

$

4,640.4

 

2.07

%

$

4,498.3


(1)

Weighted-average yields were computed on a fully taxable-equivalent basis.

(2)

Maturities for mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations anticipate future prepayments.

 

The fair value of our available-for-sale investment securities portfolio was $4.5 billion as of December 31, 2018, a decrease of $736.3 million or 14% compared to December 31, 2017. This decrease was primarily due to our use of paydowns and maturities to fund loan growth. Our available-for-sale investment securities are carried at fair value with changes in fair value reflected in other comprehensive income (loss), unless a security is deemed to be OTTI.

 

As of December 31, 2018, we maintained all of our investment securities in the available-for-sale category recorded at fair value in the consolidated balance sheets, with $3.3 billion invested in collateralized mortgage obligations issued by Ginnie Mae, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. Our available-for-sale portfolio also included $389.5 million in U.S. Treasury securities, $241.6 million in debt securities issued by government-sponsored enterprises (FHLB and Federal Farm Credit Banks Funding Corporation callable bonds), $562.4 million in mortgage-backed securities issued by Ginnie Mae, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac and $19.9 million in debt securities issued by state and political subdivisions.

 

We continually evaluate our investment securities portfolio in response to established asset/liability management objectives, changing market conditions that could affect profitability and the level of interest rate risk to which we are exposed. These evaluations may cause us to change the level of funds we deploy into investment securities and change the composition of our investment securities portfolio.

 

Gross unrealized gains in our investment securities portfolio were $0.1 million and $0.2 million as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively. Gross unrealized losses in our investment securities portfolio were $142.2 million and $122.9 million as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017.  Higher unrealized losses in our investment securities portfolio were primarily due to higher market interest rates as of December 31, 2018, relative to

62


 

Table of Contents

when the investment securities were purchased. The higher gross unrealized loss positions were primarily related to our collateralized mortgage obligations, the fair value of which is sensitive to changes in market interest rates. 

 

We conduct a regular assessment of our investment securities portfolio to determine whether any securities are OTTI. When assessing unrealized losses for OTTI, we consider the nature of the investment, the financial condition of the issuer, the extent and duration of unrealized losses, expected cash flows of underlying assets and market conditions. As of December 31, 2018, we intended to sell 48 investment securities with an aggregate book value of $898.2 million, primarily comprised of U.S. Treasury securities and longer duration collateralized mortgage obligations. As a result, we recorded a non-credit related OTTI write-down of $24.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. In January 2019, the sale of these securities were executed and the proceeds were used to invest in securities to improve portfolio return, reposition interest rate risk, maintain liquidity and to diversify asset allocation.

 

We are required to hold non-marketable equity securities, comprised of FHLB stock, as a condition of our membership in the FHLB system. Our FHLB stock is accounted for at cost, which equals par or redemption value. As of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, we held FHLB stock of $34.1 million and $10.1 million, respectively, which is recorded as a component of other assets in our consolidated balance sheets.    

 

See “Note 3. Investment Securities” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data for more information on our investment securities portfolio. 

 

Loans and Leases

 

Table 8 presents the composition of our loan and lease portfolio by major categories as of December 31 for each of the last five years:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans and Leases

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Table 8

 

 

 

December 31, 

 

(dollars in thousands)

  

2018

  

2017

  

2016

  

2015

  

2014

 

Commercial and industrial

   

$

3,208,760

 

$

3,135,266

 

$

3,239,600

 

$

3,057,455

 

$

2,697,142

 

Commercial real estate

 

 

2,990,783

 

 

2,667,597

 

 

2,343,495

 

 

2,164,448

 

 

2,047,465

 

Construction

 

 

626,757

 

 

632,911

 

 

450,012

 

 

367,460

 

 

470,061

 

Residential:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential mortgage

 

 

3,527,101

 

 

3,226,601

 

 

2,921,766

 

 

2,668,147

 

 

2,530,406

 

Home equity line

 

 

912,517

 

 

863,452

 

 

874,693

 

 

864,280

 

 

807,615

 

Total residential

 

 

4,439,618

 

 

4,090,053

 

 

3,796,459

 

 

3,532,427

 

 

3,338,021

 

Consumer

 

 

1,662,504

 

 

1,586,476

 

 

1,510,772

 

 

1,401,561

 

 

1,226,603

 

Lease financing

 

 

147,769

 

 

165,066

 

 

180,040

 

 

198,679

 

 

244,298

 

Total loans and leases

 

$

13,076,191

 

$

12,277,369

 

$

11,520,378

 

$

10,722,030

 

$

10,023,590

 

 

Total loans and leases were $13.1 billion as of December 31, 2018, an increase of $798.8 million or 7% from December 31, 2017 with increases in all categories except construction loans and lease financing. 

 

Commercial and industrial loans are made primarily to corporations, middle market and small businesses for the purpose of financing equipment acquisition, expansion, working capital and other general business purposes. We also offer a variety of automobile dealer flooring lines to our customers in Hawaii and California to assist with the financing of their inventory. Commercial and industrial loans were $3.2 billion as of December 31, 2018, an increase of $73.5 million or 2% from December 31, 2017. The increase was primarily due to a higher volume of mainland and Hawaii loans. High levels of outstanding balances in this portfolio were reflective of a strong Hawaii economy, which has encouraged local businesses to expand and to reinvest in their businesses.

 

Commercial real estate loans are secured by first mortgages on commercial real estate at loan to value (“LTV”) ratios generally not exceeding 75% and a minimum debt service coverage ratio of 1.20 to 1. The commercial properties are predominantly apartments, neighborhood and grocery anchored retail, industrial, office, and to a lesser extent, specialized properties such as hotels. The primary source of repayment for investor property is cash flow from the property and for owner occupied property is the operating cash flow from the business. Commercial real estate loans were $3.0 billion as of December 31, 2018, an increase of $323.2 million or 12% from December 31, 2017. Strong demand for

63


 

Table of Contents

commercial real estate lending activities was reflective of a strong real estate market in Hawaii and the demand by both investors and owner occupants to refinance and/or to acquire new real estate assets. 

 

Construction loans are for the purchase or construction of a property for which repayment will be generated by the property. Loans in this portfolio are primarily for the purchase of land, as well as for the development of commercial properties, single family homes and condominiums. We classify loans as construction until the completion of the construction phase. Following construction, if a loan is retained by the Bank, the loan is reclassified to the commercial real estate or residential real estate classes of loans. Construction loans were $626.8 million as of December 31, 2018, a decrease of $6.2 million or 1% from December 31, 2017 in part due to greater than expected prepayments.

 

Residential real estate loans are generally secured by 1-4 unit residential properties and are underwritten using traditional underwriting systems to assess the credit risks and financial capacity and repayment ability of the consumer. Decisions are primarily based on LTV ratios, debt-to-income (“DTI”) ratios, liquidity and credit scores. LTV ratios generally do not exceed 80%, although higher levels are permitted with mortgage insurance. We offer fixed rate mortgage products and variable rate mortgage products with interest rates that are subject to change every year after the first, third, fifth or tenth year, depending on the product and are based on LIBOR. Variable rate residential mortgage loans are underwritten at fully-indexed interest rates. We generally do not offer interest-only, payment-option facilities, Alt-A loans or any product with negative amortization. Residential real estate loans were $4.4 billion as of December 31, 2018, an increase of $349.6 million or 9% from December 31, 2017, primarily due to a $300.5 million or 9% increase in residential mortgages. Our portfolio of residential real estate loans continues to benefit from Hawaii’s strong real estate market and continued demand for new housing developments in this relatively low interest rate environment. 

 

Consumer loans consist primarily of open- and closed-end direct and indirect credit facilities for personal, automobile and household purchases as well as credit card loans. We seek to maintain reasonable levels of risk in consumer lending by following prudent underwriting guidelines, which include an evaluation of personal credit history, cash flow and collateral values based on existing market conditions. Consumer loans were $1.7 billion as of December 31, 2018, an increase of $76.0 million or 5% from December 31, 2017. High levels of consumer outstanding balances were reflective of a strong Hawaii economy, higher statewide personal income and lower unemployment trends. These factors contribute to higher levels of consumer spending.

 

Lease financing consists of commercial single investor leases and leveraged leases. Underwriting of new lease transactions is based on our lending policy, including but not limited to an analysis of customer cash flows and secondary sources of repayment, including the value of leased equipment, the guarantors’ cash flows and/or other credit enhancements. No new leveraged leases are being added to the portfolio and all remaining leveraged leases are running off. Lease financing was $147.8 million as of December 31, 2018, a decrease of $17.3 million or 10% from December 31, 2017.

 

See “Note 4. Loans and Leases” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data and the discussion in “Analysis of Financial Condition — Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses” of this MD&A for more information on our loan and lease portfolio.

 

The Company’s loan and lease portfolio includes adjustable-rate loans, primarily tied to Prime and LIBOR, hybrid-rate loans, for which the initial rate is fixed for a period from one year to as much as ten years, and fixed rate loans,

64


 

Table of Contents

for which the interest rate does not change through the life of the loan. Table 9 presents the recorded investment in our loan and lease portfolio as of December 31, 2018 by rate type:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans and Leases by Rate Type

 

 

Table 9

 

 

 

December 31, 2018

 

 

 

Adjustable Rate

 

Hybrid

 

Fixed

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

  

Prime

  

LIBOR

  

Treasury

  

Other

  

Total

  

Rate

  

Rate

  

Total

 

Commercial and industrial

   

$

253,487

 

$

2,515,293

 

$

 —

 

$

2,427

 

$

2,771,207

 

$

14,350

 

$

423,203

 

$

3,208,760

 

Commercial real estate

 

 

33,377

 

 

1,611,796

 

 

360

 

 

1,020,394

 

 

2,665,927

 

 

81,183

 

 

243,673

 

 

2,990,783

 

Construction

 

 

37,161

 

 

410,972

 

 

42

 

 

74,494

 

 

522,669

 

 

631

 

 

103,457

 

 

626,757

 

Residential:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential mortgage

 

 

21,723

 

 

209,173

 

 

138,758

 

 

52,420

 

 

422,074

 

 

351,633

 

 

2,753,394

 

 

3,527,101

 

Home equity line

 

 

335,125

 

 

 —

 

 

71,211

 

 

 —

 

 

406,336

 

 

506,085

 

 

96

 

 

912,517

 

Total residential

 

 

356,848

 

 

209,173

 

 

209,969

 

 

52,420

 

 

828,410

 

 

857,718

 

 

2,753,490

 

 

4,439,618

 

Consumer

 

 

325,514

 

 

24,378

 

 

1,844

 

 

167

 

 

351,903

 

 

14,159

 

 

1,296,442

 

 

1,662,504

 

Lease financing

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

147,769

 

 

147,769

 

Total loans and leases

 

$

1,006,387

 

$

4,771,612

 

$

212,215

 

$

1,149,902

 

$

7,140,116

 

$

968,041

 

$

4,968,034

 

$

13,076,191

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

% by rate type at December 31, 2018

 

 

8

%

 

36

%

 

2

%

 

9

%

 

55

%

 

7

%

 

38

%

 

100

%

 

Tables 10 and 11 present the geographic distribution of our loan and lease portfolio as of December 31, 2018 and 2017:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Geographic Distribution of Loan and Lease Portfolio

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Table 10

 

 

December 31, 2018

 

 

 

 

 

U.S.

 

Guam &

 

Foreign &

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

  

Hawaii

  

Mainland(1)

  

Saipan

  

Other

  

Total

Commercial and industrial

 

$

1,289,171

 

$

1,707,713

 

$

130,477

 

$

81,399

 

$

3,208,760

Commercial real estate

 

 

2,003,997

 

 

615,364

 

 

370,546

 

 

876

 

 

2,990,783

Construction

 

 

326,006

 

 

272,709

 

 

28,042

 

 

 —

 

 

626,757

Residential:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential mortgage

 

 

3,405,867

 

 

2,890

 

 

118,344

 

 

 —

 

 

3,527,101

Home equity line

 

 

882,805

 

 

 —

 

 

29,712

 

 

 —

 

 

912,517

Total residential

 

 

4,288,672

 

 

2,890

 

 

148,056

 

 

 —

 

 

4,439,618

Consumer

 

 

1,239,563

 

 

23,038

 

 

397,783

 

 

2,120

 

 

1,662,504

Lease financing

 

 

46,409

 

 

93,954

 

 

7,406

 

 

 —

 

 

147,769

Total Loans and Leases

 

$

9,193,818

 

$

2,715,668

 

$

1,082,310

 

$

84,395

 

$

13,076,191

Percentage of Total Loans and Leases

 

 

70%

 

 

21%

 

 

8%

 

 

1%

 

 

100%

(1)

For secured loans and leases, classification as U.S. Mainland is made based on where the collateral is located.  For unsecured loans and leases, classification as U.S. Mainland is made based on the location where the majority of the borrower's business operations are conducted.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Geographic Distribution of Loan and Lease Portfolio

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Table 11

 

 

December 31, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

U.S.

 

Guam &

 

Foreign &

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

  

Hawaii

  

Mainland(1)

  

Saipan

  

Other

  

Total

Commercial and industrial

 

$

1,253,250

 

$

1,645,357

 

$

159,305

 

$

77,354

 

$

3,135,266

Commercial real estate

 

 

1,810,675

 

 

488,782

 

 

366,237

 

 

1,903

 

 

2,667,597

Construction

 

 

385,442

 

 

213,761

 

 

33,708

 

 

 —

 

 

632,911

Residential:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential mortgage

 

 

3,103,423

 

 

2,704

 

 

120,474

 

 

 —

 

 

3,226,601

Home equity line

 

 

836,893

 

 

 —

 

 

26,559

 

 

 —

 

 

863,452

Total residential

 

 

3,940,316

 

 

2,704

 

 

147,033

 

 

 —

 

 

4,090,053

Consumer

 

 

1,153,043

 

 

25,681

 

 

405,517

 

 

2,235

 

 

1,586,476

Lease financing

 

 

49,379

 

 

95,337

 

 

10,220

 

 

10,130

 

 

165,066

Total Loans and Leases

 

$

8,592,105

 

$

2,471,622

 

$

1,122,020

 

$

91,622

 

$

12,277,369

Percentage of Total Loans and Leases

 

 

70%

 

 

20%

 

 

9%

 

 

1%

 

 

100%

(1)

For secured loans and leases, classification as U.S. Mainland is made based on where the collateral is located.  For unsecured loans and leases, classification as U.S. Mainland is made based on the location where the majority of the borrower's business operations are conducted.

 

65


 

Table of Contents

Our lending activities are concentrated primarily in Hawaii. However, we also have lending activities on the U.S. mainland, Guam and Saipan. Our commercial lending activities on the U.S. mainland include automobile dealer flooring activities in California, participation in the Shared National Credits Program and selective commercial real estate projects based on existing customer relationships. Our lease financing portfolio includes leveraged lease financing activities on the U.S. mainland, but this portfolio continues to run off and no new leveraged leases are being added to the portfolio. Our consumer lending activities are concentrated primarily in Hawaii and to a smaller extent Guam and Saipan.

 

Table 12 presents certain contractual loan maturity categories and sensitivities of those loans to changes in interest rates as of December 31, 2018:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maturities for Selected Loan Categories(1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Table 12

 

 

December 31, 2018

 

 

Due in One

 

Due After One

 

Due After

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

  

Year or Less

  

to Five Years

  

Five Years

  

Total

Commercial and industrial

 

$

1,204,561

 

$

1,606,246

 

$

397,953

 

$

3,208,760

Construction

 

 

174,893

 

 

259,748

 

 

192,116

 

 

626,757

Total Loans and Leases

 

$

1,379,454

 

$

1,865,994

 

$

590,069

 

$

3,835,517

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total of loans with:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjustable interest rates

 

$

1,296,466

 

$

1,552,774

 

$

444,636

 

$

3,293,876

Hybrid interest rates

 

 

384

 

 

6,124

 

 

8,473

 

 

14,981

Fixed interest rates

 

 

82,604

 

 

307,096

 

 

136,960

 

 

526,660

Total Loans and Leases

 

$

1,379,454

 

$

1,865,994

 

$

590,069

 

$

3,835,517


(1)

Based on contractual maturities.

 

Credit Quality

 

We evaluate certain loans and leases, including commercial and industrial loans, commercial real estate loans and construction loans, individually for impairment and non-accrual status. A loan is considered to be impaired when it is probable that we will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan. We generally place a loan on non-accrual status when management believes that collection of principal or interest has become doubtful or when a loan or lease becomes 90 days past due as to principal or interest, unless it is well secured and in the process of collection. Loans on non-accrual status are generally classified as impaired, but not all impaired loans are necessarily placed on non-accrual status. See “Note 5. Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses” in the notes to consolidated financial statements included in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data for more information about our credit quality indicators.

 

For purposes of managing credit risk and estimating the Allowance, management has identified three categories of loans (commercial, residential real estate and consumer) that we use to develop our systematic methodology to determine the Allowance. The categorization of loans for the evaluation of credit risk is specific to our credit risk evaluation process and these loan categories are not necessarily the same as the loan categories used for other evaluations of our loan portfolio. See “Note 5. Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data for more information about our approach to estimating the Allowance.

 

The following tables and discussion address non-performing assets, loans and leases that are 90 days past due but are still accruing interest, impaired loans and loans modified in a troubled debt restructuring.

 

66


 

Table of Contents

Non‑Performing Assets and Loans and Leases Past Due 90 Days or More and Still Accruing Interest

 

Table 13 presents information on our Non-Performing Assets (“NPAs”) and Accruing Loans and Leases Past Due 90 Days or More for each of the last five years:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-Performing Assets and Accruing Loans and Leases Past Due 90 Days or More

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Table 13

 

 

 

December 31, 

 

(dollars in thousands)

  

2018

 

2017

 

2016

 

2015

 

2014

 

Non-Performing Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-Accrual Loans and Leases

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial Loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial

 

$

274

 

$

2,932

 

$

2,730

 

$

3,958

 

$

2,871

 

Commercial real estate

 

 

1,658

 

 

1,786

 

 

 —

 

 

138

 

 

2,429

 

Construction

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

1,556

 

Lease financing

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

153

 

 

181

 

 

187

 

Total Commercial Loans

 

 

1,932

 

 

4,718

 

 

2,883

 

 

4,277

 

 

7,043

 

Residential Loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential mortgage

 

 

4,611

 

 

5,107

 

 

6,547

 

 

12,344

 

 

16,850

 

Total Residential Loans

 

 

4,611

 

 

5,107

 

 

6,547

 

 

12,344

 

 

16,850

 

Total Non-Accrual Loans and Leases

 

 

6,543

 

 

9,825

 

 

9,430

 

 

16,621

 

 

23,893

 

Other Real Estate Owned

 

 

751

 

 

329

 

 

329

 

 

154

 

 

4,364

 

Total Non-Performing Assets

 

$

7,294

 

$

10,154

 

$

9,759

 

$

16,775

 

$

28,257

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accruing Loans and Leases Past Due 90 Days or More

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial Loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial

 

$

141

 

$

220

 

$

449

 

$

2,496

 

$

 —

 

Commercial real estate

 

 

 —

 

 

1,400

 

 

 —

 

 

161

 

 

 —

 

Lease financing

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

83

 

 

174

 

 

 —

 

Total Commercial Loans

 

 

141

 

 

1,620

 

 

532

 

 

2,831

 

 

 —

 

Residential Loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential mortgage

 

 

32

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

106

 

 

408

 

Home equity line

 

 

2,842

 

 

1,360

 

 

866

 

 

631

 

 

1,466

 

Total Residential Loans

 

 

2,874

 

 

1,360

 

 

866

 

 

737

 

 

1,874

 

Consumer

 

 

3,373

 

 

1,394

 

 

1,870

 

 

1,454

 

 

1,784

 

Total Accruing Loans and Leases Past Due 90 Days or More

 

$

6,388

 

$

4,374

 

$

3,268

 

$

5,022

 

$

3,658

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restructured Loans on Accrual Status and Not Past Due 90 Days or More

 

 

24,033

 

 

34,130

 

 

44,496

 

 

28,351

 

 

35,589

 

Total Loans and Leases

 

$

13,076,191

 

$

12,277,369

 

$

11,520,378

 

$

10,722,030

 

$

10,023,590

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ratio of Non-Accrual Loans and Leases to Total Loans and Leases

 

 

0.05

%

 

0.08

%

 

0.08

%

 

0.16

%

 

0.24

%

Ratio of Non-Performing Assets to Total Loans and Leases and Other Real Estate Owned

 

 

0.06

%

 

0.08

%

 

0.08

%

 

0.16

%

 

0.28

%

Ratio of Non-Performing Assets and Accruing Loans and Leases Past Due 90 Days or More to Total Loans and Leases and Other Real Estate Owned

 

 

0.10

%

 

0.12

%

 

0.11

%

 

0.20

%

 

0.32

%

 

Table 14 presents the activity in NPAs for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-Performing Assets

 

 

 

 

 

Table 14

 

 

 

Year Ended  December 31, 

 

(dollars in thousands)

  

2018

  

2017

 

Balance at beginning of year

 

$

10,154

 

$

9,759

 

Additions

 

 

7,817

 

 

5,692

 

Reductions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payments

 

 

(7,384)

 

 

(1,902)

 

Return to accrual status

 

 

(1,831)

 

 

(1,896)

 

Sales of other real estate owned

 

 

(691)

 

 

(775)

 

Charge-offs/write-downs

 

 

(771)

 

 

(724)

 

Total Reductions

 

 

(10,677)

 

 

(5,297)

 

Balance at End of Year

 

$

7,294

 

$

10,154

 

 

67


 

Table of Contents

The level of NPAs represents an indicator of the potential for future credit losses. NPAs consist of non-accrual loans and leases and OREO. Changes in the level of non-accrual loans and leases typically represent increases for loans and leases that reach a specified past due status, offset by reductions for loans and leases that are charged-off, paid down, sold, transferred to OREO or are no longer classified as non-accrual because they have returned to accrual status as a result of continued performance and an improvement in the borrower’s financial condition and loan repayment capabilities.

 

Total NPAs were $7.3 million as of December 31, 2018, a decrease of $2.9 million or 28% from December 31, 2017. The ratio of our NPAs to total loans and leases and OREO was 0.06% as of December 31, 2018,  a decrease of 2 basis points from December 31, 2017. The decrease in total NPAs was primarily due to a $2.7 million decrease in commercial and industrial loans and a  $0.5 million decrease in residential mortgage non-accrual loans.

 

The largest component of our NPAs continues to be residential mortgage loans. The level of these NPAs remains elevated due to a lengthy judicial foreclosure process in Hawaii. As of December 31, 2018, residential mortgage non-accrual loans were $4.6 million, a decrease of $0.5 million or 10% from December 31, 2017. As of December 31, 2018, our residential mortgage non-accrual loans were comprised of 26 loans with a weighted average current loan-to-value (“LTV”) ratio of 70%.

 

Commercial real estate non-accrual loans were $1.7 million as of December 31, 2018,  a decrease of $0.1 million or 7% from December 31, 2017. 

 

Commercial and industrial non-accrual loans were $0.3 million as of December 31, 2018,  a decrease of $2.7 million or 91% from December 31, 2017. The decrease was primarily due to six commercial and industrial non-accrual loans totaling $2.4 million that were paid off in 2018.

 

OREO represents property acquired as a result of borrower defaults on loans. OREO is recorded at fair value, less estimated selling costs, at the time of foreclosure. On an ongoing basis, properties are appraised as required by market conditions and applicable regulations. OREO was $0.8 million and $0.3 million as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, and was comprised of two residential properties as of December 31, 2018 and one residential property as of December 31, 2017.

 

We attribute the lower level of NPAs to strong general economic conditions in Hawaii, led by strong tourism and construction industries, relatively low unemployment and favorable real estate valuations. We have also continued to remain diligent in our collection and recovery efforts and have continued to seek new lending opportunities while maintaining sound judgment and underwriting practices.

 

Loans and Leases Past Due 90 Days or More and Still Accruing Interest. Loans and leases in this category are 90 days or more past due, as to principal or interest, and are still accruing interest because they are well secured and in the process of collection.

 

Loans and leases past due 90 days or more and still accruing interest were $6.4 million as of December 31, 2018, an increase of $2.0 million or 46% as compared to December 31, 2017.  Consumer loans and home equity lines that were past due 90 days or more and still accruing interest increased by $2.0 million and $1.5 million, respectively, from December 31, 2017. This was partially offset by decreases in delinquencies in our commercial real estate and commercial and industrial portfolios.

 

Impaired Loans. A loan is impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that a creditor will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. For a loan that has been modified in a troubled debt restructuring, the contractual terms of the loan agreement refers to the contractual terms specified by the original loan agreement, not the contractual terms specified by the modified loan agreement.

 

Impaired loans were $30.6 million and $45.3 million as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. These impaired loans had a related Allowance of $0.5 million as of both December 31, 2018 and 2017. The decrease in impaired loans during 2018 was primarily due to a net decrease of 10 commercial and industrial loans totaling $7.9 million and a net decrease of five commercial real estate loans totaling $4.1 million. The balance of impaired loans was also affected by charge-offs and paydowns. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, we recorded charge-offs of $0.7 million and $1.5 million, respectively, related to our total impaired loans. Our impaired loans are considered in management’s assessment of the overall adequacy of the Allowance.  

68


 

Table of Contents

 

If interest due on the balances of all non-accrual loans as of December 31, 2018 had been accrued under the original terms, approximately $0.5 million in additional interest income would have been recorded in the year ended December 31, 2018 and approximately $0.3 million in additional interest income would have been recorded for 2017. Actual interest income recorded on these loans was $1.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 and $2.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. 

 

Loans Modified in a Troubled Debt Restructuring

 

Table 15 presents information on loans whose terms have been modified in a troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”) as of December 31, 2018 and 2017:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans Modified in a Troubled Debt Restructuring

 

 

 

 

 

Table 15

 

 

December 31, 

(dollars in thousands)

  

2018

  

2017

Commercial and industrial

 

$

8,445

 

$

15,251

Commercial real estate

 

 

4,086

 

 

8,850

Total commercial

 

 

12,531

 

 

24,101

Residential mortgage

 

 

12,128

 

 

12,394

Total residential

 

 

12,128

 

 

12,394

Total

 

$

24,659

 

$

36,495

 

Loans modified in a TDR were $24.7 million as of December 31, 2018, a net decrease of $11.8 million or 32% from 2017. This decrease was primarily due to the net reduction of five commercial and industrial loans totaling $5.1 million and a net reduction of five commercial real estate loans of  $4.1 million. This was further decreased by charge-offs and paydowns on existing loans. As of December 31, 2018, $24.0 million or 97% of our loans modified in a TDR were performing in accordance with their modified contractual terms and were on accrual status.

 

Generally, loans modified in a TDR are returned to accrual status after the borrower has demonstrated performance under the modified terms by making six consecutive timely payments. See “Note 5. Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data for more information and a description of the modification programs that we currently offer to our customers.

 

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

 

We maintain the Allowance at a level which, in our judgment, is adequate to absorb probable losses that have been incurred in our loan and lease portfolio as of the balance sheet date. The Allowance consists of two components, allocated and unallocated. The allocated portion of the Allowance includes reserves that are allocated based on impairment analyses of specific loans or pools of loans. The unallocated component of the Allowance incorporates our judgment of the determination of the risks inherent in the loan and lease portfolio, economic uncertainties and imprecision in the estimation process. Although we determine the amount of each component of the Allowance separately, the Allowance as a whole was considered appropriate by management as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 based on our ongoing analysis of estimated probable credit losses, credit risk profiles, economic conditions, coverage ratios and other relevant factors.

 

69


 

Table of Contents

Table 16 presents an analysis of our Allowance for the years indicated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Table 16

 

 

 

December 31, 

 

(dollars in thousands)

  

2018

   

2017

 

2016

 

2015

 

2014

   

Balance at Beginning of Year

 

$

137,253

 

$

135,494

 

$

135,484

 

$

134,799

 

$

133,239

 

Loans and Leases Charged-Off

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial Loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial

 

 

(778)

 

 

(1,519)

 

 

(348)

 

 

(866)

 

 

(2,298)

 

Lease financing

 

 

 —

 

 

(147)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Total Commercial Loans

 

 

(778)

 

 

(1,666)

 

 

(348)

 

 

(866)

 

 

(2,298)

 

Residential

 

 

(165)

 

 

(408)

 

 

(799)

 

 

(618)

 

 

(1,086)

 

Consumer

 

 

(26,630)

 

 

(23,851)

 

 

(18,791)

 

 

(18,312)

 

 

(15,291)

 

Total Loans and Leases Charged-Off

 

 

(27,573)

 

 

(25,925)

 

 

(19,938)

 

 

(19,796)

 

 

(18,675)

 

Recoveries on Loans and Leases Previously Charged-Off

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial Loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial

 

 

232

 

 

844

 

 

251

 

 

940

 

 

1,387

 

Commercial real estate

 

 

216

 

 

596

 

 

3,329

 

 

1,115

 

 

207

 

Lease financing

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 2

 

 

 3

 

 

57

 

Total Commercial Loans

 

 

448

 

 

1,440

 

 

3,582

 

 

2,058

 

 

1,651

 

Residential

 

 

940

 

 

687

 

 

1,358

 

 

2,198

 

 

1,470

 

Consumer

 

 

8,470

 

 

7,057

 

 

6,408

 

 

6,325

 

 

6,014

 

Total Recoveries on Loans and Leases Previously Charged-Off

 

 

9,858

 

 

9,184

 

 

11,348

 

 

10,581

 

 

9,135

 

Net Loans and Leases Charged-Off

 

 

(17,715)

 

 

(16,741)

 

 

(8,590)

 

 

(9,215)

 

 

(9,540)

 

Provision for Loan and Lease Losses

 

 

22,180

 

 

18,500

 

 

8,600

 

 

9,900

 

 

11,100

 

Balance at End of Year

 

$

141,718

 

$

137,253

 

$

135,494

 

$

135,484

 

$

134,799

 

Average Loans and Leases Outstanding

 

$

12,570,182

 

$

11,944,596

 

$

11,175,213

 

$

10,297,834

 

$

9,675,143

 

Ratio of Net Loans and Leases Charged-Off to Average Loans and Leases Outstanding

 

 

0.14

%

 

0.14

%

 

0.08

%

 

0.09

%

 

0.10

%

Ratio of Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses to Loans and Leases Outstanding

 

 

1.08

%

 

1.12

%

 

1.18

%

 

1.26

%

 

1.34

%

 

Tables 17 and 18 present the allocation of the Allowance by loan category, in both dollars and as a percentage of total loans and leases outstanding, as of the dates indicated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allocation of the Allowance by Loan and Lease Category

 

Table 17

 

 

 

December 31, 

 

(dollars in thousands)

  

2018

  

2017

  

2016

  

2015

  

2014

 

Commercial and industrial

 

$

34,501

 

$

34,006

 

$

33,129

 

$

34,025

 

$

31,835

 

Commercial real estate

 

 

19,725

 

 

18,044

 

 

18,448

 

 

18,489

 

 

16,320

 

Construction

 

 

5,813

 

 

6,817

 

 

4,513

 

 

3,793

 

 

4,725

 

Lease financing

 

 

432

 

 

611

 

 

847

 

 

888

 

 

1,089

 

Total commercial

 

 

60,471

 

 

59,478

 

 

56,937

 

 

57,195

 

 

53,969

 

Residential

 

 

44,906

 

 

42,852

 

 

43,436

 

 

46,099

 

 

44,858

 

Consumer

 

 

35,813

 

 

31,249

 

 

28,388

 

 

28,385

 

 

27,041

 

Unallocated

 

 

528

 

 

3,674

 

 

6,733

 

 

3,805

 

 

8,931

 

Total Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

 

$

141,718

 

$

137,253

 

$

135,494

 

$

135,484

 

$

134,799

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allocation of the Allowance by Loan and Lease Category (as a percentage of total loans and leases outstanding)

 

 

 

Table 18

 

 

 

December 31, 

 

 

 

2018

 

2017

 

2016

 

2015

 

2014

 

 

 

Allocated

 

Loan

 

Allocated

 

Loan

 

Allocated

 

Loan

 

Allocated

 

Loan

 

Allocated

 

Loan

 

 

 

Allowance as

 

category as

 

Allowance as

 

category as

 

Allowance as

 

category as

 

Allowance as

 

category as

 

Allowance as

 

category as

 

 

 

% of loan or

 

% of total

 

% of loan or

 

% of total

 

% of loan or

 

% of total

 

% of loan or

 

% of total

 

% of loan or

 

% of total

 

 

  

lease category

 

loans and leases

 

lease category

 

loans and leases

 

lease category

 

loans and leases

 

lease category

 

loans and leases

 

lease category

 

loans and leases

 

Commercial and industrial

 

1.08

%

24.54

%

1.08

%

25.54

%

1.02

%

28.12

%

1.11

%

28.52

%

1.18

%

26.91

%

Commercial real estate

 

0.66

 

22.87

 

0.68

 

21.73

 

0.79

 

20.34

 

0.85

 

20.19

 

0.80

 

20.43

 

Construction

 

0.93

 

4.79

 

1.08

 

5.16

 

1.00

 

3.91

 

1.03

 

3.43

 

1.01

 

4.69

 

Lease financing

 

0.29

 

1.13

 

0.37

 

1.34

 

0.47

 

1.56

 

0.45

 

1.85

 

0.45

 

2.44

 

Total commercial

 

0.87

 

53.33

 

0.90

 

53.77

 

0.92

 

53.93

 

0.99

 

53.99

 

0.99

 

54.47

 

Residential

 

1.01

 

33.96

 

1.05

 

33.31

 

1.14

 

32.96

 

1.31

 

32.94

 

1.34

 

33.29

 

Consumer

 

2.15

 

12.71

 

1.97

 

12.92

 

1.88

 

13.11

 

2.03

 

13.07

 

2.20

 

12.24

 

Total

 

1.08

%

100.00

%

1.12

%

100.00

%

1.18

%

100.00

%

1.26

%

100.00

%

1.34

%

100.00

%

 

70


 

Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2018, the Allowance was $141.7 million or 1.08% of total loans and leases outstanding, compared with an Allowance of $137.3 million or 1.12% of total loans and leases outstanding as of December 31, 2017. The level of the Allowance was commensurate with our stable credit risk profile, loan portfolio growth and composition and a strong Hawaii economy.

 

Net charge-offs of loans and leases were $17.7 million or 0.14% of total average loans and leases outstanding for the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to $16.7 million or 0.14% for 2017.  Net charge-offs in our commercial lending portfolio were $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to net charge-offs of $0.2 million for 2017. Net recoveries in our residential lending portfolio were $0.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to net recoveries of $0.3 million for 2017. Our net recovery position in this portfolio segment is largely attributable to rising real estate prices in Hawaii. Net charge-offs in our consumer lending portfolio were $18.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to net charge-offs of $16.8 million for 2017. Net charge-offs in our consumer portfolio segment include those related to credit card, automobile loans, installment loans and small business lines of credit and reflect the inherent risk associated with these loans. 

 

Although we determine the amount of each component of the Allowance separately, the Allowance as a whole was considered appropriate by management as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 based on our ongoing analysis of estimated probable credit losses, credit risk profiles, economic conditions, coverage ratios and other relevant factors.

 

As of December 31, 2018, the allocation of the Allowance to our commercial loans increased by $1.0 million or 2% from 2017 primarily due to an increase in commercial loans of $373.2 million in 2018. As of December 31, 2018, the allocation of the Allowance to our residential real estate loan portfolio increased by $2.1 million or 5% from 2017 primarily due to an increase in residential loans of $349.6 million in 2018. Although there were increases in the allocation of Allowance to the commercial and residential lending portfolios, the Company reviews qualitative factors periodically to reflect changing conditions, which resulted in a net decrease in the allocated Allowance as a percentage of loan or lease category for both commercial loans and residential loans.

 

See “Note 5. Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data for more information on the Allowance.

 

Goodwill

 

Goodwill was $995.5 million as of both December 31, 2018 and 2017. Our goodwill originated from the acquisition of BancWest by BNPP in December of 2001. Goodwill generated in that acquisition was recorded on the balance sheet of the Bank as a result of push down accounting treatment, and remains on our consolidated balance sheets. Goodwill is not amortized but is subject, at a minimum, to annual tests for impairment at a reporting unit level. Determining the amount of goodwill impairment, if any, includes assessing the current implied fair value of the reporting unit as if it were being acquired in a business combination and comparing it to the carrying amount of the reporting unit’s goodwill. There was no impairment in our goodwill for the year ended December 31, 2018. Future events that could cause a significant decline in our expected future cash flows or a significant adverse change in our business or the business climate may necessitate taking charges in future reporting periods related to the impairment of our goodwill and other intangible assets.

 

Other Assets

 

Other assets were $446.4 million as of December 31, 2018, an increase of $91.1 million or 26% from December 31, 2017.  This increase was primarily due to a $59.2 million increase in affordable housing and other tax credit investment partnership interests, a $31.9 million increase in interest-earning advances, a $24.0 million increase in our investment in FHLB Stock and a $12.9 million increase in prepaid expenses. This was partially offset by a $39.4 million decrease in current tax receivables and deferred tax assets.

 

Deposits

 

Deposits are the primary funding source for the Bank and are acquired from a broad base of local markets, including both individual and corporate customers. We obtain funds from depositors by offering a range of deposit types, including demand, savings, money market and time.

 

71


 

Table of Contents

Table 19 presents the composition of our deposits as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits

 

 

 

 

 

Table 19

 

 

December 31, 

(dollars in thousands)

   

2018

  

2017

Demand

 

$

6,007,941

 

$

6,126,853

Savings

 

 

4,853,285

 

 

4,509,419

Money Market

 

 

3,196,678

 

 

2,801,968

Time(1)

 

 

3,092,164

 

 

4,173,882

Total Deposits

 

$

17,150,068

 

$

17,612,122


(1)

Public time deposits were $1.0 billion as of December 31, 2018, a decrease of $962.3 million or 49% as compared to December 31, 2017.

 

Total deposits were $17.2 billion as of December 31, 2018, a decrease of $462.1 million or 3% from December 31, 2017.  The decrease in deposit balances stemmed from a $1.1 billion or 26% decrease in time deposit balances, primarily from a $962.3 million decrease in public time deposits. This was partially offset by a $394.7 million or 14% increase in money market deposit balances and a $343.9 million or 8% increase in savings deposit balances.

 

Table 20 presents the amount of time deposits of $100,000 or more issued by the Company, further segregated by time remaining until maturity, as of December 31, 2018:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Table 20

(dollars in thousands)

  

Domestic

  

Foreign

 

Total

Three months or less

 

$

1,165,057

 

$

46,001

 

$

1,211,058

Over three through six months

 

 

329,869

 

 

24,480

 

 

354,349

Over six through twelve months

 

 

448,009

 

 

55,003

 

 

503,012

Over twelve months

 

 

207,277

 

 

74,480

 

 

281,757

Total

 

$

2,150,212

 

$

199,964

 

$

2,350,176

 

Long-term Borrowings

 

Long-term borrowings were $600.0 million as of December 31, 2018, an increase of $600.0 million from December 31, 2017 due to the execution of FHLB fixed-rate advances with a weighted average interest rate of 2.80% and maturity dates ranging from 2020 to 2024.  The increase in long-term fixed rate borrowings was primarily to fund loan growth and to fix liability costs during a period of rising interest rates. As of December 31, 2018, the available remaining borrowing capacity with the FHLB was $1.3 billion. The FHLB fixed rate advances and remaining borrowing capacity were secured by residential real estate loan collateral as of December 31, 2018.

 

Pension and Postretirement Plan Obligations

 

We have a qualified noncontributory defined benefit pension plan, an unfunded supplemental executive retirement plan, a directors’ retirement plan, a non-qualified pension plan for eligible directors and a postretirement benefit plan providing life insurance and healthcare benefits that we offer to our directors and employees, as applicable. The qualified noncontributory defined benefit pension plan, the unfunded supplemental executive retirement plan and the directors’ retirement plan are all frozen plans to new participants. To calculate annual pension costs, we use the following key variables: (1) size of the employee population, length of service and estimated compensation increases; (2) actuarial assumptions and estimates; (3) expected long-term rate of return on plan assets; and (4) discount rate.

 

Pension and postretirement benefit plan obligations, net of pension plan assets was $119.2 million as of December 31, 2018, a decrease of $1.0 million or 1% from December 31, 2017. The balance as of December 31, 2018 included retirement benefits payable of $127.9 million for the Company’s underfunded plans, partially offset by pension plan assets for overfunded plans, recorded as a component of other assets on the consolidated balance sheets, of $8.7 million.

 

See “Note 15. Benefit Plans” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data for more information on our pension and postretirement benefit plans.

 

72


 

Table of Contents

Foreign Activities

 

Cross-border outstandings are defined as loans (including accrued interest), acceptances, interest-bearing deposits with other banks, other interest-bearing investments and any other monetary assets which are denominated in dollars or other non-local currency. As of December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, aggregate cross-border outstandings in countries which amounted to 0.75% to 1% of our total consolidated assets totaled approximately $186.3 million and $177.3 million to Japan and $151.9 million to Canada, respectively. There were no cross-border outstandings in excess of 1% of our total consolidated assets.  

 

Capital

 

In July 2013, the federal bank regulators approved the Capital Rules, implementing the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision’s December 2010 final capital framework for strengthening international capital standards, known as Basel III, and various provisions of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act. Subject to a phase-in period for various provisions, the Capital Rules became effective for us and for the Bank on January 1, 2015. The Capital Rules require bank holding companies and their bank subsidiaries to maintain substantially more capital than previously required, with a greater emphasis on common equity. The Capital Rules, among other things, (i) introduce a new capital measure called CET1, (ii) specify that Tier 1 capital consists of CET1 and ‘‘Additional Tier 1 capital’’ instruments meeting specified requirements, (iii) define CET1 narrowly by requiring that most deductions/adjustments to regulatory capital measures be made to CET1 and not to the other components of capital and (iv) expand the scope of the deductions/adjustments to capital as compared to existing regulations.

 

The phase-in period became effective for the Company on January 1, 2015 when banks were required to maintain 4.5% CET1 to risk-weighted assets, 6.0% Tier 1 Capital to risk-weighted assets, and 8.0% of Total Capital to risk-weighted assets. On that date, the deductions from CET1 capital were limited to 40% of the final phased-in deductions. Implementation of the deductions and other adjustments to CET1 will be phased-in over a five year period which began on January 1, 2015. Implementation of the capital conservation buffer began on January 1, 2016 at 0.625% and will be phased-in over a four year period (increasing each subsequent January 1st by the same amount until it reaches 2.5% on January 1, 2019).

 

As of December 31, 2018, our capital levels remained characterized as “well capitalized” under the Capital Rules. Our regulatory capital ratios, calculated in accordance with the Capital Rules, are presented in Table 21 below. There have been no conditions or events since December 31, 2018 that management believes have changed either the Company’s or the Bank’s capital classifications.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Regulatory Capital

 

 

 

 

 

Table 21

 

 

December 31, 

 

December 31, 

 

(dollars in thousands)

  

2018

 

2017

 

Stockholders' Equity

 

$

2,524,839

 

$

2,532,551

 

Less:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill

 

 

995,492

 

 

995,492

 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net

 

 

(132,195)

 

 

(96,383)

 

Common Equity Tier 1 Capital and Tier 1 Capital

 

$

1,661,542

 

$

1,633,442

 

Add:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowable Reserve for Loan and Lease Losses and Unfunded Commitments

 

 

142,318

 

 

137,853

 

Total Capital

 

$

1,803,860

 

$

1,771,295

 

Risk-Weighted Assets

 

$

13,884,976

 

$

13,120,542

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Key Regulatory Capital Ratios

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common Equity Tier 1 Capital Ratio

 

 

11.97

%

 

12.45

%

Tier 1 Capital Ratio

 

 

11.97

%

 

12.45

%

Total Capital Ratio

 

 

12.99

%

 

13.50

%

Tier 1 Leverage Ratio

 

 

8.72

%

 

8.52

%

 

73


 

Table of Contents

Total stockholders’ equity was $2.5 billion as of December 31, 2018, a decrease of $7.7 million or less than 1% from December 31, 2017. The decrease in stockholders’ equity was primarily due to an increase of $131.8 million in treasury stock related to our share repurchases from BWC concurrent with secondary offerings completed in May and August 2018, dividends declared and paid to the Company’s stockholders of $131.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2018 and an increase of $15.7 million in accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax, primarily due to higher unrealized losses on our investment securities due to rising interest rates. This was partially offset by earnings for the year ended December 31, 2018 of $264.4 million and equity-based awards of $6.1 million.

 

In January 2019, the Company’s Board of Directors declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.26 per share on our outstanding shares. The dividend is to be paid on March 8, 2019 to shareholders of record at the close of business on February 25, 2019.

 

We reclassified a credit balance of $20.1 million from accumulated other comprehensive loss to retained earnings on January 1, 2018 based on our prospective adoption of ASU No. 2018-02, Income Statement – Reporting Comprehensive Income (Topic 220), Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income. If ASU No. 2018-02 had been adopted retrospectively, the CET1 Capital Ratio and Tier 1 Capital Ratio would have both been 12.60%, the Total Capital Ratio would have been 13.65% and the Tier 1 Leverage Ratio would have been 8.62% as of December 31, 2017.

 

Off‑Balance Sheet Arrangements and Guarantees

 

Off‑Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

We hold interests in several unconsolidated variable interest entities (“VIEs”). These unconsolidated VIEs are primarily low income housing tax credit investments in partnerships and limited liability companies. Variable interests are defined as contractual ownership or other interests in an entity that change with fluctuations in an entity’s net asset value. The primary beneficiary consolidates the VIE. Based on our analysis, we have determined that the Company is not the primary beneficiary of these entities. As a result, we do not consolidate these VIEs.

 

Guarantees

 

We sell residential mortgage loans in the secondary market primarily to Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac. The agreements under which we sell residential mortgage loans to Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac contain provisions that include various representations and warranties regarding the origination and characteristics of the residential mortgage loans. Although the specific representations and warranties vary among investors, insurance or guarantee agreements, they typically cover: ownership of the loan; validity of the lien securing the loan; the absence of delinquent taxes or liens against the property securing the loan; compliance with loan criteria set forth in the applicable agreement; compliance with applicable federal, state, and local laws; and other matters. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the unpaid principal balance of our portfolio of residential mortgage loans sold was $2.7 billion and $2.3 billion, respectively. The agreements under which we sell residential mortgage loans require delivery of various documents to the investor or its document custodian. Although these loans are primarily sold on a non-recourse basis, we may be obligated to repurchase residential mortgage loans or reimburse investors for losses incurred if a loan review reveals that underwriting and documentation standards were potentially not met in the origination of those loans. Upon receipt of a repurchase request, we work with investors to arrive at a mutually agreeable resolution. Repurchase demands are typically reviewed on an individual loan by loan basis to validate the claims made by the investor to determine if a contractually required repurchase event has occurred. We manage the risk associated with potential repurchases or other forms of settlement through our underwriting and quality assurance practices and by servicing mortgage loans to meet investor and secondary market standards. For the year ended December 31, 2018, there was one repurchase of a residential mortgage loan of $0.7 million and there was one pending repurchase request of residential mortgage loans.

 

In addition to servicing loans in our portfolio, substantially all of the loans we sell to investors are sold with servicing rights retained. We also service loans originated by other mortgage loan originators. As servicer, our primary duties are to: (1) collect payments due from borrowers; (2) advance certain delinquent payments of principal and interest; (3) maintain and administer any hazard, title, or primary mortgage insurance policies relating to the mortgage loans; (4) maintain any required escrow accounts for payment of taxes and insurance and administer escrow payments; and (5) foreclose on defaulted mortgage loans, or loan modifications or short sales. Each agreement under which we act as servicer generally specifies a standard of responsibility for actions taken by the Company in such capacity and provides protection

74


 

Table of Contents

against expenses and liabilities incurred by the Company when acting in compliance with the respective servicing agreements. However, if we commit a material breach of obligations as servicer, we may be subject to termination if the breach is not cured within a specified period following notice. The standards governing servicing and the possible remedies for violations of such standards vary by investor. These standards and remedies are determined by servicing guides issued by the investors as well as the contract provisions established between the investors and the Company. Remedies could include repurchase of an affected loan. For the year ended December 31, 2018, we had no repurchase requests related to loan servicing activities, nor were there any pending repurchase requests as of December 31, 2018.

 

Although to date repurchase requests related to representation and warranty provisions and servicing activities have been limited, it is possible that requests to repurchase mortgage loans may increase in frequency as investors more aggressively pursue all means of recovering losses on their purchased loans. However, as of December 31, 2018, management believes that this exposure is not material due to the historical level of repurchase requests and loss trends and thus has not established a liability for losses related to mortgage loan repurchases. As of December 31, 2018, 99% of our residential mortgage loans serviced for investors were current. We maintain ongoing communications with investors and continue to evaluate this exposure by monitoring the level and number of repurchase requests as well as the delinquency rates in loans sold to investors.

 

Contractual Obligations

 

Our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2018 were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contractual Obligations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Table 22

 

 

Less Than

 

 

 

 

 

After

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

  

One Year

  

1 - 3 Years

  

4 - 5 Years

  

5 Years

  

Total

Contractual Obligations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Time certificates of deposits

 

$

2,575,150

 

$

351,875

 

$

165,103

 

$

36

 

$

3,092,164

Long-term debt

 

 

 8

 

 

400,018

 

 

100,000

 

 

100,000

 

 

600,026

Noncancelable operating leases

 

 

7,877

 

 

14,834

 

 

7,733

 

 

34,638

 

 

65,082

Postretirement benefit contributions

 

 

1,205

 

 

2,729

 

 

3,097

 

 

8,495

 

 

15,526

Purchase obligations

 

 

55,358

 

 

61,564

 

 

4,366

 

 

67

 

 

121,355

Total Contractual Obligations

 

$

2,639,598

 

$

831,020

 

$

280,299

 

$

143,236

 

$

3,894,153

 

Commitments to extend credit, standby letters of credit and commercial letters of credit do not necessarily represent future cash requirements in that these commitments often expire without being drawn upon; therefore, these items are not included in the table above. Purchase obligations arise from agreements to purchase goods or services that are enforceable and legally binding. Other contracts included in purchase obligations primarily consist of service agreements for various systems and applications supporting bank operations. Postretirement benefit contributions represent the minimum expected contribution to the postretirement benefit plan. Actual contributions may differ from these estimates.

 

Our liability for unrecognized tax benefits (“UTBs”) as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 were $144.1 million and $141.3 million, respectively. The increase in UTB was primarily due to additions related to previously identified tax positions. We are unable to reasonably estimate the period of cash settlement with the respective taxing authority. As a result, our liability for UTBs is not disclosed in the table above.

 

See the discussion of credit, lease and other contractual commitments in “Note 4. Loans and Leases” and “Note 18. Commitments and Contingent Liabilities” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

75


 

Table of Contents

 

Critical Accounting Policies

 

Our consolidated financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP and follow general practices within the industries in which we operate. The most significant accounting policies we follow are presented in “Note 1. Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data. Application of these principles requires us to make estimates, assumptions and judgments that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Most accounting policies are not considered by management to be critical accounting policies. Several factors are considered in determining whether or not a policy is critical in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements. These factors include among other things, whether the policy requires management to make difficult, subjective and complex judgments about matters that are inherently uncertain and because it is likely that materially different amounts would be reported under different conditions or using different assumptions. The accounting policies which we believe to be most critical in preparing our consolidated financial statements are those that are related to the determination of the Allowance, fair value estimates, pension and postretirement benefit obligations and income taxes.

 

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

 

We perform periodic and systematic detailed reviews of our loan and lease portfolio to assess overall collectability.

 

The Allowance provides for probable and estimable losses inherent in the loan and lease portfolio. The Allowance is increased or decreased through the provisioning process. There is no exact method of predicting specific losses or amounts that ultimately may be charged off on particular categories of the loan and lease portfolio.

 

Management's evaluation of the adequacy of the Allowance is often the most critical of accounting estimates for a financial institution. Our determination of the amount of the Allowance is a critical accounting estimate as it requires significant reliance on the accuracy of credit risk ratings on individual borrowers, the use of estimates and significant judgment as to the amount and timing of expected future cash flows on impaired loans, significant reliance on estimated loss rates on homogenous portfolios and consideration of our quantitative and qualitative evaluation of economic factors and trends. While our methodology in establishing the Allowance attributes portions of the Allowance to the commercial, residential real estate and consumer portfolios, the entire Allowance is available to absorb credit losses inherent in the total loan and lease portfolio.

 

The Allowance related to our commercial portfolio is generally most sensitive to the accuracy of credit risk ratings assigned to each borrower. Commercial loan risk ratings are evaluated based on each situation by experienced senior credit officers and are subject to periodic review by an independent internal team of credit specialists. The Allowance related to our residential real estate portfolio is most sensitive to the accuracy of delinquency data. Further refinement of the Allowance related to the residential real estate portfolio requires management to evaluate the borrower's financial condition and collateral values, among other factors. The Allowance related to our consumer portfolio is generally most sensitive to economic assumptions and delinquency trends.

 

The Allowance attributable to each portfolio also includes an unallocated amount for imprecision in the estimation process. Furthermore, the estimate of the Allowance may change due to modifications in the mix and level of loan and lease balances outstanding and general economic conditions as evidenced by changes in interest rates, unemployment rates, bankruptcy filings and real estate values. While no one factor is dominant, each has the ability to result in actual loan losses which differ from originally estimated amounts.

 

See “Note 5. Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included in Item 8. Financial Statement and Supplementary Data and “— Analysis of Financial Condition — Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses” for more information on the Allowance.

 

Fair Value Measurements

 

76


 

Table of Contents

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in the principal or most advantageous market for an asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The degree of management judgment involved in determining the fair value of a financial instrument is dependent upon the availability of quoted market prices or observable market inputs. For financial instruments that are traded actively and have quoted market prices or observable market inputs, there is minimal subjectivity involved in measuring fair value. However, when quoted market prices or observable market inputs are not fully available, significant management judgment may be necessary to estimate fair value. In developing our fair value measurements, we maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs.

 

The fair value hierarchy defines Level 1 valuations as those based on quoted prices, unadjusted, for identical instruments traded in active markets. Level 2 valuations are those based on quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active or model based valuation techniques for which all significant assumptions are observable in the market. Level 3 valuations are based on model based techniques that use at least one significant assumption not observable in the market, or significant management judgment or estimation, some of which may be internally developed.

 

Financial assets that are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis include available for sale investment securities, and derivative financial instruments. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, $4.5 billion or 22% and $5.2 billion or 26%, respectively, of our total assets consisted of financial assets recorded at fair value on a recurring basis and most of these financial assets consisted of available for sale investment securities measured using information from a third party pricing service. These investments in debt securities and mortgage backed securities were classified in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. Financial liabilities that were recorded at fair value on a recurring basis were comprised of derivative financial instruments. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, $14.7 million or less than 1% and $20.5 million or less than 1%, respectively, of our total liabilities, consisted of financial liabilities recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, $12.1 million and $15.1 million, respectively, was classified in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy and $2.6 million and $5.4 million, respectively, was classified in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the liability which was classified in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy was related to the sale of our Visa Class B restricted shares in 2016. We recorded a derivative liability which requires payment to the buyer of the Visa Class B restricted shares in the event Visa further reduces the conversion rate to its publicly traded Visa Class A shares.

 

Our third party pricing service makes no representations or warranties that the pricing data provided to us is complete or free from errors, omissions or defects. As a result, we have processes in place to monitor and periodically review the information provided to us by our third party pricing service:

 

(1)

Our third party pricing service provides us with documentation by asset class of inputs and methodologies used to value securities. We review this documentation to evaluate the inputs and valuation methodologies used to place securities into the appropriate level of the fair value hierarchy. This documentation is periodically updated by our third party pricing service. Accordingly, transfers of securities within the fair value hierarchy are made if deemed necessary. During the year ended December 31, 2018, there were no transfers of securities within the fair value hierarchy.

 

(2)

On a monthly basis, management reviews the pricing information received from our third party pricing service. This review process includes a comparison to non-binding third party broker quotes, as well as a review of market related conditions impacting the information provided by our third party pricing service. We also identify investment securities which may have traded in illiquid or inactive markets by identifying instances of a significant decrease in the volume or frequency of trades relative to historic levels, as well as instances of a significant widening of the bid ask spread in the brokered markets. As of December 31, 2018, management did not make adjustments to prices provided by our third party pricing service as a result of illiquid or inactive markets.

 

(3)

On an annual basis, to the extent available, we obtain and review independent auditor's reports from our third party pricing service related to controls placed in operation and tests of operating effectiveness. We did not note any significant control deficiencies in our review of the independent auditors' reports related to services rendered by our third party pricing service.

 

(4)

Our third party pricing service has also established processes for us to submit inquiries regarding quoted prices. Periodically, we will challenge the quoted prices provided by our third party pricing service. Our third party pricing

77


 

Table of Contents

service will review the inputs to the evaluation in light of the new market data presented by us. Our third party pricing service may then affirm the original quoted price or may update the evaluation on a going forward basis.

 

Based on the composition of our investment securities portfolio, we believe that we have developed appropriate internal controls and performed appropriate due diligence procedures to prevent or detect material misstatements by our third party pricing service. See “Note 22. Fair Value” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data for more information on our use of fair value estimates.

 

Pension and Postretirement Benefit Obligations

 

We use the following key variables to calculate annual pension costs: (1) size of the employee population, length of service and estimated compensation increases; (2) actuarial assumptions and estimates; (3) expected long-term rate of return on plan assets; and (4) discount rate. Pension cost is directly affected by the number of employees eligible for pension benefits and their estimated compensation increases. To calculate estimated compensation increases, management reviews our salary increases each year and compares this data with industry information. For all pension and postretirement plan calculations, we use a measurement date of December 31.

 

The expected long-term rate of return was based on a calculated rate of return from average rates of return on various asset classes over a 20 year historical time horizon. Using long-term historical data allows the Company to capture multiple economic environments, which management believes is relevant when using historical returns. Net actuarial gains or losses that exceed a 5% corridor of the greater of the projected benefit obligation or the fair value of plan assets as of the beginning of the year are amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income into net periodic pension cost on a straight-line basis over five years.

 

In estimating the projected benefit obligation, an independent actuary bases assumptions on factors such as mortality rate, turnover rate, retirement rate, disability rate and other assumptions related to the population of individuals in the pension plan. If significant actuarial gains or losses occur, the actuary reviews the demographic and economic assumptions with management, at which time the Company considers revising these assumptions based on actual results.

 

Our determination of the pension and postretirement benefit plan obligations and net periodic benefit cost is a critical accounting estimate as it requires the use of estimates and judgment related to the amount and timing of expected future cash out flows for benefit payments and cash inflows for maturities and return on plan assets. Changes in estimates and assumptions related to mortality rates and future health care costs could also have a material impact to our financial condition or results of operations. The discount rate assumption is used to determine the present value of future benefit obligations and the net periodic benefit cost. The discount rate assumption used to value the present value of future benefit obligations as of each year end is the rate used to determine the net periodic benefit cost for the following year.

 

See “Note 15. Benefit Plans” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data for more information on pension and postretirement benefit plan obligations.

 

Income Taxes

 

In estimating income taxes payable or receivable, we assess the relative merits and risks of the appropriate tax treatment considering statutory, judicial and regulatory guidance in the context of each tax position. Accordingly, previously estimated liabilities are regularly reevaluated and adjusted through the provision for income taxes. Changes in the estimate of income taxes payable or receivable occur periodically due to changes in tax rates, interpretations of tax law, the status of examinations being conducted by various taxing authorities, the expiration of statutes of limitations and newly enacted statutory, judicial and regulatory guidance that impact the relative merits and risks of each tax position. These changes, when they occur, may affect the provision for income taxes as well as current and deferred income taxes, and may be significant to our consolidated statements of income and balance sheets.

 

78


 

Table of Contents

For example, on December 22, 2017, President Trump signed into law the Tax Act. The Tax Act makes many significant amendments to the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), including reducing the statutory rate of U.S. federal corporate income tax from 35% to 21%. The reduction in the corporate tax rate under the Tax Act required a one-time revaluation of certain of our tax-related assets. As such, we recorded approximately $47.6 million of additional income tax expense in our consolidated statements of income in the fourth quarter of 2017.

 

Management's determination of the realization of net deferred tax assets is based upon management's judgment of various future events and uncertainties, including the timing and amount of future income, as well as the implementation of various tax planning strategies to maximize realization of the deferred tax assets. A valuation allowance is provided when it is more likely than not that some portion of the deferred tax asset will not be realized.

 

We are also required to record a liability for UTBs for the entire amount of a tax benefit taken in a prior or future income tax return when we determine that a tax position has a less than 50% likelihood of being accepted by the taxing authority. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, our liabilities for UTBs were $144.1 million and $141.3 million, respectively. See “Note 16. Income Taxes” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data for more information on income taxes.

 

Future Application of Accounting Pronouncements

 

For a discussion of the expected impact of accounting pronouncements recently issued but not adopted by us as of December 31, 2018, see “Note 1. Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies — Recent Accounting Pronouncements” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data for more information.

 

 Risk Governance and Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

 

Managing risk is an essential part of successfully operating our business. Management believes that the most prominent risk exposures for the Company are credit risk, market risk, liquidity risk management, capital management and operational risk. See “Analysis of Financial Condition — Liquidity” and “—Capital” sections of MD&A for further discussions of liquidity risk management and capital management, respectively.

 

Credit Risk

 

Credit risk is the risk that borrowers or counterparties will be unable or unwilling to repay their obligations in accordance with the underlying contractual terms. We manage and control credit risk in the loan and lease portfolio by adhering to well-defined underwriting criteria and account administration standards established by management. Written credit policies document underwriting standards, approval levels, exposure limits and other limits or standards deemed necessary and prudent. Portfolio diversification at the obligor, industry, product, and/or geographic location levels is actively managed to mitigate concentration risk. In addition, credit risk management also includes an independent credit review process that assesses compliance with commercial, real estate and consumer credit policies, risk ratings and other critical credit information. In addition to implementing risk management practices that are based upon established and sound lending practices, we adhere to sound credit principles. We understand and evaluate our customers’ borrowing needs and capacity to repay, in conjunction with their character and history.

 

Management has identified three categories of loans that we use to develop our systematic methodology to determine the Allowance: commercial, residential real estate and consumer.

 

Commercial lending is further categorized into four distinct classes based on characteristics relating to the borrower, transaction and collateral. These classes are: commercial and industrial, commercial real estate, construction and lease financing. Commercial and industrial loans are primarily for the purpose of financing equipment acquisition, expansion, working capital and other general business purposes by medium to larger Hawaii based corporations, as well as U.S. mainland and international companies. Commercial and industrial loans are typically secured by non-real estate assets whereby the collateral is trading assets, enterprise value or inventory. As with many of our customers, our commercial and industrial loan customers are heavily dependent on tourism, government expenditures and real estate values. Commercial real estate loans are secured by real estate, including but not limited to structures and facilities to support activities designated as retail, health care, general office space, warehouse and industrial space. Our bank’s underwriting policy generally requires that net cash flows from the property be sufficient to service the debt while still

79


 

Table of Contents

maintaining an appropriate amount of reserves. Commercial real estate loans in Hawaii are characterized by having a limited supply of real estate at commercially attractive locations, long delivery time frames for development and high interest rate sensitivity. Our construction lending portfolio consists primarily of land loans, single family and condominium development loans. Financing of construction loans is subject to a high degree of credit risk given the long delivery time frames for such projects. Construction lending activities are underwritten on a project financing basis whereby the cash flows or lease rents from the underlying real estate collateral or the sale of the finished inventory is the primary source of repayment. Market feasibility analysis is typically performed by assessing market comparables, market conditions and demand in the specific lending area and general community. We require presales of finished inventory prior to loan funding. However, because this analysis is typically performed on a forward looking basis, real estate construction projects typically present a higher risk profile in our lending activities. Lease financing activities include commercial single investor leases and leveraged leases used to purchase items ranging from computer equipment to transportation equipment. Underwriting of new leasing arrangements typically includes analyzing customer cash flows, evaluating secondary sources of repayment such as the value of the leased asset, the guarantors’ net cash flows as well as other credit enhancements provided by the lessee.

 

Residential real estate is further categorized into the following classes: residential mortgages (loans secured by 1-4 family residential properties and home equity loans) and home equity lines of credit. Our bank’s underwriting standards typically require LTV ratios of not more than 80%, although higher levels are permitted with accompanying mortgage insurance. First mortgage loans secured by residential properties generally carry a moderate level of credit risk, with an average loan size of approximately $335,000. Residential mortgage loan production is added to our loan portfolio or is sold in the secondary market, based on management’s evaluation of our liquidity, capital and loan portfolio mix as well as market conditions. Changes in interest rates, the economic environment and other market factors have impacted, and will likely continue to impact, the marketability and value of collateral and the financial condition of our borrowers which impacts the level of credit risk inherent in this portfolio, although we remain a supply constrained housing environment in Hawaii. Geographic concentrations exist for this portfolio as nearly all residential mortgage loans and home equity lines of credit are for residences located in Hawaii, Guam or Saipan. These island locales are susceptible to a wide array of potential natural disasters including, but not limited to, hurricanes, floods, tsunamis and earthquakes. We offer home equity lines of credit with variable rates; fixed rate options may be available post-closing.  All lines are underwritten at 2% over the fully indexed rate. Our procedures for underwriting home equity lines of credit include an assessment of an applicant’s overall financial capacity and repayment ability. Decisions are primarily based on repayment ability via debt-to-income ratios, LTV ratios and an evaluation of credit history.

 

Consumer lending is further categorized into the following classes of loans: credit cards, automobile loans and other consumer-related installment loans. Consumer loans are either unsecured or secured by the borrower’s personal assets. The average loan size is generally small and risk is diversified among many borrowers. We offer a wide array of credit cards for business and personal use. In general, our customers are attracted to our credit card offerings on the basis of price, credit limit, reward programs and other product features. Credit card underwriting decisions are generally based on repayment ability of our borrower via DTI ratios, credit bureau information, including payment history, debt burden and credit scores, such as FICO, and analysis of financial capacity. Automobile lending activities include loans and leases secured by new or used automobiles. We originate the majority of our automobile loans and leases on an indirect basis through selected dealerships. Our procedures for underwriting automobile loans include an assessment of an applicant’s overall financial capacity and repayment ability, credit history and the ability to meet existing obligations and payments on the proposed loan or lease. Although an applicant’s creditworthiness is the primary consideration, the underwriting process also includes a comparison of the value of the collateral security to the proposed loan amount. We require borrowers to maintain full coverage automobile insurance on automobile loans and leases, with the Bank listed as either the loss payee or additional insured. Installment loans consist of open and closed end facilities for personal and household purchases. We seek to maintain reasonable levels of risk in installment lending by following prudent underwriting guidelines which include an evaluation of personal credit history and cash flow.

 

In addition to geographic concentration risk, we also monitor our exposure to industry risk. While the Bank and our customers could be adversely impacted by events affecting the tourism industry, we also monitor our other industry exposures, including but not limited to our exposures in the oil, gas and energy industries. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, we did not have material exposures to customers in the oil, gas and energy industries.

 

80


 

Table of Contents

Market Risk

 

Market risk is the potential of loss arising from changes in interest rates, foreign exchange rates, equity prices and commodity prices, including the correlation among these factors and their volatility. When the value of an instrument is tied to such external factors, the holder faces market risk. We are exposed to market risk primarily from interest rate risk, which is defined as the risk of loss of net interest income or net interest margin because of changes in interest rates.

 

The potential cash flows, sales or replacement value of many of our assets and liabilities, especially those that earn or pay interest, are sensitive to changes in the general level of interest rates. In the banking industry, changes in interest rates can significantly impact earnings and the safety and soundness of an entity.

 

Interest rate risk arises primarily from our core business activities of extending loans and accepting deposits. This occurs when our interest earning loans and interest bearing deposits mature or reprice at different times, on a different basis or in unequal amounts. Interest rates may also affect loan demand, credit losses, mortgage origination volume, pre- payment speeds and other items affecting earnings.

 

Many factors affect our exposure to changes in interest rates, such as general economic and financial conditions, customer preferences, historical pricing relationships and repricing characteristics of financial instruments. Our earnings are affected not only by general economic conditions, but also by the monetary and fiscal policies of the United States and its agencies, particularly the Federal Reserve. The monetary policies of the Federal Reserve can influence the overall growth of loans, investment securities and deposits and the level of interest rates earned on assets and paid for liabilities.

 

Market Risk Measurement

 

We primarily use net interest income simulation analysis to measure and analyze interest rate risk. We run various hypothetical interest rate scenarios on a quarterly basis and compare these results against a measured base case scenario. Our net interest income simulation analysis incorporates various assumptions, which we believe are reasonable but which may have a significant impact on results. These assumptions include: (1) the timing of changes in interest rates, (2) shifts or rotations in the yield curve, (3) re-pricing characteristics for market rate sensitive instruments on and off balance sheet, (4) differing sensitivities of financial instruments due to differing underlying rate indices, (5) varying loan prepayment speeds for different interest rate scenarios and (6) overall increase or decrease in the size of the balance sheet and product mix of assets and liabilities. Because of limitations inherent in any approach used to measure interest rate risk, simulation results are not intended as a forecast of the actual effect of a change in market interest rates on our results but rather as a means to better plan and execute appropriate asset liability management strategies to manage our interest rate risk.

Table 23 presents, for the twelve months subsequent to December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, an estimate of the change in net interest income that would result from an immediate change in market interest rates, moving in a parallel fashion over the entire yield curve, relative to the measured base case scenario. The base case scenario assumes that the balance sheet and interest rates are generally unchanged. We evaluate the sensitivity by using: 1) a dynamic forecast, incorporating expected changes in the balance sheet, and 2) a static forecast, where the balance sheet as of December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 is held constant.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Interest Income Sensitivity Profile

 

 

 

 

 

 

Table 23

 

 

As of December 31, 2018

 

As of December 31, 2017

 

As of December 31, 2016

 

 

 

Dynamic Forecast

 

Static Forecast

 

Dynamic Forecast

 

Static Forecast

 

Dynamic Forecast

 

Static Forecast

 

Immediate Change in Interest Rates (basis points)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

+200

 

 

8.5

%

11.0

%

 

6.3

%

10.9

%

 

8.6

%

11.9

%

+100

 

 

4.8

 

5.5

 

 

3.8

 

5.5

 

 

4.5

 

5.8

 

(100)

 

 

(6.3)

 

(6.2)

 

 

(4.8)

 

(4.8)

 

 

(6.0)

 

(6.8)

 

 

The table above shows the effects of a simulation which estimates the effect of an immediate and sustained parallel shift in the yield curve of −100, +100 and +200 basis points in market interest rates over a twelve month period on our net interest income. One declining interest rate scenario and two rising interest rate scenarios were selected as shown in the table and net interest income was calculated and compared to the base case scenario, as described above.

 

Under the dynamic balance sheet forecasts as of December 31, 2018, the change in net interest income from the base case scenario was generally higher or more sensitive as compared to similar projections made as of December 31,

81


 

Table of Contents

2017. This was, in part, due to the replacement of short-term public time deposits with longer-term fixed rate FHLB Advances. Under the dynamic balance sheet forecasts as of December 31, 2017, the change in net interest income from the base case scenario was generally lower or less sensitive as compared to similar projections made as of December 31, 2016. This was, in part, due to our larger fixed rate investment securities portfolio as well as our larger fixed rate residential real estate loan portfolio as of December 31, 2017 compared to December 31, 2016. Generally, fixed rate investment securities and loan portfolios will not reprice as quickly in response to changes in market interest rates.

 

Under the static balance sheet forecasts, larger sensitivities are generally experienced under all scenarios as expected changes in the deposit mix are not reflected in the forecast over the next twelve months. 

 

We also have longer term interest rate risk exposures which may not be appropriately measured by net interest income simulation analysis. We use market value of equity (“MVE”) sensitivity analysis to study the impact of long term cash flows on earnings and capital. MVE involves discounting present values of all cash flows of on balance sheet and off balance sheet items under different interest rate scenarios. The discounted present value of all cash flows represents our MVE. MVE analysis requires modifying the expected cash flows in each interest rate scenario, which will impact the discounted present value. The amount of base case measurement and its sensitivity to shifts in the yield curve allows management to measure longer term repricing option risk in the balance sheet.

 

We also analyze the historical sensitivity of our interest bearing transaction accounts to determine the portion that it classifies as interest rate sensitive versus the portion classified over one year. This analysis divides interest bearing assets and liabilities into maturity categories and measures the “gap” between maturing assets and liabilities in each category.

 

Limitations of Market Risk Measures

 

The results of our simulation analyses are hypothetical, and a variety of factors might cause actual results to differ substantially from what is depicted. For example, if the timing and magnitude of interest rate changes differ from those projected, our net interest income might vary significantly. Non parallel yield curve shifts such as a flattening or steepening of the yield curve or changes in interest rate spreads would also cause our net interest income to be different from that depicted. An increasing interest rate environment could reduce projected net interest income if deposits and other short term liabilities re-price faster than expected or faster than our assets re-price. Actual results could differ from those projected if we grow assets and liabilities faster or slower than estimated, if we experience a net outflow of deposits or if our mix of assets and liabilities otherwise changes. For example, while we maintain relatively large cash balances with the FRB, a faster than expected withdrawal of deposits out of the bank may cause us to seek higher cost sources of funding. Actual results could also differ from those projected if we experience substantially different prepayment speeds in our loan portfolio than those assumed in the simulation analyses. Finally, these simulation results do not consider all the actions that we may undertake in response to potential or actual changes in interest rates, such as changes to our loan, investment, deposit, funding or hedging strategies.

 

Market Risk Governance

 

We seek to achieve consistent growth in net interest income and capital while managing volatility arising from changes in market interest rates. The objective of our interest rate risk management process is to increase net interest income while operating within acceptable limits established for interest rate risk and maintaining adequate levels of funding and liquidity.

 

To manage the impact on net interest income, we manage our exposure to changes in interest rates through our asset and liability management activities within guidelines established by our ALCO and approved by our board of directors. The ALCO has the responsibility for approving and ensuring compliance with the ALCO management policies, including interest rate risk exposures. The objective of our interest rate risk management process is to maximize net interest income while operating within acceptable limits established for interest rate risk and maintaining adequate levels of funding and liquidity.

 

Through review and oversight by the ALCO, we attempt to engage in strategies that neutralize interest rate risk as much as possible. Our use of derivative financial instruments, as detailed in “Note 17. Derivative Financial Instruments” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, has generally been limited. This is due to natural on balance sheet hedges arising out of offsetting interest rate exposures from loans and investment securities with deposits and other interest-bearing liabilities. In particular, the investment securities

82


 

Table of Contents

portfolio is utilized to manage the interest rate exposure and sensitivity to within the guidelines and limits established by the ALCO. We utilize natural and offsetting economic hedges in an effort to reduce the need to employ off-balance sheet derivative financial instruments to hedge interest rate risk exposures. Expected movements in interest rates are also considered in managing interest rate risk. Thus, as interest rates change, we may use different techniques to manage interest rate risk.

 

Management uses the results of its various simulation analyses to formulate strategies to achieve a desired risk profile within the parameters of our capital and liquidity guidelines.

 

Operational Risk

 

Operational risk is the risk of loss arising from inadequate or failed processes, people or systems, external events (such as natural disasters), or compliance, reputational or legal matters, including the risk of loss resulting from fraud, litigation and breaches in data security. Operational risk is inherent in all of our business ventures and the management of that risk is important to the achievement of our objectives. We have a framework in place that includes the reporting and assessment of any operational risk events, and the assessment of our mitigating strategies within our key business lines. This framework is implemented through our policies, processes and reporting requirements. We measure and report operational risk using the seven operational risk event types projected by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in Basel II: (1) external fraud; (2) internal fraud; (3) employment practices and workplace safety; (4) clients, products and business practices; (5) damage to physical assets; (6) business disruption and system failures; and (7) execution, delivery and process management. Our operational risk review process is also a core part of our assessment of material new products or activities.

 

Selected Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Table 24

 

 

2018

 

2017

 

(dollars in thousands,

 

Quarters Ended

 

Quarters Ended

 

except per share data)

 

12/31

 

9/30

 

6/30

 

3/31

 

12/31

 

9/30

 

6/30

 

3/31

 

Interest income

 

$

168,044

 

$

164,052

 

$

159,019

 

$

154,936

 

$

148,558

 

$

145,270

 

$

140,019

 

$

136,921

 

Interest expense

 

 

24,059

 

 

22,794

 

 

17,616

 

 

15,264

 

 

13,672

 

 

11,951

 

 

8,765

 

 

7,576

 

Net interest income

 

 

143,985

 

 

141,258

 

 

141,403

 

 

139,672

 

 

134,886

 

 

133,319

 

 

131,254

 

 

129,345

 

Provision for loan and lease losses

 

 

5,750

 

 

4,460

 

 

6,020

 

 

5,950

 

 

5,100

 

 

4,500

 

 

4,400

 

 

4,500

 

Noninterest income(1)

 

 

33,091

 

 

47,405

 

 

49,797

 

 

48,700

 

 

54,324

 

 

49,664

 

 

50,558

 

 

51,059

 

Noninterest expense(2)

 

 

89,354

 

 

93,147

 

 

91,865

 

 

90,587

 

 

89,850

 

 

84,784

 

 

86,929

 

 

85,991

 

Income before income taxes

 

 

81,972

 

 

91,056

 

 

93,315

 

 

91,835

 

 

94,260

 

 

93,699

 

 

90,483

 

 

89,913

 

Provision for income taxes(3)

 

 

21,977

 

 

23,668

 

 

24,262

 

 

23,877

 

 

82,576

 

 

35,336

 

 

33,588

 

 

33,173

 

Net income

 

$

59,995

 

$

67,388

 

$

69,053

 

$

67,958

 

$

11,684

 

$

58,363

 

$

56,895

 

$

56,740

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Per share information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings Per Common Share - Basic

 

$

0.44

 

$

0.50

 

$

0.50

 

$

0.49

 

$

0.08

 

$

0.42

 

$

0.41

 

$

0.41

 

Earnings Per Common Share - Diluted

 

$

0.44

 

$

0.50

 

$

0.50

 

$

0.49

 

$

0.08

 

$

0.42

 

$

0.41

 

$

0.41

 

Cash dividends declared per common share

 

$

0.24

 

$

0.24

 

$

0.24

 

$

0.24

 

$

0.22

 

$

0.22

 

$

0.22

 

$

0.22

 

Common share price:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

High

 

$

27.49

 

$

30.02

 

$

31.28

 

$

32.36

 

$

30.85

 

$

31.48

 

$

31.34

 

$

35.32

 

Low

 

$

21.19

 

$

27.02

 

$

27.09

 

$

26.92

 

$

27.34

 

$

26.30

 

$

26.96

 

$

28.66

 

Quarter-end

 

$

22.51

 

$

27.16

 

$

29.02

 

$

27.83

 

$

29.18

 

$

30.29

 

$

30.62

 

$

29.92

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Performance Ratios:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Return on average tangible stockholders' equity (non-GAAP)(4)

 

 

16.51

%

 

18.66

%

 

18.83

%

 

18.32

%

 

2.94

%

 

14.76

%

 

14.89

%

 

15.41

%

Return on average tangible assets (non-GAAP)(4)

 

 

1.25

%

 

1.38

%

 

1.45

%

 

1.42

%

 

0.24

%

 

1.21

%

 

1.22

%

 

1.23

%

Efficiency ratio

 

 

50.45

%

 

49.36

%

 

48.04

%

 

48.08

%

 

47.47

%

 

46.33

%

 

47.81

%

 

47.66

%

Net interest margin

 

 

3.23

%

 

3.11

%

 

3.18

%

 

3.13

%

 

2.99

%

 

2.96

%

 

3.02

%

 

3.00

%


(1)

Noninterest income for the quarter ended December 31, 2018 included $24.1 million related to other-than-temporary impairment losses on available-for-sale debt securities and a non-recurring $7.6 million mark-to-market adjustment related to two cash flow hedges that matured in December. Noninterest income for the quarter ended December 31, 2017 included $4.3 million related to the gains on sale of real estate.

83


 

Table of Contents

(2)

Noninterest expense for the quarter ended September 30, 2018 included $4.1 million related to the litigation settlement agreement.  Noninterest expense for the quarter ended December 31, 2017 included $3.7 million related to salaries and benefits to employees due to the benefits from the Tax Act being passed in December 2017.

(3)

Provision for income taxes for the quarter ended December 31, 2017 included $47.6 million due to the impact of the Tax Act that was signed into law in December 2017.

(4)

Return on average tangible stockholders’ equity and return on average tangible assets are non-GAAP financial measures. For a reconciliation to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measures for return on average tangible stockholders’ equity and return on average tangible assets, see “Item 6. Selected Financial Data - GAAP to Non-GAAP Reconciliation.”

 

 

 

ITEM 7A.  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

 

See “Item 7. MD&A - Risk Governance and Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.”  

 

 

84


 

Table of Contents

 

ITEM 8.    FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

 

To The Stockholders and the Board of Directors of

First Hawaiian, Inc.

Honolulu, Hawaii

 

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of First Hawaiian, Inc. and Subsidiary (the "Company") as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, stockholders' equity, and cash flows, for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2018, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the "financial statements"). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2018, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated February 27, 2019 expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Honolulu, Hawaii
February 27, 2019

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2012.

 

85


 

Table of Contents

 

FIRST HAWAIIAN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

 

(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

2018

    

2017

    

2016

 

Interest income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans and lease financing

$

529,877

 

$

462,675

 

$

428,419

 

Available-for-sale securities

 

107,123

 

 

102,272

 

 

83,019

 

Other

 

9,051

 

 

5,821

 

 

7,082

 

Total interest income

 

646,051

 

 

570,768

 

 

518,520

 

Interest expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits

 

72,976

 

 

41,944

 

 

26,650

 

Short-term and long-term borrowings

 

6,757

 

 

20

 

 

198

 

Total interest expense

 

79,733

 

 

41,964

 

 

26,848

 

Net interest income

 

566,318

 

 

528,804

 

 

491,672

 

Provision for loan and lease losses

 

22,180

 

 

18,500

 

 

8,600

 

Net interest income after provision for loan and lease losses

 

544,138

 

 

510,304

 

 

483,072

 

Noninterest income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service charges on deposit accounts

 

32,036

 

 

35,807

 

 

37,392

 

Credit and debit card fees

 

65,716

 

 

64,049

 

 

65,262

 

Other service charges and fees

 

38,316

 

 

34,063

 

 

35,355

 

Trust and investment services income

 

31,324

 

 

30,485

 

 

29,440

 

Bank-owned life insurance

 

9,217

 

 

13,283

 

 

15,021

 

Investment securities gains, net

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

27,277

 

Other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI) losses on available-for-sale debt securities

 

(24,085)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Other

 

26,469

 

 

27,918

 

 

16,290

 

Total noninterest income

 

178,993

 

 

205,605

 

 

226,037

 

Noninterest expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salaries and employee benefits

 

167,162

 

 

163,086

 

 

157,144

 

Contracted services and professional fees

 

49,775

 

 

45,011

 

 

45,345

 

Occupancy

 

27,330

 

 

23,485

 

 

21,606

 

Equipment

 

17,714

 

 

17,247

 

 

16,912

 

Regulatory assessment and fees

 

14,217

 

 

14,907

 

 

12,972

 

Advertising and marketing

 

4,813

 

 

6,191

 

 

6,127

 

Card rewards program

 

24,860

 

 

23,363

 

 

22,459

 

Other

 

59,082

 

 

54,264

 

 

54,715

 

Total noninterest expense

 

364,953

 

 

347,554

 

 

337,280

 

Income before provision for income taxes

 

358,178

 

 

368,355

 

 

371,829

 

Provision for income taxes

 

93,784

 

 

184,673

 

 

141,651

 

Net income

$

264,394

 

$

183,682

 

$

230,178

 

Basic earnings per share

$

1.93

 

$

1.32

 

$

1.65

 

Diluted earnings per share

$

1.93

 

$

1.32

 

$

1.65

 

Dividends declared per share

$

0.96

 

$

0.88

 

$

0.62

 

Basic weighted-average outstanding shares

 

136,945,134

 

 

139,560,305

 

 

139,487,762

 

Diluted weighted-average outstanding shares

 

137,111,420

 

 

139,656,993

 

 

139,492,608

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

86


 

Table of Contents

FIRST HAWAIIAN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

2018

    

2017

    

2016

 

Net income

 

$

264,394

    

$

183,682

    

$

230,178

 

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net change in pensions and other benefits

 

 

2,960

 

 

4,291

 

 

(3,354)

 

Net change in investment securities

 

 

(14,259)

 

 

(14,159)

 

 

(34,852)

 

Net change in cash flow derivative hedges

 

 

(4,445)

 

 

1,496

 

 

1,454

 

Other comprehensive loss

 

 

(15,744)

 

 

(8,372)

 

 

(36,752)

 

Total comprehensive income

 

$

248,650

 

$

175,310

 

$

193,426

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

87


 

Table of Contents

FIRST HAWAIIAN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 

 

(dollars in thousands, except share amount)

  

2018

  

2017

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and due from banks

 

$

396,836

 

$

367,084

 

Interest-bearing deposits in other banks

 

 

606,801

 

 

667,560

 

Investment securities

 

 

4,498,342

 

 

5,234,658

 

Loans held for sale

 

 

432

 

 

556

 

Loans and leases

 

 

13,076,191

 

 

12,277,369

 

Less: allowance for loan and lease losses

 

 

141,718

 

 

137,253

 

Net loans and leases

 

 

12,934,473

 

 

12,140,116

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Premises and equipment, net

 

 

304,996

 

 

289,215

 

Other real estate owned and repossessed personal property

 

 

751

 

 

329

 

Accrued interest receivable

 

 

48,920

 

 

47,987

 

Bank-owned life insurance

 

 

446,076

 

 

438,010

 

Goodwill

 

 

995,492

 

 

995,492

 

Mortgage servicing rights

 

 

16,155

 

 

13,196

 

Other assets

 

 

446,404

 

 

355,258

 

Total assets

 

$

20,695,678

 

$

20,549,461

 

Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing

 

$

11,142,127

 

$

11,485,269

 

Noninterest-bearing

 

 

6,007,941

 

 

6,126,853

 

Total deposits

 

 

17,150,068

 

 

17,612,122

 

Long-term borrowings

 

 

600,026

 

 

34

 

Retirement benefits payable

 

 

127,909

 

 

134,218

 

Other liabilities

 

 

292,836

 

 

270,536

 

Total liabilities

 

 

18,170,839

 

 

18,016,910

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments and contingent liabilities (Notes 14 and 18)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders' equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock ($0.01 par value; authorized 300,000,000 shares; issued/outstanding: 139,656,674 / 134,874,302 as of December 31, 2018; issued/outstanding: 139,599,454 / 139,588,782 as of December 31, 2017)

 

 

1,397

 

 

1,396

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

2,495,853

 

 

2,488,643

 

Retained earnings

 

 

291,919

 

 

139,177

 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net

 

 

(132,195)

 

 

(96,383)

 

Treasury stock (4,782,372 shares as of December 31, 2018 and 10,672 shares as of December 31, 2017)

 

 

(132,135)

 

 

(282)

 

Total stockholders' equity

 

 

2,524,839

 

 

2,532,551

 

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

 

$

20,695,678

 

$

20,549,461

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

88


 

Table of Contents

FIRST HAWAIIAN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additional

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands,

 

Net

 

Common Stock

 

Paid-In

 

Retained

 

Comprehensive

 

Treasury

 

 

 

except share amounts)

  

Investment

  

Shares

  

Amount

  

Capital

  

Earnings

  

Loss

  

Stock

  

Total

Balance as of December 31, 2015

 

$

2,788,200

 

139,459,620

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

(51,259)

 

$

 —

 

$

2,736,941

Net income prior to reorganization on April 1, 2016

 

 

65,531

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

65,531

Distributions prior to reorganization on April 1, 2016

 

 

(363,624)

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(363,624)

Recapitalization of First Hawaiian, Inc.

 

 

(2,490,107)

 

 —

 

 

1,395

 

 

2,488,712

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Net income

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

164,647

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

164,647

Cash dividends declared ($0.62 per share)

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(85,797)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(85,797)

Equity-based awards

 

 

 —

 

71,034

 

 

 —

 

 

4,360

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

4,360

Contributions

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

61,992

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

61,992

Distributions

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(70,813)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(70,813)

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(36,752)

 

 

 —

 

 

(36,752)

Balance as of December 31, 2016

 

$

 —

 

139,530,654

 

$

1,395

 

$

2,484,251

 

$

78,850

 

$

(88,011)

 

$

 —

 

$

2,476,485

Net income

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

183,682

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

183,682

Cash dividends declared ($0.88 per share)

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(122,810)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(122,810)

Common stock issued under Employee Stock Purchase Plan

 

 

 —

 

15,961

 

 

 —

 

 

528

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

528

Equity-based awards

 

 

 —

 

42,167

 

 

 1

 

 

5,982

 

 

(545)

 

 

 —

 

 

(282)

 

 

5,156

Distributions

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(2,118)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(2,118)

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(8,372)

 

 

 —

 

 

(8,372)

Balance as of December 31, 2017

 

$

 —

 

139,588,782

 

$

1,396

 

$

2,488,643

 

$

139,177

 

$

(96,383)

 

$

(282)

 

$

2,532,551

Net income

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

264,394

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

264,394

Cash dividends declared ($0.96 per share)

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(131,036)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(131,036)

Common stock issued under Employee Stock Purchase Plan

 

 

 —

 

12,341

 

 

 —

 

 

342

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

342

Equity-based awards

 

 

 —

 

43,049

 

 

 1

 

 

6,868

 

 

(684)

 

 

 —

 

 

(53)

 

 

6,132

Common stock repurchased

 

 

 

 

(4,769,870)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(131,800)

 

 

(131,800)

Adoption of Accounting Standards Update No. 2018-02

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

20,068

 

 

(20,068)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(15,744)

 

 

 —

 

 

(15,744)

Balance as of December 31, 2018

 

$

 —

 

134,874,302

 

$

1,397

 

$

2,495,853

 

$

291,919

 

$

(132,195)

 

$

(132,135)

 

$

2,524,839

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

89


 

Table of Contents

FIRST HAWAIIAN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

 

(dollars in thousands)

  

2018

  

2017

    

2016

 

Cash flows from operating activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

264,394

 

$

183,682

 

$

230,178

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for loan and lease losses

 

 

22,180

 

 

18,500

 

 

8,600

 

Depreciation, amortization and accretion, net

 

 

54,903

 

 

62,019

 

 

52,176

 

Deferred income taxes

 

 

(3,602)

 

 

58,916

 

 

3,318

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

6,185

 

 

5,292

 

 

4,507

 

Net gains on sale of real estate

 

 

 —

 

 

(6,922)

 

 

 —

 

Other gains

 

 

(1,062)

 

 

(210)

 

 

(51)

 

Originations of loans held for sale

 

 

(29,707)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Proceeds from sales of loans held for sale

 

 

29,467

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Net gains on sales of loans held for sale

 

 

(199)

 

 

(16)

 

 

 —

 

Net gains on investment securities

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(27,277)

 

OTTI losses on available-for-sale debt securities

 

 

24,085

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Change in assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net decrease (increase) in other assets

 

 

11,859

 

 

(42,359)

 

 

(49,571)

 

Net decrease in other liabilities

 

 

(27,090)

 

 

(9,128)

 

 

(1,787)

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

 

351,413

 

 

269,774

 

 

220,093

 

Cash flows from investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Available-for-sale securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from maturities and principal repayments

 

 

810,260

 

 

888,700

 

 

1,187,912

 

Proceeds from sales

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

832,891

 

Purchases

 

 

(130,252)

 

 

(1,088,417)

 

 

(3,108,687)

 

Other investments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from sales

 

 

12,842

 

 

15,517

 

 

23,203

 

Purchases

 

 

(65,239)

 

 

(20,487)

 

 

(26,334)

 

Loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net increase in loans and leases resulting from originations and principal repayments

 

 

(572,488)

 

 

(750,917)

 

 

(801,973)

 

Proceeds from sales of loans originated for investment

 

 

562

 

 

9,711

 

 

291

 

Purchases of loans

 

 

(270,272)

 

 

(26,626)

 

 

 —

 

Proceeds from bank-owned life insurance

 

 

1,151

 

 

4,482

 

 

10,357

 

Purchases of premises, equipment and software

 

 

(35,880)

 

 

(10,068)

 

 

(15,541)

 

Proceeds from sales of premises and equipment

 

 

65

 

 

8,139

 

 

71

 

Purchases of mortgage servicing rights

 

 

(6,444)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Proceeds from sales of other real estate owned

 

 

718

 

 

929

 

 

1,031

 

Other

 

 

(2,832)

 

 

(2,044)

 

 

94

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(257,809)

 

 

(971,081)

 

 

(1,896,685)

 

Cash flows from financing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net (decrease) increase in deposits

 

 

(462,054)

 

 

817,590

 

 

732,608

 

Net decrease in short-term borrowings

 

 

 —

 

 

(9,151)

 

 

(207,000)

 

Proceeds from long-term borrowings

 

 

600,000

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Repayment of long-term borrowings

 

 

(10)

 

 

(10)

 

 

(10)

 

Dividends paid

 

 

(131,036)

 

 

(122,810)

 

 

(85,797)

 

Distributions paid

 

 

 —

 

 

(2,118)

 

 

(361,200)

 

Stock tendered for payment of withholding taxes

 

 

(53)

 

 

(136)

 

 

(146)

 

Proceeds from employee stock purchase plan

 

 

342

 

 

528

 

 

 —

 

Common stock repurchased

 

 

(131,800)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

 

 

(124,611)

 

 

683,893

 

 

78,455

 

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

(31,007)

 

 

(17,414)

 

 

(1,598,137)

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

 

 

1,034,644

 

 

1,052,058

 

 

2,650,195

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

 

$

1,003,637

 

$

1,034,644

 

$

1,052,058

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest paid

 

$

80,381

 

$

36,633

 

$

25,870

 

Income taxes paid, net of income tax refunds

 

 

43,002

 

 

145,072

 

 

190,387

 

Noncash investing and financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Transfers from loans and leases to other real estate owned

 

 

549

 

 

759

 

 

1,056

 

Transfers from loans and leases to loans held for sale

 

 

 —

 

 

10,251

 

 

291

 

Derivative liability entered into in connection with sale of investment securities

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

8,828

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

90


 

Table of Contents

 

FIRST HAWAIIAN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

1. Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

Basis of Presentation

 

First Hawaiian, Inc. (“FHI” or the “Parent”), a bank holding company, owns 100% of the outstanding common stock of First Hawaiian Bank (“FHB” or the “Bank”). FHB is a state-chartered bank that is not a member of the Federal Reserve System. FHB, the oldest financial institution in Hawaii, was established as Bishop & Company in 1858. As of December 31, 2018, FHB was the largest bank in Hawaii in terms of total assets, loans and leases and deposits. FHB has 60 branches located throughout the State of Hawaii, Guam and Saipan, and offers a comprehensive suite of banking services to consumer and commercial customers including loans, deposit products, wealth management, insurance, trust, retirement planning, credit card and merchant processing services.

 

The accounting and reporting principles of First Hawaiian, Inc. and Subsidiary (the “Company”) conform to U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) and prevailing practices within the financial services industry. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. 

 

Reorganization Transactions

 

In connection with FHI’s initial public offering (“IPO”) in August 2016, in which BNP Paribas (“BNPP”) sold approximately 17% of its interest in FHI, BNPP announced its intent to sell a controlling interest in FHI, including its wholly-owned subsidiary FHB, over time, subject to market conditions and other considerations. On April 1, 2016, a series of reorganization transactions (the “Reorganization Transactions”) were undertaken to facilitate the IPO. As part of the Reorganization Transactions, FHI, which was then known as BancWest Corporation (“BancWest”), formed a new bank holding company, BancWest Holding Inc. (“BWHI”), a Delaware corporation and a direct wholly-owned subsidiary of BancWest, and contributed 100% of its interest in Bank of the West (“BOW”), as well as other assets and liabilities not related to FHB, to BWHI. Following the contribution of BOW to BWHI, BancWest distributed its interest in BWHI to BNPP. As part of these transactions, BancWest amended its certificate of incorporation to change its name to “First Hawaiian, Inc.”, with First Hawaiian Bank remaining as the only direct wholly owned subsidiary of FHI.

 

On July 1, 2016, in order to comply with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System’s requirement (under Regulation YY) applicable to BNPP that a foreign banking organization with $50 billion or more in U.S. non-branch assets as of June 30, 2015 establish a U.S. intermediate holding company and hold its interest in the substantial majority of its U.S. subsidiaries through the intermediate holding company by July 1, 2016, FHI became an indirect subsidiary of BNP Paribas USA, Inc. (“BNP Paribas USA”), BNPP’s U.S. intermediate holding company. As part of that reorganization, FHI became a direct wholly-owned subsidiary of BancWest Corporation (“BWC”), a direct wholly-owned subsidiary of BNP Paribas USA. As used herein, “BWC” refers, for all periods beginning April 1, 2016, to BancWest Corporation, a Delaware corporation and indirect wholly owned subsidiary of BNPP.

 

On August 4, 2016, FHI’s common stock began trading on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the ticker symbol “FHB”. On August 9, 2016, the IPO of 24,250,000 shares of FHI common stock, which included the full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase an additional 3,163,043 shares, at a price to the public of $23.00 per share was completed. On February 17, 2017, a secondary offering of 28,750,000 shares of FHI common stock, which included the full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase an additional 3,750,000 shares, at a price to the public of $32.00 per share was completed. On May 10, 2018, a secondary offering of 15,300,000 shares of FHI common stock at a price to the public of $27.75 per share was completed. Concurrently with the secondary offering completed on May 10, 2018, FHI entered into a share repurchase agreement with BWC and completed the repurchase of 2,968,069 shares of FHI common stock at $27.56 per share, the per share price paid by the underwriters to BWC in the concurrent public offering. On June 8, 2018, the underwriters’ exercised their full option to purchase an additional 1,530,000 shares of FHI common stock at $27.56 per share. On August 1, 2018, a secondary offering of 20,000,000 shares of FHI common stock at a price to the public of $27.90 per share was completed. Concurrently with the secondary offering completed on August 1, 2018, FHI entered into a share repurchase agreement with BWC and completed the repurchase of 1,801,801 shares of FHI common stock at $27.75 per share, the per share price paid by the underwriters to BWC in the concurrent public offering. Lastly, on September 10, 2018, in a secondary offering, BWC sold 20,000,000 shares of FHI common stock at a variable price to

91


 

Table of Contents

the public. The per share price paid in the offering to BWC by the underwriters was $28.70. FHI did not receive any of the proceeds from the sales of shares of FHI common stock in the secondary offerings completed on September 10, 2018, August 1, 2018, May 10, 2018 or February 17, 2017 or the IPO on August 9, 2016. As of December 31, 2018, BNPP remained the beneficial owner of approximately 18% of FHI’s outstanding common stock.

 

On February 1, 2019, BWC completed the sale of its remaining 24,859,750 shares of FHI common stock at $24.96 per share to the underwriter of that public offering. As a result of the completion of that offering, BNPP (through BWC, the selling stockholder) fully exited its ownership interest in FHI.

 

Use of Estimates in the Preparation of Financial Statements

 

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Management bases its estimates on historical experience and various other assumptions believed to be reasonable. Although these estimates are based on management’s best knowledge of current events, actual results may differ from these estimates.

 

Variable Interest Entities

 

A variable interest entity (“VIE”) is a legal entity that lacks the ability to financially support its activities or whose equity investors lack the ability to control its activities or absorb profits and losses proportionately with their investment in the entity. The primary beneficiary consolidates the VIE. The primary beneficiary is defined as the enterprise that has both the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the entity’s economic performance and the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits that could be significant to the VIE.

 

The Company has a limited partnership interest or is a member in a limited liability company (“LLC”) in several low-income housing partnerships. These partnerships or LLCs provide funds for the construction and operation of apartment complexes that provide affordable housing to that segment of the population with lower family income. If these developments successfully attract a specified percentage of residents falling in that lower income range, state and/or federal income tax credits are made available to the partners or members. The tax credits are generally recognized over 10 years. In order to continue receiving the tax credits each year over the life of the partnership or LLC, the low-income residency targets must be maintained.

 

The Company accounts for its interests in these low-income housing partnerships using the proportional amortization method. Unfunded commitments to fund these investments were $36.0 million and $35.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. These unfunded commitments are unconditional and legally binding and are recorded in other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets.  

 

These low-income housing partnership and LLC entities meet the definition of a VIE; however, the Company is not the primary beneficiary of the entities, as the general partner or managing member has both the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the economic performance of the entities and the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits that could be significant to the entities. While the partnership or LLC agreements allow the limited partners and members, through a majority vote, to remove the general partner or managing member, this right is not deemed to be substantive as the general partner or managing member can only be removed for cause.

 

Cash and Due from Banks

 

Cash and due from banks include amounts due from other financial institutions as well as in‑transit clearings. Because amounts due from other financial institutions often exceed the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) deposit insurance limit, the Company evaluates the credit risk of these institutions through periodic review of their financial condition and regulatory capital position. Under the terms of the Depository Institutions Deregulation and Monetary Control Act, the Company is required to maintain reserves with the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco (“FRB”) based on the amount of deposits held. The average amount of cash reserves required was $57.6 million and $52.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Cash and cash equivalents include cash and due from banks and interest-bearing deposits in other banks. All amounts are readily convertible to cash and have maturities of less than 90 days.

92


 

Table of Contents

 

Interest‑bearing Deposits in Other Banks

 

Interest-bearing deposits in other banks include funds held in other financial institutions that are either fixed or variable rate instruments, including certificates of deposits. Interest income is recorded when earned and presented within other interest income in the Company’s consolidated statements of income.

 

Investment Securities

 

As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, investment securities were comprised of debt, mortgage‑backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations issued by the U.S. Government, its agencies and government‑sponsored enterprises and general obligation bonds issued by municipalities in the State of Hawaii. The Company amortizes premiums and accretes discounts using the interest method over the expected lives of the individual securities. All investment securities transactions are recorded on a trade‑date basis. All of the Company’s securities were categorized as available-for-sale as of December 31, 2018 and 2017. Available‑for‑sale investment securities are reported at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses reported in accumulated other comprehensive income. Gains and losses realized on sales of investment securities are determined using the specific identification method. 

 

Unrealized losses for all investment securities are reviewed to determine whether the losses are other than temporary. Investment securities are evaluated for other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) on at least a quarterly basis, and more frequently when economic and market conditions warrant such an evaluation, to determine whether the decline in fair value below amortized cost is other than temporary. For a debt security for which there has been a decline in the fair value below amortized cost, the Company will recognize an OTTI write-down in noninterest income if there is an intent to sell the security, it is more likely than not the Company will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis, or the Company does not expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis of the security. The OTTI write-down is measured as the entire difference between the amortized cost basis and fair value of the investment security.

 

Loans Held for Sale

 

The Company originates certain loans for individual sale or for sale as a pool of loans to government-sponsored enterprises. Loans held for sale are carried, on an aggregate basis, at the lower of cost or fair value. The fair value of loans held for sale is primarily determined based on quoted prices for similar loans in active markets. Net gains and losses on loan sales are recorded as a component of other noninterest income. Direct loan origination costs and fees are deferred at origination of the loan and are recognized in other noninterest income upon sale of the loan.

 

Loans and Leases

 

Loans are reported at the principal amount outstanding, net of unearned income including unamortized and unaccreted deferred loan fees and costs, and cumulative net charge-offs. Interest income is recognized on an accrual basis. Loan origination fees, certain direct costs and unearned discounts and premiums, if any, are deferred and are generally accreted or amortized into interest income as yield adjustments using the interest method over the contractual life of the loan. Other credit-related fees are recognized as fee income, a component of noninterest income, when earned.

 

Direct financing leases are carried at the aggregate of lease payments receivable plus the estimated residual value of leased property, less unearned income. Leveraged leases, which are a form of direct financing leases, are carried net of non-recourse debt. Unearned income on direct financing and leveraged leases is amortized over the lease terms by methods that approximate the interest method. Residual values on leased assets are periodically reviewed for impairment.

 

Non-Performing Loans and Leases

 

The Company generally places a loan or lease on nonaccrual status when management believes that collection of principal or interest has become doubtful or when a loan or lease becomes 90 days past due as to principal or interest, unless it is well secured and in the process of collection. A charge-off is recorded when it is probable that a loss has been incurred and when it is possible to determine a reasonable estimate of the loss. When the Company places a loan or lease on nonaccrual status, previously accrued and uncollected interest is reversed against interest income in the current period. When the Company receives an interest payment on a nonaccrual loan or lease, the payment is applied as a reduction of the principal balance. Nonaccrual loans and leases are generally returned to accrual status when they become current as to

93


 

Table of Contents

principal and interest and have demonstrated a sustained period of payment performance or become both well secured and in the process of collection.

 

Troubled Debt Restructurings

 

A restructuring of debt constitutes a troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”) if the Company, for economic or legal reasons related to the debtor’s financial difficulties, grants a concession to the debtor that it would not otherwise consider. The Company offers various types of concessions when modifying a loan, including term extensions, temporary deferral of principal and temporary interest rate reductions. However, forgiveness of principal is rarely granted. Generally, a non-accrual loan that has been modified in a TDR remains on non-accrual status for at least six months to demonstrate that the borrower is able to meet the terms of the modified loan. However, performance prior to the modification, or significant events that coincide with the modification, are included in assessing whether the borrower can meet the new terms and may result in the loan being returned to accrual status at the time of loan modification or after a shorter performance period. However, if the borrower’s ability to meet the revised payment terms is uncertain, the loan remains on non-accrual status. 

 

Impaired Loans

 

A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will not be able to collect all amounts due from the borrower in accordance with the contractual terms of the loan, including scheduled interest payments. This evaluation is generally based on delinquency information, an assessment of the borrower’s financial condition and the adequacy of collateral, if any. The Company’s impaired loans are primarily comprised of commercial and industrial, commercial real estate, residential mortgage and any loans modified in a TDR, whether on accrual or nonaccrual status.

 

The Company individually measures impairment on commercial and industrial loans and commercial real estate loans based on the present value of the expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate or, for residential real estate loans and collateral‑dependent loans, based on the fair value of the collateral less disposition costs. On a case‑by‑case basis, the Company may measure impairment based upon a loan’s observable market price. Impaired loans without a related allowance for loan and lease losses are generally collateralized by assets with fair values in excess of the recorded investment in the loans.

 

Reserve for Credit Losses

 

The Company’s reserve for credit losses is comprised of two components, the allowance for loan and lease losses and the reserve for unfunded commitments.

 

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

 

The Company maintains the allowance for loan and lease losses (the “Allowance”) at a level which, in management’s judgment, is adequate to absorb probable credit losses that have been incurred in the Company’s loan and lease portfolio as of the balance sheet date. The Company’s methodology for determining an adequate and appropriate level of the Allowance takes into account many factors, including:

 

·

Trends in the volume and severity of delinquent loans and leases, nonaccrual loans and leases, troubled debt restructurings and other loan and lease modifications;

 

·

Trends in the quality of risk management and loan administration practices including findings of internal and external reviews of loans and the effectiveness of collection practices;

 

·

Changes in the quality of the Company’s risk identification process and loan review system;

 

·

Changes in lending policies and procedures including underwriting standards and collection, charge‑off and recovery practices;

 

·

Changes in the nature and volume of the loan and lease portfolio;

 

·

Changes in concentrations within the loan and lease portfolio; 

94


 

Table of Contents

 

·

Changes in national and local economic business conditions, including the condition of various market segments.

 

While the Company has a formal methodology to determine an adequate and appropriate level of the Allowance, estimates of inherent loan and lease losses involve judgment and assumptions as to various factors, including current economic conditions. Management’s determination of the adequacy of the Allowance is based on quarterly evaluations of the above factors. Accordingly, the provision for credit losses will vary from period to period based on management’s ongoing assessment of the adequacy of the Allowance.

 

The Allowance consists of two components, the allocated and the unallocated allowance. The allocated portion of the Allowance includes reserves that are allocated based on impairment analyses of specific loans or pools of loans. A discussion of evaluating specific loans for impairment is noted in the “Impaired Loans” section above. The Company collectively evaluates large groups or pools of smaller-balance homogeneous loans and leases such as consumer loans, residential real estate loans and small business loans. The risk assessment process includes the use of estimates to determine the inherent loss in these portfolios. The Company considers a variety of factors including, but not limited to historical loss experience, estimated defaults or foreclosures based on portfolio trends and delinquencies, and current economic conditions.

 

The unallocated component of the Allowance recognizes the imprecision in the loan and lease loss estimation process. While the Company’s allocated reserve methodology strives to reflect all risk factors, there may still be certain unidentified risk elements. The purpose of the unallocated reserve is to capture these factors. The relationship of the unallocated component to the total Allowance may fluctuate from period to period. Management evaluates the adequacy of the total Allowance based on the combined total of the allocated and unallocated components of the Allowance.

 

The Allowance is increased by provisions for loan and lease losses and reduced by charge‑offs, net of recoveries. Consumer loans and leases are generally charged off upon reaching a predetermined delinquency status that ranges from 120 to 180 days and varies by product type. Other loans and leases may be charged off to the extent they are classified as loss. Recoveries of amounts that have previously been charged off are credited to the Allowance and are generally recorded only to the extent that cash is received.

 

Reserve for Unfunded Commitments

 

The reserve for unfunded commitments (the “Unfunded Reserve”) is a component of other liabilities and represents the estimate for probable credit losses inherent in unfunded commitments to extend credit. Unfunded commitments to extend credit include loan commitments, and standby and commercial letters of credit. The process used to determine the Unfunded Reserve is consistent with the process for determining the Allowance as adjusted for estimated funding probabilities or loan and lease equivalency factors. The level of the Unfunded Reserve is adjusted by recording an expense or recovery in other noninterest expense.

 

Provision for Loan and Lease Losses

 

The provision for loan and lease losses (the “Provision”) represents the amount charged against current period earnings to achieve an Allowance that in management’s judgment is adequate to absorb probable credit losses that have been incurred in the Company’s loan and lease portfolio as of the consolidated balance sheet date. Accordingly, the Provision will vary from period to period based on management’s ongoing assessment of the overall adequacy of the Allowance.

 

Premises and Equipment

 

Premises and equipment, including leasehold improvements, are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization are computed on a straight‑line basis over the estimated useful lives of 10 to 39 years for premises, 4 to 20 years for equipment and the shorter of the lease term or remaining useful life for leasehold improvements.

 

On a periodic basis, long‑lived assets are reviewed for impairment. An impairment loss is recognized if the carrying amount of a long‑lived asset exceeds its fair value and is not recoverable. An impairment analysis is performed

95


 

Table of Contents

whenever events or changes in circumstances suggest that the carrying value of an asset or group of assets may not be recoverable.

 

Operating lease rental income for leased assets, primarily premises, is recognized on a straight‑line basis as an offset to rental expense.

 

Other Real Estate Owned and Repossessed Personal Property

 

Other real estate owned (“OREO”) and repossessed personal property are comprised primarily of properties that the Company acquires through foreclosure proceedings. The Company values these properties at fair value less estimated costs to sell the property upon acquisition, which establishes the new carrying value. The Company charges losses arising upon the acquisition of the property against the Allowance. If the fair value of the property at the time of acquisition exceeds the carrying amount of the loan, the excess is recorded either as a recovery to the Allowance if a charge-off had previously been recorded, or as a gain on initial transfer in other noninterest income. After acquisition, the Company carries such properties at the lower of cost or fair value less estimated selling costs. Any writedowns or losses from the subsequent disposition of such properties are included in other noninterest expense. Gains recognized on the sale of such properties are included in other noninterest income.

 

Goodwill

 

Goodwill represents the cost of acquired businesses in excess of the fair value of the net assets acquired. The Company performs impairment testing of goodwill, an infinite‑lived intangible asset, as required under GAAP on an annual basis or when circumstances change that indicate that a potential impairment may have occurred. The Company has assigned goodwill to its operating segments for impairment testing purposes. The goodwill impairment guidance provides the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If, after assessing the totality of events or circumstances, an entity determines it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then performing further impairment tests is unnecessary. However, if an entity concludes otherwise, or does not elect this option, it is required to perform impairment testing. Step 1 of the test identifies potential impairments at the reporting unit level by comparing the estimated fair value of each identified reporting unit to its carrying amount. If the estimated fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, there is no impairment of goodwill. However, if the carrying amount exceeds the estimated fair value, Step 2 is performed to determine the amount of the potential impairment. Step 2 compares the implied fair value of reporting unit goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined as if the reporting unit were being acquired in a business combination. If the implied fair value of goodwill exceeds the goodwill assigned to the reporting unit, there is no impairment. If the carrying amount of reporting unit goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of that goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess. Subsequent reversals of goodwill impairment are prohibited.

 

Mortgage Servicing Rights

 

Mortgage servicing rights are recognized as assets when residential mortgage loans are sold and the rights to service those loans are retained.  Mortgage servicing rights are initially recorded at fair value by using a discounted cash flow model to calculate the present value of estimated future net servicing income, incorporating assumptions that market participants would use in their estimates of fair value.

 

The Company’s mortgage servicing rights are accounted for under the amortization method and periodically assessed for impairment. The Company amortizes the mortgage servicing rights over the period of estimated net servicing income, taking into account prepayment assumptions. Any such indicated impairment is recognized in earnings during the period in which the impairment occurs. Mortgage servicing income, net of the amortization of mortgage servicing rights, is recorded as a component of other noninterest income in the consolidated statements of income. 

 

Non‑Marketable Equity Securities

 

The Company is required to own Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) of Des Moines stock as a condition of membership. These securities are accounted for under the cost method, which equals par value, and are included in other assets in the consolidated balance sheets. These securities do not have a readily determinable fair value as ownership is

96


 

Table of Contents

restricted and there is no market for these securities. The Company reviews these securities periodically for impairment. Management considers these securities to be long-term investments. Accordingly, when evaluating these securities for impairment, management considers the ultimate recoverability of the par value rather than recognizing temporary declines in value. No impairment was recognized on non‑marketable equity securities for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016.

 

Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase

 

The Company enters into agreements under which it sells securities subject to an obligation to repurchase the same or similar securities. Under these arrangements, the Company may transfer legal control over the assets but still maintain effective control through an agreement that both entitles and obligates the Company to repurchase the assets. As a result, securities sold under agreements to repurchase are accounted for as collateralized financing arrangements (i.e., secured borrowings) and not as a sale and subsequent repurchase of securities. The obligation to repurchase the securities is reflected as a liability in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets, while the securities underlying the securities sold under agreements to repurchase remain in the respective asset accounts.

 

Pension and Other Postretirement Benefit Plans

 

The Company has a qualified noncontributory defined benefit pension plan, an unfunded supplemental executive retirement plan, a directors’ retirement plan, a non-qualified pension plan for eligible directors and a postretirement benefit plan providing life insurance and healthcare benefits that is offered to directors and employees, as applicable. The qualified noncontributory defined benefit pension plan, the unfunded supplemental executive retirement plan and the directors’ retirement plan are all frozen plans to new participants. To calculate annual pension costs, management uses the following key variables: (1) size of the employee population, length of service and estimated compensation increases; (2) actuarial assumptions and estimates; (3) expected long-term rate of return on plan assets; and (4) discount rate. For all pension and postretirement benefit plan calculations, the Company uses a December 31st measurement date.

 

The expected long-term rate of return was based on a calculated rate of return from average rates of return on various asset classes over a 20 year historical time horizon. Using long-term historical data allows the Company to capture multiple economic environments, which management believes is relevant when using historical returns. Net actuarial gains or losses that exceed a 5% corridor of the greater of the projected benefit obligation or the fair value of plan assets as of the beginning of the year are amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income into net periodic pension cost on a straight-line basis over five years.

 

In estimating the projected benefit obligation, an independent actuary bases assumptions on factors such as mortality rate, turnover rate, retirement rate, disability rate and other assumptions related to the population of individuals in the pension plan. If significant actuarial gains or losses occur, the actuary reviews the demographic and economic assumptions with management, at which time the Company considers revising these assumptions based on actual results.

 

The Company recognizes an asset in its consolidated balance sheets for a plan’s overfunded status or a liability for a plan’s underfunded status. The Company also measures the plans’ assets and obligations that determine its funded status as of the end of the year and recognizes those changes in other comprehensive income, net of tax.

 

Income Taxes

 

Income taxes have been recorded using the separate return method as if the Company were a separate taxpayer for all periods presented. Current income tax expense is recognized for the amount of income taxes expected to be payable or refundable for the current period, and deferred income taxes are provided to reflect the tax effect of temporary differences between financial statement carrying amounts and the corresponding tax basis of assets and liabilities. Deferred income taxes are calculated by applying enacted statutory tax rates and tax laws to future years in which temporary differences are expected to reverse. The impact on deferred tax assets and liabilities from a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that the tax rate change is enacted. A deferred tax valuation allowance is established if it is more likely than not that a deferred tax asset will not be realized. See “Note 16. Income Taxes” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data for further discussion on the tax rate changes enacted in the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Tax Act”) of 2017.

 

97


 

Table of Contents

Interest and penalties, if any, expected to be assessed or refunded by taxing authorities relating to an underpayment or overpayment of income taxes are accrued and recorded as part of income tax expense.

 

Excise tax credits relating to premises and equipment are accounted for using the flow‑through method, and the benefit is recognized in the year the asset is placed in service. General business and excise tax credits generated from the leasing portfolio, except for credits that are passed on to lessees, are recognized over the term of the lease for book purposes, but in the year placed in service for tax purposes.

 

The Company maintains reserves for unrecognized tax benefits that arise in the normal course of business. As of December 31, 2018, these positions were evaluated based on an assessment of probabilities as to the likelihood of whether a liability had been incurred. Such assessments are reviewed as events occur and adjustments to the reserves are made as appropriate. In evaluating a tax position for recognition, the Company evaluates whether it is more likely than not that a tax position will be sustained upon examination, including resolution of related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits of the position. If the tax position meets the more likely than not recognition threshold, the tax position is measured and recognized in the Company’s consolidated financial statements as the largest amount of tax benefit that, in management’s judgment, is greater than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement.

 

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

 

Derivatives are recognized on the consolidated balance sheets at fair value. On the date the Company enters into a derivative contract, the Company designates the derivative instrument as: (1) a hedge of the fair value of a recognized asset or liability or of an unrecognized firm commitment (“fair value hedge”); (2) a hedge of a forecasted transaction or the variability of cash flows to be received or paid related to a recognized asset or liability (“cash flow hedge”); or (3) held for trading, customer accommodation or not qualifying for hedge accounting (“free‑standing derivative instrument”). For a fair value hedge, changes in the fair value of the derivative instrument and changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or liability or of an unrecognized firm commitment attributable to interest rate risk are recorded in current period earnings. For a cash flow hedge, to the extent that the hedge is considered highly effective, changes in the fair value of the derivative instrument are recorded in other comprehensive income and subsequently reclassified to net income in the same period that the hedged transaction impacts net income and in the same financial statement category as the hedged item. To the extent the derivative instruments are not effective, any changes in the fair value of the derivatives are immediately recognized in noninterest income. For free‑standing derivative instruments, changes in fair values are reported in current period earnings. The Company formally documents the relationship between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as the risk management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. This process includes linking all derivative instruments that are designated as hedges to specific assets or liabilities, unrecognized firm commitments or forecasted transactions. The Company also formally assesses, both at the inception of a hedge and on a quarterly basis, whether the derivative instruments used are highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values of, or cash flows related to, hedged items.

 

Fair Value Measurements

 

Fair value measurements apply whenever GAAP requires or permits assets or liabilities to be measured at fair value either on a recurring or nonrecurring basis. Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in the principal or most advantageous market for an asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Fair value is based on the assumptions that management believes market participants would use when pricing an asset or liability. Fair value measurement and disclosure guidance established a three-level fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the use of inputs used in valuation methodologies. Management maximizes the use of observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs when determining fair value measurements.

 

Stock-Based Compensation

 

The Company grants stock-based awards, including restricted stock, restricted stock units and performance stock units. These awards are issued at no cost to the recipient. The fair value of restricted stock and restricted stock unit awards was based on the closing price of FHI’s common stock on the date of grant. Such awards were recognized in the Company’s consolidated statements of income on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. Recipients of performance stock units are entitled to receive shares of FHI common stock at no cost, subject to the Company’s achievement of specified performance criteria. The grant date fair value of the performance stock units was estimated using a Monte Carlo

98


 

Table of Contents

simulation model. For purposes of this modeling exercise, historical volatilities of FHI common stock and members of the peer group were used. The risk-free interest rate that was used in the valuation was that of a zero coupon U.S. Treasury note that was commensurate with the performance period.

 

As compensation cost is recognized, a deferred tax asset is established which represents an estimate of the future tax deduction from the release of restrictions or the achievement of performance targets. At the time that restrictions on the stock-based awards are released, the Company may be required to recognize an adjustment to income tax expense, depending on the market price of the Company’s common stock at that time.

 

Treasury Stock

 

Shares of the Parent’s common stock that were repurchased or that are used to satisfy payroll tax withholdings related to stock-based compensation are recorded in treasury stock at cost. On the date of subsequent reissuance, the treasury stock account will be reduced by the cost of such stock on a first-in, first-out basis.    

 

Earnings per Share

 

Basic earnings per share are computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted earnings per share are computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period, assuming conversion of potentially dilutive common stock equivalents.

 

Advertising and Marketing Costs

 

Advertising and marketing costs are expensed as incurred. Advertising and marketing costs were $4.8 million, $6.2 million and $6.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. 

 

Accounting Standards Adopted in 2018

 

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606). This guidance requires entities to recognize revenues when they transfer promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The Company adopted the provisions of ASU No. 2014-09 on January 1, 2018. The Company adopted the new guidance using the modified retrospective transition approach, in which the guidance would only be applied to existing contracts in effect at January 1, 2018 and new contracts entered into after this date. Most of the Company’s revenue is comprised of net interest income on loans, leases, investment securities and deposits, all of which is explicitly out of scope of the new revenue recognition guidance. Management conducted an assessment of the revenue streams that were potentially affected by the new guidance and reviewed contracts in scope to ensure compliance with the new guidance. These contracts included those related to credit and debit card fees, service charges and fees on deposit accounts, and trust and investment services fees. The adoption of ASU No. 2014-09 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. However, additional disclosures required by the standard have been included in “Note 19. Revenue from Contracts with Customers” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

 

In March 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-07, Compensation – Retirement Benefits (Topic 715), Improving the Presentation of Net Periodic Pension Cost and Net Periodic Postretirement Benefit Cost. This guidance requires entities to report the service cost component of net periodic benefit cost in the same line item as other compensation costs arising from services rendered by pertinent employees during the reporting period. The other components of net periodic benefit costs are to be presented in the income statement separately from the service cost component. The Company adopted the provisions of ASU No. 2017-07 on January 1, 2018 and applied the guidance retrospectively to all periods for which a statement of income is presented. As such, $12.3 million and $12.1 million previously reported in salaries and employee benefits were reclassified to other noninterest expense for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The Company continues to record the service cost component of net periodic benefit cost in salaries and employee benefits expense; however, all other components of net periodic benefit cost are now recorded in other noninterest expense. The Company elected to use the practical expedient which permits entities to estimate amounts for comparative periods using the information previously disclosed in the Company’s pension and other postretirement benefit plan disclosure as such amounts are not material. The adoption of ASU No. 2017-07 did not have a material impact on the

99


 

Table of Contents

Company’s consolidated financial statements. See “Note 15. Benefit Plans” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data for required disclosures.

 

In May 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-09, Compensation – Stock Compensation (Topic 718), Scope of Modification Accounting. This guidance applies to entities that change the terms or conditions of a share-based payment award. This guidance clarifies when an entity should account for a change as a modification. Modification accounting will be required only if the fair value, the vesting conditions or the classification of the award (as equity or liability) changes as a result of the change in terms or conditions. The Company adopted the provisions of ASU No. 2017-09 on January 1, 2018. The adoption of ASU No. 2017-09 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

In February 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-02, Income Statement – Reporting Comprehensive Income (Topic 220), Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income. This guidance provided entities with an option to reclassify tax effects that were stranded in accumulated other comprehensive income, pursuant to the Tax Act, to retained earnings. This guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within those fiscal years. However, this guidance may be early adopted in any interim or annual period for which financial statements have not yet been issued and applied either in the period of adoption or retrospectively to each period in which the effect of the change in the corporate tax rate in the Tax Act is recognized. The Company elected to early adopt the provisions of ASU No. 2018-02 on January 1, 2018 and reflected the reclassification related to the Tax Act in the period of adoption. The amount of the reclassification reflected the impact of the Tax Act that was signed into law on December 22, 2017 which reduced the corporate tax rate from 35% to 21%. The result of the early adoption of ASU No. 2018-02 was to reclassify a credit balance of $20.1 million from accumulated other comprehensive loss to retained earnings as of January 1, 2018. The Company utilizes a security-by-security approach to releasing income tax effects from accumulated other comprehensive loss. The adoption of ASU No. 2018-02 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

100


 

Table of Contents

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

The following ASUs have been issued by the FASB and are applicable to the Company in future periods.

 

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). This guidance provides that lessees will be required to recognize the following for all operating leases (with the exception of short-term leases): 1) a lease liability, which is the present value of a lessee's obligation to make lease payments, and 2) a right-of-use asset, which is an asset that represents the lessee's right to use, or control the use of, a specified asset for the lease term. Lessor accounting under the new guidance remains largely unchanged as it is substantially equivalent to existing guidance for sales-type leases, direct financing leases and operating leases. The Company adopted the provisions of ASU No. 2016-02 on January 1, 2019 and elected several practical expedients made available by the FASB. Specifically, the Company elected the transition practical expedient to not recast comparative periods upon the adoption of the new guidance. In addition, the Company elected the package of practical expedients which among other things, require no reassessment of whether existing contracts are or contain leases as well as no reassessment of lease classification for existing leases. The Company identified the primary lease agreements in scope of this new guidance as those relating to branch premises. As a result, the Company recognized a lease liability and related right-of-use asset on its consolidated balance sheet of approximately $50 million on January 1, 2019.

 

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326), Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments. This guidance eliminates the probable recognition threshold for credit losses on financial assets measured at amortized cost. For loans and held-to-maturity debt securities, this update requires a current expected credit loss (“CECL”) approach to determine the allowance for credit losses. CECL requires loss estimates for the remaining estimated life of the financial asset using historical experience, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts. In addition, this guidance modifies the OTTI model for available-for-sale debt securities to require an allowance for credit impairment instead of a direct write-down, which allows for a reversal of credit losses in future periods. This guidance requires entities to record a cumulative effect adjustment to the consolidated balance sheet as of the beginning of the first reporting period in which the guidance is effective. This update is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2019, with earlier adoption permitted. The new guidance will require significant operational changes, particularly in data collection and analysis. The Company has formed a working group comprised of teams from different disciplines, including credit, finance and information technology, to evaluate the requirements of the new standard and the impact it will have on the Company’s current processes. Management has evaluated the Company’s existing credit loss forecasting models to determine their appropriateness for CECL, has performed a data gap analysis, and is developing analytical approaches to determine CECL model inputs. The Company has also engaged a software vendor to assist in implementing a CECL production platform. However, as the impact of adopting the new guidance is expected to be heavily influenced by an assessment of the composition, characteristics, and credit quality of the Company’s loan and investment securities portfolio as well as the economic conditions in effect at the adoption date, management is currently unable to reasonably estimate the impact of adopting the new standard.

 

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other (Topic 350), Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment. This guidance simplifies the subsequent measurement of goodwill by eliminating Step 2 from the current two-step goodwill impairment test. This guidance provides that a goodwill impairment test be conducted by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount. Entities are to recognize an impairment charge for goodwill by the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value. Entities will continue to have the option to perform the qualitative assessment for a reporting unit to determine if the quantitative impairment test is necessary. This update is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2019. The adoption of ASU No. 2017-04 is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

In March 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-08, Receivables – Nonrefundable Fees and Other Costs (Subtopic 310-20), Premium Amortization on Purchased Callable Debt Securities. Under current GAAP, entities normally amortize the premium as an adjustment of yield over the contractual life of the instrument. This guidance shortens the amortization period for certain callable debt securities held at a premium to the earliest call date. The Company adopted the provisions of ASU No. 2017-08 on January 1, 2019, and it did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

101


 

Table of Contents

In August 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-12, Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815), Targeted Improvements to Accounting for Hedging Activities. The objectives of the new guidance are to: (1) improve the transparency and understandability of information conveyed to financial statement users about an entity’s risk management activities by better aligning the entity’s financial reporting for hedging relationships with those risk management activities, and (2) reduce the complexity of and simplify the application of hedge accounting by preparers. Historically, the Company has participated in limited activities in fair value and cash flow hedging relationships. As a result, the adoption of ASU No. 2017-12 on January 1, 2019, did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820), Disclosure Framework – Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement. This guidance is a part of the FASB’s disclosure framework project to improve disclosure effectiveness. This guidance eliminates certain disclosure requirements for fair value measurements: the amount of and reasons for transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy, an entity’s policy for the timing of transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy and an entity’s valuation processes for Level 3 fair value measurements. This guidance also adds new disclosure requirements for public entities: changes in unrealized gains and losses for the period included in other comprehensive income for recurring Level 3 fair value measurements of instruments held at the end of the reporting period, and the range and weighted average of significant unobservable inputs used to develop recurring and nonrecurring Level 3 fair value measurements, including how the weighted average is calculated. Furthermore, this guidance modifies certain requirements which will involve disclosing: transfers into and out of Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy, purchases and issuances of Level 3 assets and liabilities, and information about the measurement uncertainty of Level 3 fair value measurements as of the reporting date. This update is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2019. The adoption of ASU No. 2018-13 is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-15, Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That is a Service Contract. This guidance aligns the accounting for implementation costs related to a hosting arrangement that is a service contract with the guidance on capitalizing costs associated with developing or obtaining internal-use software. Common examples of hosting arrangements include software as a service, platform or infrastructure as a service and other similar types of hosting arrangements. While capitalized costs related to internal-use software is generally considered an intangible asset, costs incurred to implement a cloud computing arrangement that is a service contract would typically be characterized in the company’s financial statements in the same manner as other service costs (e.g., prepaid expense). The new guidance provides that an entity would be required to amortize capitalized implementation costs over the term of the hosting arrangement on a straight-line basis unless another systematic and rational basis is more representative of the pattern in which the entity expects to benefit from access to the hosted software. This update is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2019, with earlier adoption permitted in any annual or interim period for which financial statements have not yet been issued or made available for issuance. The Company early adopted the provisions of ASU No. 2018-15 on January 1, 2019 due to the Company’s shift towards utilizing more hosting arrangements that are service contracts. The adoption of ASU No. 2018-15 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

In October 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-16, Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815). This update expands the list of U.S. benchmark interest rates permitted in the application of hedge accounting by adding the overnight index swap (“OIS”) rate based on the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”). Due to concerns about the sustainability of the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”), a committee convened by the Federal Reserve Board and the Federal Reserve Bank of New York initiated an effort to introduce an alternative reference rate in the U.S. The committee identified SOFR as the preferred alternative reference rate to LIBOR. The OIS rate based on SOFR was added as a U.S. benchmark interest rate to facilitate broader use in the marketplace and provide sufficient lead time for entities to prepare for changes to interest rate risk hedging strategies. The Company adopted the provisions of ASU No. 2018-16 on January 1, 2019 and it did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

102


 

Table of Contents

2. Transactions with Affiliates and Related Parties

 

In the normal course of business, the Company makes loans to executive officers and directors of the Company and its subsidiary and to entities and individuals affiliated with those executive officers and directors. These loans are made on terms no less favorable to the Company than those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with unrelated persons or, in the case of certain residential real estate loans, on terms that are widely available to employees of the Company who are not directors or executive officers.

 

Changes in the loans to such executive officers, directors and affiliates during 2018, 2017 and 2016 were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

(dollars in thousands)

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

Balance at beginning of year

 

$

61,603

 

$

94,466

 

$

58,936

New loans made

 

 

6,756

 

 

3,762

 

 

36,017

Repayments

 

 

(2,271)

 

 

(36,625)

 

 

(487)

Balance at end of year

 

$

66,088

 

$

61,603

 

$

94,466

 

The Company has participated in various transactions with BWC, BOW, BNPP and its affiliates, in each case while such entities were affiliates and related parties of the Company. These transactions were subject to review by the FRB, FDIC and other regulatory authorities. The transactions were required to be on terms at least as favorable to the Company as those prevailing at the time for similar non-affiliate transactions. These transactions included the provision of services, sales and purchases of assets, foreign exchange activities, financial guarantees, international services, interest rate swaps and intercompany deposits and borrowings.

 

The Company participates in forward and spot transactions with BOW as the counterparty. These positions as of December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 are summarized below along with other transactions with its related parties.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of December 31, 

(dollars in thousands)

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

Cash and due from banks

 

$

55,454

 

$

41,874

 

$

39,408

Other assets

 

 

19,358

 

 

23,872

 

 

2,765

Noninterest-bearing demand deposits

 

 

(346)

 

 

(456)

 

 

(2,990)

Other liabilities

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(18,709)

Noninterest income from affiliates

 

 

5,677

 

 

4,908

 

 

7,757

Noninterest expense to affiliates

 

 

(59)

 

 

(47)

 

 

(39)

Off-balance sheet transactions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments to purchase and sell foreign currencies(1)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

74


(1)

Represents the notional amount of derivative financial instruments that are carried on the consolidated balance sheets at fair value.

 

The Company does not transact in hedging or trading activities on behalf of BOW or BWC.

 

In 2016, BWC and the Company entered into an Expense Reimbursement Agreement whereby BWC agreed to reimburse the Company for certain expenses incurred by the Company that are provided for the ultimate benefit of BNPP and its subsidiaries. Expense reimbursements by BWC amounted to $14.6 million, $21.4 million and $24.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. For further discussion related to transactions with BWC including direct stock repurchase, see “Note 1. Organization and Summary of Significant Policies ─ Reorganization Transactions” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data for more information.

 

103


 

Table of Contents

3. Investment Securities

 

As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, investment securities consisted predominantly of the following investment categories:

 

U.S. Treasury and debt securities – includes U.S. Treasury notes and debt securities issued by government-sponsored enterprises.

 

Mortgage-backed securities – includes securities backed by notes or receivables secured by mortgage assets with cash flows based on actual or scheduled payments.

 

Collateralized mortgage obligations – includes securities backed by a pool of mortgages with cash flows distributed based on certain rules rather than pass through payments.

 

Debt securities issued by states and political subdivisions – includes general obligation bonds issued by state and local governments.

 

As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, all of the Company’s investment securities were classified as debt securities and available-for-sale. Amortized cost and fair value of securities as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018

 

2017

 

 

Amortized

 

Unrealized

 

Unrealized

 

Fair

 

Amortized

 

Unrealized

 

Unrealized

 

Fair

(dollars in thousands)

  

Cost

  

Gains

  

Losses

  

Value

  

Cost

  

Gains

  

Losses

  

Value

U.S. Treasury securities

 

$

389,470

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

389,470

 

$

404,376

 

$

 —

 

$

(12,121)

 

$

392,255

Government-sponsored enterprises debt securities

 

 

248,372

 

 

 —

 

 

(6,778)

 

 

241,594

 

 

249,712

 

 

 —

 

 

(7,111)

 

 

242,601

Government agency mortgage-backed securities

 

 

426,710

 

 

 —

 

 

(15,174)

 

 

411,536

 

 

356,858

 

 

 —

 

 

(5,468)

 

 

351,390

Government-sponsored enterprises mortgage-backed securities

 

 

156,056

 

 

85

 

 

(5,294)

 

 

150,847

 

 

178,702

 

 

169

 

 

(4,130)

 

 

174,741

Collateralized mortgage obligations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Government agency

 

 

2,779,620

 

 

 —

 

 

(97,171)

 

 

2,682,449

 

 

3,367,173

 

 

47

 

 

(76,746)

 

 

3,290,474

Government-sponsored enterprises

 

 

620,337

 

 

 —

 

 

(17,745)

 

 

602,592

 

 

779,911

 

 

25

 

 

(17,218)

 

 

762,718

Debt securities issued by states and political subdivisions

 

 

19,854

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

19,854

 

 

20,543

 

 

 —

 

 

(64)

 

 

20,479

Total available-for-sale securities

 

$

4,640,419

 

$

85

 

$

(142,162)

 

$

4,498,342

 

$

5,357,275

 

$

241

 

$

(122,858)

 

$

5,234,658

 

Proceeds from both calls and sales of investment securities were nil for both the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017. Proceeds from calls and sales of investment securities totaled $121.2 million and $825.4 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2016. The Company recorded no gross realized gains and no gross realized losses for both the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The Company recorded gross realized gains of $27.4 million and gross realized losses of $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The income tax expense related to the Company’s net realized gains on the sale of investment securities was nil during both the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The income tax expense related to the Company’s net realized gains on the sale of investment securities was $10.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. Gains and losses realized on sales of securities are determined using the specific identification method.

 

Interest income from taxable investment securities was $106.6 million, $102.3 million and $83.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Interest income from non-taxable investment securities was $0.5 million and $0.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017. The Company did not own any non-taxable investment securities during the year ended December 31, 2016.

 

104


 

Table of Contents

The amortized cost and fair value of debt securities issued by the U.S. Treasury, government-sponsored enterprises and states and political subdivisions as of December 31, 2018, by contractual maturity, are shown below. Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations are disclosed separately in the table below as remaining expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities as borrowers have the right to prepay obligations.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2018

 

 

Amortized

 

Fair

(dollars in thousands)

  

Cost

  

Value

Due after one year through five years

 

$

523,117

 

$

521,453

Due after five years through ten years

 

 

114,725

 

 

109,611

Due after ten years

 

 

19,854

 

 

19,854

 

 

 

657,696

 

 

650,918

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Government agency mortgage-backed securities

 

 

426,710

 

 

411,536

Government-sponsored enterprises mortgage-backed securities

 

 

156,056

 

 

150,847

Collateralized mortgage obligations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Government agency

 

 

2,779,620

 

 

2,682,449

Government-sponsored enterprises

 

 

620,337

 

 

602,592

Total mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations

 

 

3,982,723

 

 

3,847,424

Total available-for-sale securities

 

$

4,640,419

 

$

4,498,342

 

At December 31, 2018, pledged securities totaled $2.0 billion, of which $1.7 billion was pledged to secure public deposits and $232.7 million was pledged to secure other financial transactions. At December 31, 2017, pledged securities totaled $3.0 billion, of which $2.8 billion was pledged to secure public deposits and $229.2 million was pledged to secure other financial transactions.

 

The Company held no securities of any single issuer, other than debt securities issued by the U.S. government, government agency and government-sponsored enterprises, which were in excess of 10% of stockholders’ equity as of December 31, 2018 and 2017.

 

The following table presents the unrealized gross losses and fair values of securities in the available-for-sale portfolio by length of time that the 154 and 196 individual securities in each category have been in a continuous loss position as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The unrealized losses on investment securities were attributable to market conditions.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Time in Continuous Loss as of December 31, 2018

 

 

Less Than 12 Months

 

12 Months or More

 

Total

 

 

Unrealized

 

 

 

 

Unrealized

 

 

 

 

Unrealized

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

  

Losses

  

Fair Value

  

Losses

  

Fair Value

  

Losses

  

Fair Value

Government-sponsored enterprises debt securities

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

(6,778)

 

$

157,939

 

$

(6,778)

 

$

157,939

Government agency mortgage-backed securities

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(15,174)

 

 

373,891

 

 

(15,174)

 

 

373,891

Government-sponsored enterprises mortgage-backed securities

 

 

(1)

 

 

172

 

 

(5,293)

 

 

125,869

 

 

(5,294)

 

 

126,041

Collateralized mortgage obligations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Government agency

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(97,171)

 

 

2,475,532

 

 

(97,171)

 

 

2,475,532

Government-sponsored enterprises

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(17,745)

 

 

486,175

 

 

(17,745)

 

 

486,175

Total available-for-sale securities with unrealized losses

 

$

(1)

 

$

172

 

$

(142,161)

 

$

3,619,406

 

$

(142,162)

 

$

3,619,578

 

105


 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Time in Continuous Loss as of December 31, 2017

 

 

Less Than 12 Months

 

12 Months or More

 

Total

 

 

Unrealized

 

 

 

 

Unrealized

 

 

 

 

Unrealized

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

  

Losses

  

Fair Value

  

Losses

  

Fair Value

  

Losses

  

Fair Value

U.S. Treasury securities

 

$

(994)

 

$

48,182

 

$

(11,127)

 

$

344,073

 

$

(12,121)

 

$

392,255

Government-sponsored enterprises debt securities

 

 

(642)

 

 

59,358

 

 

(6,469)

 

 

183,243

 

 

(7,111)

 

 

242,601

Government agency mortgage-backed securities

 

 

(976)

 

 

200,963

 

 

(4,492)

 

 

150,427

 

 

(5,468)

 

 

351,390

Government-sponsored enterprises mortgage-backed securities

 

 

(1)

 

 

63

 

 

(4,129)

 

 

168,342

 

 

(4,130)

 

 

168,405

Collateralized mortgage obligations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Government agency

 

 

(23,236)

 

 

1,473,170

 

 

(53,510)

 

 

1,803,338

 

 

(76,746)

 

 

3,276,508

Government-sponsored enterprises

 

 

(3,203)

 

 

327,435

 

 

(14,015)

 

 

403,321

 

 

(17,218)

 

 

730,756

Debt securities issued by states and political subdivisions

 

 

(64)

 

 

10,641

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(64)

 

 

10,641

Total available-for-sale securities with unrealized losses

 

$

(29,116)

 

$

2,119,812

 

$

(93,742)

 

$

3,052,744

 

$

(122,858)

 

$

5,172,556

 

Other-Than-Temporary Impairment

 

At December 31, 2018, the Company had the intent to sell 48 securities with an aggregate amortized cost basis of $898.2 million. As a result, the Company recorded an OTTI write-down of $24.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. The OTTI write-down represents the entire difference between the amortized cost basis and fair value of the securities as of December 31, 2018. In January 2019, the Company completed its sale of the 48 securities and recorded an additional loss of $2.6 million. As of December 31, 2017, the Company did not have any securities with the intent to sell and determined it was more likely than not that the Company would not be required to sell the securities prior to recovery of the amortized cost basis.

 

As the Company has the intent and ability to hold the remaining securities in an unrealized loss position as of December 31, 2018, each security with an unrealized loss position in the above tables has been further assessed to determine if a credit loss exists. If it is probable that the Company will not collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of an investment security, an OTTI is considered to have occurred. In determining whether a credit loss exists, the Company estimates the present value of future cash flows expected to be collected from the investment security. If the present value of future cash flows is less than the amortized cost basis of the security, an OTTI exists. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company did not expect any credit losses in its debt securities and no OTTI related to credit losses were recognized on securities during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017.  

 

The following table provides a detail of the OTTI write-downs included in earnings for the year ended December 31, 2018:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended

(dollars in thousands)

  

December 31, 2018

U.S. Treasury securities

 

$

(13,634)

Government-sponsored enterprises debt securities

 

 

(1,344)

Government agency mortgage-backed securities

 

 

(146)

Government-sponsored enterprises mortgage-backed securities

 

 

(763)

Collateralized mortgage obligations:

 

 

 

Government agency

 

 

(5,064)

Government-sponsored enterprises

 

 

(2,711)

Debt securities issued by states and political subdivisions

 

 

(423)

Total OTTI write-downs included in earnings

 

$

(24,085)

 

Visa Class B Restricted Shares

 

In 2008, the Company received 394,000 Visa Class B restricted shares as part of Visa’s initial public offering. Visa Class B restricted shares are not currently convertible to publicly traded Visa Class A common shares, and only transferable in limited circumstances, until the settlement of certain litigation which are indemnified by Visa members, including the Company. As there are existing transfer restrictions and the outcome of the aforementioned litigation is uncertain, these shares were included in the consolidated balance sheets at their historical cost of $0.

 

In 2016, the Company recorded a $22.7 million net realized gain related to the sale of 274,000 Visa Class B restricted shares. Concurrent with the sale of the Visa Class B restricted shares, the Company entered into an agreement with the buyer that requires payment to the buyer in the event Visa reduces each member bank’s Class B conversion rate to unrestricted Class A common shares. On June 28, 2018, Visa additionally funded its litigation escrow account, thereby reducing each member bank’s Class B conversion rate to unrestricted Class A common shares. Accordingly, on July 5,

106


 

Table of Contents

2018, Visa announced a decrease in conversion rate from 1.6483 to 1.6298 effective June 28, 2018. In July 2018, the Company made a payment of approximately $0.7 million to the buyer as a result of the reduction in the Visa Class B conversion rate. See “Note 17. Derivative Financial Instruments” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data for more information.

 

The Company held approximately 120,000 Visa Class B restricted shares as of both December 31, 2018 and 2017. These shares continued to be carried at $0 cost basis during each of the respective periods.

 

4. Loans and Leases

 

As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, loans and leases were comprised of the following:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 

(dollars in thousands)

  

2018

  

2017

Commercial and industrial

 

$

3,208,760

 

$

3,135,266

Commercial real estate

 

 

2,990,783

 

 

2,667,597

Construction

 

 

626,757

 

 

632,911

Residential:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential mortgage

 

 

3,527,101

 

  

3,226,601

Home equity line

 

 

912,517

 

 

863,452

Total residential

 

  

4,439,618

 

 

4,090,053

Consumer

 

 

1,662,504

 

 

1,586,476

Lease financing

 

 

147,769

 

 

165,066

Total loans and leases

 

$

13,076,191

 

$

12,277,369

 

Outstanding loan balances are reported net of unearned income, including net deferred loan costs of $36.3 million and $31.2 million at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

 

As of December 31, 2018, residential real estate loans totaling $2.5 billion were pledged to collateralize the Company’s borrowing capacity at the FHLB, and consumer and commercial and industrial loans totaling $957.0 million were pledged to collateralize the borrowing capacity at the FRB. As of December 31, 2017, residential real estate loans totaling $2.4 billion were pledged to collateralize the Company’s borrowing capacity at the FHLB, and consumer and commercial and industrial loans totaling $914.5 million were pledged to collateralize the borrowing capacity at the FRB. Residential real estate loans collateralized by properties that were in the process of foreclosure totaled $4.6 million and $3.3 million at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

 

In the course of evaluating the credit risk presented by a customer and the pricing that will adequately compensate the Company for assuming that risk, management may require a certain amount of collateral support. The type of collateral held varies, but may include accounts receivable, inventory, land, buildings, equipment, income-producing commercial properties and residential real estate. The Company applies the same collateral policy for loans whether they are funded immediately or on a delayed basis. The loan and lease portfolio is principally located in Hawaii and, to a lesser extent, on the U.S. Mainland, Guam and Saipan. The risk inherent in the portfolio depends upon both the economic stability of the state or territories, which affects property values, and the financial strength and creditworthiness of the borrowers.

 

The Company’s leasing activities consist primarily of leasing automobiles and commercial equipment. Lessees are responsible for all maintenance, taxes and insurance on the leased property.

 

The following lists the components of the net investment in financing leases:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 

(dollars in thousands)

    

2018

    

2017

Total minimum lease payments to be received

 

$

173,422

 

$

190,669

Estimated residual values of leased property

 

 

43

 

 

4,450

Unearned income

 

 

(25,696)

 

 

(30,053)

Net investment in financing leases

 

$

147,769

 

$

165,066

 

107


 

Table of Contents

At December 31, 2018, the schedule of future minimum lease payments to be received was as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Minimum Lease

(dollars in thousands)

    

Payments

Year ending December 31:

 

 

 

2019

 

$

27,016

2020

 

 

20,428

2021

 

 

14,832

2022

 

 

9,779

2023

 

 

6,245

Thereafter

 

 

95,122

Total

 

$

173,422

 

The Company is the lessor in various leveraged lease agreements under which light rail equipment with estimated economic lives ranging from 25 to 34 years are leased for terms up to 23 years. The Company’s equity investment typically represents approximately 20% of the purchase price, with the remaining percentage being furnished by third-party financing in the form of long-term debt that provides for no recourse against the Company and is secured by a first lien on the asset. The residual value of the asset is estimated at the beginning of the lease based on appraisals and other methods and is reviewed at least annually for impairment. At the end of the lease term, the lessee generally has the option of purchasing the asset or returning the asset to the Company. In some cases, other end‑of‑lease options may be available. Most of the Company’s leveraged leases contain an early buyout option allowing the lessee to purchase the asset and terminate the lease at a specified date during the lease term. For income tax purposes, the Company generally retains the tax benefit of depreciation and amortization on the leased property and interest deductions on the related long-term debt. During the early years of the lease, tax deductions generally exceed lease rental income, resulting in reduced income tax payments. In the later years of the lease, rental income will exceed the deductions, resulting in higher income taxes payable. Deferred taxes are provided to reflect this timing difference in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 840. As of December 31, 2018, the Company’s leveraged leases are commonly referred to as Sale‑In, Lease‑Out leases for which the Company and the Internal Revenue Service entered into binding settlement agreements in prior years. The effects of the settlements have been accounted for in accordance with ASC 840. In general, the settlement agreement accelerated taxable income into the earlier years of the lease and reduced the taxable income recognized in the later years of the lease, thereby lessening the timing benefit described above.

 

The Company’s net investment in leveraged leases, which is included in lease financing, was comprised of the following:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 

(dollars in thousands)

    

2018

    

2017

Rentals receivable, net of principal and interest on non-recourse debt

 

$

66,026

 

$

66,026

Unearned and deferred income

 

 

(18,054)

 

 

(19,638)

Investment in leveraged leases

 

 

47,972

 

 

46,388

Deferred taxes arising from leveraged leases

 

 

(1,354)

 

 

(2,145)

Net investment in leveraged leases

 

$

46,618

 

$

44,243

 

Pretax income from leveraged leases amounted to $1.6 million, $1.8 million and $2.2 million, and the related income tax expense was $0.5 million, income tax benefit of $1.0 million and income tax expense of $0.9 million, for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

 

108


 

Table of Contents

At December 31, 2018 and 2017, remaining loan and lease commitments were comprised of the following:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 

(dollars in thousands)

  

2018

  

2017

Commercial and industrial

 

$

2,484,857

 

$

2,406,261

Commercial real estate

 

  

114,186

 

 

78,266

Construction

 

 

526,938

 

 

450,856

Residential:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential mortgage

 

 

121

 

 

22

Home equity line

 

 

913,636

 

 

980,770

Total residential

 

 

913,757

 

 

980,792

Consumer

 

 

1,509,853

 

  

1,485,588

Total loan and lease commitments

 

$

5,549,591

 

$

5,401,763

 

 

5. Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

 

The Company must maintain an allowance for loan and lease losses (the “Allowance”) that is adequate to absorb estimated probable credit losses associated with its loan and lease portfolio. The Allowance consists of an allocated portion, which covers estimated credit losses for specifically identified loans and pools of loans and leases, and an unallocated portion.

 

Segmentation

 

Management has identified three primary portfolio segments in estimating the Allowance: commercial lending, residential real estate lending and consumer lending. Commercial lending is further segmented into four distinct portfolios based on characteristics relating to the borrower, transaction, and collateral. These portfolio segments are: commercial and industrial, commercial real estate, construction, and lease financing. Residential real estate is not further segmented, but consists of residential mortgages including real estate secured installment loans and home equity lines of credit. Consumer lending is not further segmented, but consists primarily of automobile loans, credit cards, and other installment loans. Management has developed a methodology for each segment taking into consideration portfolio segment-specific factors such as product type, loan portfolio characteristics, management information systems, and other risk factors.

 

Specific Allocation

 

Commercial

 

A specific allocation is determined for individually impaired commercial loans. A loan is considered impaired when it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect the full amount of principal and interest according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement.

 

Management identifies material impaired loans based on their size in relation to the Company’s total loan and lease portfolio. Each impaired loan equal to or exceeding a specified threshold requires an analysis to determine the appropriate level of reserve for that specific loan. Impaired loans below the specified threshold are treated as a pool, with specific allocations established based on qualitative factors such as asset quality trends, risk identification, lending policies, portfolio growth, and portfolio concentrations.

 

Residential

 

A specific allocation is determined for residential real estate loans based on delinquency status. In addition, each impaired loan equal to or exceeding a specified threshold requires analysis to determine the appropriate level of reserve for that specific loan, generally based on the value of the underlying collateral less estimated costs to sell. The specific allocation will be zero for impaired loans in which the value of the underlying collateral, less estimated costs to sell, exceeds the unpaid principal balance of the loan.

 

109


 

Table of Contents

Consumer

 

A specific allocation is determined for the consumer loan portfolio using delinquency-based formula allocations. The Company uses a formula approach in determining the consumer loan specific allocation and recognizes the statistical validity of measuring losses predicated on past due status.

 

Pooled Allocation

 

Commercial

 

Pooled allocation for pass, special mention, substandard and doubtful grade commercial loans and leases that share common risk characteristics and properties is determined using a historical loss rate analysis and qualitative factor considerations. Loan grade categories are discussed under “Credit Quality”.

 

Residential and Consumer

 

Pooled allocation for non-delinquent consumer and residential real estate loans is determined using a historical loss rate analysis and qualitative factor considerations.

 

Qualitative Adjustments

 

Qualitative adjustments to historical loss rates or other static sources may be necessary since these rates may not be an accurate indicator of losses inherent in the current portfolio. To estimate the level of adjustments, management considers factors including global, national and local economic conditions; levels and trends in problem loans; the effect of credit concentrations; collateral value trends; changes in risk due to changes in lending policies and practices; management expertise; industry and regulatory trends; and volume of loans.

 

Unallocated Allowance

 

The Company’s Allowance incorporates an unallocated portion to cover risk factors and events that may have occurred as of the evaluation date that have not been reflected in the risk measures utilized due to inherent limitations in the precision of the estimation process. These risk factors, in addition to past and current events based on facts at the consolidated balance sheets date and realistic courses of action that management expects to take, are assessed in determining the level of unallocated allowance.

 

The Allowance was comprised of the following for the years indicated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2018

 

 

Commercial Lending

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

Commercial

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

and

 

Real

 

 

 

Lease

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

  

Industrial

  

Estate

  

Construction

  

Financing

  

Residential

  

Consumer

  

Unallocated

  

Total

Allowance for loan and lease losses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of year

 

$

34,006

 

$

18,044

 

$

6,817

 

$

611

 

$

42,852

 

$

31,249

 

$

3,674

 

$

137,253

Charge-offs

 

 

(778)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(165)

 

 

(26,630)

 

 

 —

 

 

(27,573)

Recoveries

 

 

232

 

 

216

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

940

 

 

8,470

 

 

 —

 

 

9,858

Increase (decrease) in Provision

 

 

1,041

 

 

1,465

 

 

(1,004)

 

 

(179)

 

 

1,279

 

 

22,724

 

 

(3,146)

 

 

22,180

Balance at end of year

 

$

34,501

 

$

19,725

 

$

5,813

 

$

432

 

$

44,906

 

$

35,813

 

$

528

 

$

141,718

Individually evaluated for impairment

 

 

108

 

 

32

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

396

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

536

Collectively evaluated for impairment

 

 

34,393

 

 

19,693

 

 

5,813

 

 

432

 

 

44,510

 

 

35,813

 

 

528

 

 

141,182

Loans and leases:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Individually evaluated for impairment

 

$

8,719

 

$

5,743

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

16,114

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

30,576

Collectively evaluated for impairment

 

 

3,200,041

 

 

2,985,040

 

 

626,757

 

 

147,769

 

 

4,423,504

 

 

1,662,504

 

 

 —

 

 

13,045,615

Balance at end of year

 

$

3,208,760

 

$

2,990,783

 

$

626,757

 

$

147,769

 

$

4,439,618

 

$

1,662,504

 

$

 —

 

$

13,076,191

 

110


 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2017

 

 

Commercial Lending

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

Commercial

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

and

 

Real

 

 

 

Lease

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

  

Industrial

  

Estate

  

Construction

  

Financing

  

Residential

  

Consumer

  

Unallocated

  

Total

Allowance for loan and lease losses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of year

 

$

33,129

 

$

18,448

 

$

4,513

 

$

847

 

$

43,436

 

$

28,388

 

$

6,733

 

$

135,494

Charge-offs

 

 

(1,519)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(147)

 

 

(408)

 

 

(23,851)

 

 

 —

 

 

(25,925)

Recoveries

 

 

844

 

 

596

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

687

 

 

7,057

 

 

 —

 

 

9,184

Increase (decrease) in Provision

 

 

1,552

 

 

(1,000)

 

 

2,304

 

 

(89)

 

 

(863)

 

 

19,655

 

 

(3,059)

 

 

18,500

Balance at end of year

 

$

34,006

 

$

18,044

 

$

6,817

 

$

611

 

$

42,852

 

$

31,249

 

$

3,674

 

$

137,253

Individually evaluated for impairment

 

 

 4

 

 

 6

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

484

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

494

Collectively evaluated for impairment

 

 

34,002

 

 

18,038

 

 

6,817

 

 

611

 

 

42,368

 

 

31,249

 

 

3,674

 

 

136,759

Loans and leases:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Individually evaluated for impairment

 

$

18,183

 

$

10,636

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

16,530

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

45,349

Collectively evaluated for impairment

 

 

3,117,083

 

 

2,656,961

 

 

632,911

 

 

165,066

 

 

4,073,523

 

 

1,586,476

 

 

 —

 

 

12,232,020

Balance at end of year

 

$

3,135,266

 

$

2,667,597

 

$

632,911

 

$

165,066

 

$

4,090,053

 

$

1,586,476

 

$

 —

 

$

12,277,369

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2016

 

 

Commercial Lending

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

Commercial

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

and

 

Real

 

 

 

Lease

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

    

Industrial

    

Estate

    

Construction

    

Financing

    

Residential

    

Consumer

    

Unallocated

    

Total

Allowance for loan and lease losses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of year

 

$

34,025

 

$

18,489

 

$

3,793

 

$

888

 

$

46,099

 

$

28,385

 

$

3,805

 

$

135,484

Charge-offs

 

 

(348)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(799)

 

 

(18,791)

 

 

 —

 

 

(19,938)

Recoveries

 

 

251

 

 

3,329

 

 

 —

 

 

 2

 

 

1,358

 

 

6,408

 

 

 —

 

 

11,348

Increase (decrease) in Provision

 

 

(799)

 

 

(3,370)

 

 

720

 

 

(43)

 

 

(3,222)

 

 

12,386

 

 

2,928

 

 

8,600

Balance at end of year

 

$

33,129

 

$

18,448

 

$

4,513

 

$

847

 

$

43,436

 

$

28,388

 

$

6,733

 

$

135,494

Individually evaluated for impairment

 

 

380

 

 

 7

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

705

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

1,092

Collectively evaluated for impairment

 

 

32,749

 

 

18,441

 

 

4,513

 

 

847

 

 

42,731

 

 

28,388

 

 

6,733

 

 

134,402

Loans and leases:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Individually evaluated for impairment

 

$

27,572

 

$

12,545

 

$

 —

 

$

153

 

$

19,158

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

59,428

Collectively evaluated for impairment

 

 

3,212,028

 

 

2,330,950

 

 

450,012

 

 

179,887

 

 

3,777,301

 

 

1,510,772

 

 

 —

 

 

11,460,950

Balance at end of year

 

$

3,239,600

 

$

2,343,495

 

$

450,012

 

$

180,040

 

$

3,796,459

 

$

1,510,772

 

$

 —

 

$

11,520,378

 

Credit Quality

 

The Company performs an internal loan review and grading on an ongoing basis. The review provides management with periodic information as to the quality of the loan portfolio and effectiveness of its lending policies and procedures. The objective of the loan review and grading procedures is to identify, in a timely manner, existing or emerging credit quality problems so that appropriate steps can be initiated to avoid or minimize future losses.

 

Loans subject to grading include: commercial and industrial loans, commercial and standby letters of credit, installment loans to businesses or individuals for business and commercial purposes, commercial real estate loans, overdraft lines of credit, commercial credit cards, and other credits as may be determined. Loans which are not subject to grading include loans that are 100% sold with no recourse to the Company, consumer installment loans, indirect automobile loans, credit cards, home equity lines of credit and residential mortgage loans.

 

Residential real estate and consumer loans are underwritten primarily on the basis of credit bureau scores, debt-service-to-income ratios, and collateral quality and loan to value ratios.

 

A credit risk rating system is used to determine loan grade and is based on borrower credit risk and transactional risk. The loan grading process is a mechanism used to determine the risk of a particular borrower and is based on the following eight factors of a borrower: character, earnings and operating cash flow, asset and liability structure, debt capacity, financial reporting, management and controls, borrowing entity and industry and operating environment.

 

Pass – “Pass” (uncriticized) loans and leases, are not considered to carry greater than normal risk. The borrower has the apparent ability to satisfy obligations to the Company, and therefore no loss in ultimate collection is anticipated.

 

Special Mention – Loans and leases that have potential weaknesses that deserves management’s close attention. If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may result in deterioration of the repayment prospects for assets or in the institution’s credit position at some future date. Special mention assets are not adversely classified and do not expose an institution to sufficient risk to warrant adverse classification.

 

111


 

Table of Contents

Substandard – Loans and leases that are inadequately protected by the current financial condition and paying capacity of the obligor or by any collateral pledged. Loans and leases so classified must have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the collection of the debt. They are characterized by the distinct possibility that the bank may sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.

 

Doubtful – Loans and leases that have weaknesses found in substandard borrowers with the added provision that the weaknesses make collection of debt in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values, highly questionable and improbable.

 

Loss – Loans and leases classified as loss are considered uncollectible and of such little value that their continuance as an asset is not warranted. This classification does not mean that the loan or lease has absolutely no recovery or salvage value, but rather that it is not practical or desirable to defer writing off this basically worthless asset even though partial recovery may be effected in the future.

 

The credit risk profiles by internally assigned grade for loans and leases as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2018

 

 

Commercial

 

Commercial

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

and

 

Real

 

 

 

Lease

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

  

Industrial

  

Estate

  

Construction

  

Financing

  

Total

Grade:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pass

 

$

3,069,546

 

$

2,876,907

 

$

625,607

 

$

146,356

 

$

6,718,416

Special mention

 

 

57,012

 

 

91,298

 

 

200

 

 

1,223

 

 

149,733

Substandard

 

 

82,010

 

 

22,578

 

 

950

 

 

190

 

 

105,728

Doubtful

 

 

192

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

192

Total

 

$

3,208,760

 

$

2,990,783

 

$

626,757

 

$

147,769

 

$

6,974,069

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2017

 

 

Commercial

 

Commercial

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

and

 

Real

 

 

 

Lease

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

    

Industrial

    

Estate

    

Construction

    

Financing

    

Total

Grade:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pass

 

$

3,035,121

 

$

2,619,494

 

$

628,112

 

$

162,849

 

$

6,445,576

Special mention

 

 

43,435

 

 

26,248

 

 

2,377

 

 

1,816

 

 

73,876

Substandard

 

 

54,996

 

 

21,855

 

 

2,422

 

 

401

 

 

79,674

Doubtful

 

 

1,714

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

1,714

Total

 

$

3,135,266

 

$

2,667,597

 

$

632,911

 

$

165,066

 

$

6,600,840

 

There were no loans and leases graded as Loss as of December 31, 2018 and 2017.

 

The credit risk profiles based on payment activity for loans and leases that were not subject to loan grading as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2018

(dollars in thousands)

  

Residential Mortgage

  

Home Equity Line

  

Consumer

  

Consumer - Auto

  

Credit Cards

  

Total

Performing

 

$

3,519,172

 

$

903,284

 

$

234,458

 

$

1,044,393

 

$

339,162

 

$

6,040,469

Non-performing and delinquent

 

 

7,929

 

 

9,233

 

 

5,448

 

 

33,739

 

 

5,304

 

 

61,653

Total

 

$

3,527,101

 

$

912,517

 

$

239,906

 

$

1,078,132

 

$

344,466

 

$

6,102,122

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2017

(dollars in thousands)

  

Residential Mortgage

  

Home Equity Line

  

Consumer

  

Consumer - Auto

  

Credit Cards

  

Total

Performing

 

$

3,215,329

 

$

858,505

 

$

231,023

 

$

1,001,085

 

$

324,781

 

$

5,630,723

Non-performing and delinquent

 

 

11,272

 

 

4,947

 

 

3,335

 

 

22,612

 

 

3,640

 

 

45,806

Total

 

$

3,226,601

 

$

863,452

 

$

234,358

 

$

1,023,697

 

$

328,421

 

$

5,676,529

 

Impaired and Nonaccrual Loans and Leases

 

The Company evaluates certain loans and leases individually for impairment. A loan or lease is considered to be impaired when it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan or lease. An allowance for impaired commercial loans, including commercial real estate and construction loans, is measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, the

112


 

Table of Contents

loan’s observable market price or the estimated fair value of the collateral, less any selling costs, if the loan is collateral dependent. An allowance for impaired residential loans is measured based on the estimated fair value of the collateral, less any selling costs. Management exercises significant judgment in developing these estimates.

 

The Company generally places a loan on nonaccrual status when management believes that collection of principal or interest has become doubtful or when a loan or lease becomes 90 days past due as to principal or interest, unless it is well secured and in the process of collection.

 

It is the Company’s policy to charge off a loan when the facts indicate that the loan is considered uncollectible.

 

The aging analyses of past due loans and leases as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2018

 

 

Accruing Loans and Leases

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Greater

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Non

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Than or

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

Accruing

 

 

 

 

30-59

 

60-89

 

Equal to

 

Total

 

 

 

Accruing

 

Loans

 

 

 

 

Days

 

Days

 

90 Days

 

Past

 

 

 

Loans and

 

and

 

Total

(dollars in thousands)

  

Past Due

  

Past Due

  

Past Due

  

Due

  

Current

  

Leases

  

Leases

  

Outstanding

Commercial and industrial

 

$

1,293

 

$

 —

 

$

141

 

$

1,434

 

$

3,207,052

 

$

3,208,486

 

$

274

 

$

3,208,760

Commercial real estate

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

2,989,125

 

 

2,989,125

 

 

1,658

 

 

2,990,783

Construction

 

 

91

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

91

 

 

626,666

 

 

626,757

 

 

 —

 

 

626,757

Lease financing

 

 

47

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

47

 

 

147,722

 

 

147,769

 

 

 —

 

 

147,769

Residential mortgage

 

 

2,274

 

 

1,012

 

 

32

 

 

3,318

 

 

3,519,172

 

 

3,522,490

 

 

4,611

 

 

3,527,101

Home equity line

 

 

5,616

 

 

775

 

 

2,842

 

 

9,233

 

 

903,284

 

 

912,517

 

 

 —

 

 

912,517

Consumer

 

 

32,406

 

 

8,712

 

 

3,373

 

 

44,491

 

 

1,618,013

 

 

1,662,504

 

 

 —

 

 

1,662,504

Total

 

$

41,727

 

$

10,499

 

$

6,388

 

$

58,614

 

$

13,011,034

 

$

13,069,648

 

$

6,543

 

$

13,076,191

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2017

 

 

Accruing Loans and Leases

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Greater

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Non

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Than or

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

Accruing

 

 

 

 

30-59

 

60-89

 

Equal to

 

Total

 

 

 

Accruing

 

Loans

 

 

 

 

Days

 

Days

 

90 Days

 

Past

 

 

 

Loans and

 

and

 

Total

(dollars in thousands)

  

Past Due

  

Past Due

  

Past Due

  

Due

  

Current

  

Leases

  

Leases

  

Outstanding

Commercial and industrial

 

$

156

 

$

 —

 

$

220

 

$

376

 

$

3,131,958

 

$

3,132,334

 

$

2,932

 

$

3,135,266

Commercial real estate

 

 

 —

 

 

1,099

 

 

1,400

 

 

2,499

 

 

2,663,312

 

 

2,665,811

 

 

1,786

 

 

2,667,597

Construction

 

 

 —

 

 

2,001

 

 

 —

 

 

2,001

 

 

630,910

 

 

632,911

 

 

 —

 

 

632,911

Lease financing

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

165,066

 

 

165,066

 

 

 —

 

 

165,066

Residential mortgage

 

 

5,340

 

 

825

 

 

 —

 

 

6,165

 

 

3,215,329

 

 

3,221,494

 

 

5,107

 

 

3,226,601

Home equity line

 

 

3,123

 

 

464

 

 

1,360

 

 

4,947

 

 

858,505

 

 

863,452

 

 

 —

 

 

863,452

Consumer

 

 

24,379

 

 

3,814

 

 

1,394

 

 

29,587

 

 

1,556,889

 

 

1,586,476

 

 

 —

 

 

1,586,476

Total

 

$

32,998

 

$

8,203

 

$

4,374

 

$

45,575

 

$

12,221,969

 

$

12,267,544

 

$

9,825

 

$

12,277,369

 

113


 

Table of Contents

The total carrying amounts and the total unpaid principal balances of impaired loans and leases as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2018

 

 

 

 

Unpaid

 

 

 

 

Recorded

 

Principal

 

Related

(dollars in thousands)

  

Investment

  

Balance

  

Allowance

Impaired loans with no related allowance recorded:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial

 

$

4,449

 

$

4,498

 

$

 —

Commercial real estate

 

 

5,016

 

 

5,016

 

 

 —

Residential mortgage

 

 

9,112

 

 

9,426

 

 

 —

Total

 

$

18,577

 

$

18,940

 

$

 —

Impaired loans with a related allowance recorded:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial

 

$

4,270

 

$

4,270

 

$

108

Commercial real estate

 

 

727

 

 

727

 

 

32

Residential mortgage

 

 

7,002

 

 

7,387

 

 

396

Total

 

$

11,999

 

$

12,384

 

$

536

Total impaired loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial

 

$

8,719

 

$

8,768

 

$

108

Commercial real estate

 

 

5,743

 

 

5,743

 

 

32

Residential mortgage

 

 

16,114

 

 

16,813

 

 

396

Total

 

$

30,576

 

$

31,324

 

$

536

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2017

 

 

 

 

Unpaid

 

 

 

 

Recorded

 

Principal

 

Related

(dollars in thousands)

  

Investment

  

Balance

  

Allowance

Impaired loans with no related allowance recorded:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial

 

$

18,036

 

$

18,909

 

$

 —

Commercial real estate

 

 

9,745

 

 

9,745

 

 

 —

Residential mortgage

 

 

8,648

 

 

9,006

 

 

 —

Total

 

$

36,429

 

$

37,660

 

$

 —

Impaired loans with a related allowance recorded:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial

 

$

147

 

$

147

 

$

 4

Commercial real estate

 

 

891

 

 

891

 

 

 6

Residential mortgage

 

 

7,882

 

 

8,162

 

 

484

Total

 

$

8,920

 

$

9,200

 

$

494

Total impaired loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial

 

$

18,183

 

$

19,056

 

$

 4

Commercial real estate

 

 

10,636

 

 

10,636

 

 

 6

Residential mortgage

 

 

16,530

 

 

17,168

 

 

484

Total

 

$

45,349

 

$

46,860

 

$

494

 

114


 

Table of Contents

The following tables provide information with respect to the Company’s average balances, and of interest income recognized from, impaired loans for the years ended December 31, 2018,  2017, and 2016:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

December 31, 2018

 

 

Average

 

Interest

 

 

Recorded

 

Income

(dollars in thousands)

  

Investment

  

Recognized

Impaired loans with no related allowance recorded:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial

 

$

11,409

 

$

408

Commercial real estate

 

 

7,873

 

 

231

Construction

 

 

1,248

 

 

91

Residential mortgage

 

 

9,356

 

 

529

Total

 

$

29,886

 

$

1,259

Impaired loans with a related allowance recorded:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial

 

$

3,154

 

$

273

Commercial real estate

 

 

942

 

 

67

Residential mortgage

 

 

7,369

 

 

335

Total

 

$

11,465

 

$

675

Total impaired loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial

 

$

14,563

 

$

681

Commercial real estate

 

 

8,815

 

 

298

Construction

 

 

1,248

 

 

91

Residential mortgage

 

 

16,725

 

 

864

Total

 

$

41,351

 

$

1,934

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

December 31, 2017

 

 

Average

 

Interest

 

 

Recorded

 

Income

(dollars in thousands)

  

Investment

  

Recognized

Impaired loans with no related allowance recorded:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial

 

$

19,929

 

$

890

Commercial real estate

 

 

9,846

 

 

417

Lease financing

 

 

61

 

 

 —

Residential mortgage

 

 

8,582

 

 

567

Total

 

$

38,418

 

$

1,874

Impaired loans with a related allowance recorded:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial

 

$

2,572

 

$

10

Commercial real estate

 

 

918

 

 

42

Residential mortgage

 

 

8,897

 

 

344

Total

 

$

12,387

 

$

396

Total impaired loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial

 

$

22,501

 

$

900

Commercial real estate

 

 

10,764

 

 

459

Lease financing

 

 

61

 

 

 —

Residential mortgage

 

 

17,479

 

 

911

Total

 

$

50,805

 

$

2,270

 

115


 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

December 31, 2016

 

 

Average

 

Interest

 

 

Recorded

 

Income

(dollars in thousands)

  

Investment

  

Recognized

Impaired loans with no related allowance recorded:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial

 

$

25,676

 

$

925

Commercial real estate

 

 

9,304

 

 

704

Construction

 

 

113

 

 

 —

Lease financing

 

 

170

 

 

 5

Residential mortgage

 

 

12,289

 

 

756

Total

 

$

47,552

 

$

2,390

Impaired loans with a related allowance recorded:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial

 

$

1,430

 

$

643

Commercial real estate

 

 

381

 

 

46

Residential mortgage

 

 

8,497

 

 

415

Total

 

$

10,308

 

$

1,104

Total impaired loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial

 

$

27,106

 

$

1,568

Commercial real estate

 

 

9,685

 

 

750

Construction

 

 

113

 

 

 —

Lease financing

 

 

170

 

 

 5

Residential mortgage

 

 

20,786

 

 

1,171

Total

 

$

57,860

 

$

3,494

 

Modifications

 

Commercial and industrial loans modified in a troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”) often involve temporary interest-only payments, term extensions, and converting revolving credit lines to term loans. Additional collateral, a co-borrower, or a guarantor is often requested. Commercial real estate and construction loans modified in a TDR often involve reducing the interest rate for the remaining term of the loan, extending the maturity date at an interest rate lower than the current market rate for new debt with similar risk, or substituting or adding a new borrower or guarantor. Construction loans modified in a TDR may also involve extending the interest-only payment period. Lease financing modifications generally involve a short-term forbearance period, usually about three months, after which the missed payments are added to the end of the lease term, thereby extending the maturity date. Interest continues to accrue on the missed payments and as a result, the effective yield on the lease remains unchanged. As the forbearance period usually involves an insignificant payment delay, lease financing modifications typically do not meet the reporting criteria for a TDR. Residential real estate loans modified in a TDR are primarily comprised of loans where monthly payments are lowered to accommodate the borrowers' financial needs for a period of time, normally two years. During that time, the borrower's entire monthly payment is applied to principal. After the lowered monthly payment period ends, the borrower reverts to paying principal and interest per the original terms with the maturity date adjusted accordingly. Generally, consumer loans are not classified as a TDR as they are normally charged off upon reaching a predetermined delinquency status that ranges from 120 to 180 days and varies by product type.

 

Loans modified in a TDR may already be on nonaccrual status and in some cases partial charge-offs may have already been taken against the outstanding loan balance. Loans modified in a TDR are evaluated for impairment. As a result, this may have a financial effect of increasing the specific Allowance associated with the loan. An Allowance for impaired commercial loans, including commercial real estate and construction loans, that have been modified in a TDR is measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan's effective interest rate, the loan's observable market price, or the estimated fair value of the collateral, less any selling costs, if the loan is collateral dependent. An Allowance for impaired residential loans that have been modified in a TDR is measured based on the estimated fair value of the collateral, less any selling costs. Management exercises significant judgment in developing these estimates.

 

116


 

Table of Contents

The following presents, by class, information related to loans modified in a TDR during the years ended December 31, 2018,  2017 and 2016:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2018

 

 

Number of

 

Recorded

 

Related

(dollars in thousands)

  

Contracts

  

Investment(1)

  

Allowance

Commercial and industrial

 

 1

 

$

369

 

$

10

Residential mortgage

 

 3

 

 

875

 

 

29

Total

 

 4

 

$

1,244

 

$

39

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2017

 

 

Number of

 

Recorded

 

Related

(dollars in thousands)

  

Contracts

  

Investment(1)

  

Allowance

Commercial and industrial

 

 1

 

$

1,075

 

$

 —

Residential mortgage

 

 2

 

 

659

 

 

23

Total

 

 3

 

$

1,734

 

$

23

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2016

 

 

Number of

 

Recorded

 

Related

(dollars in thousands)

  

Contracts

  

Investment(1)

  

Allowance

Commercial and industrial

 

 7

 

$

14,933

 

$

377

Commercial real estate

 

 6

 

 

9,709

 

 

 7

Residential mortgage

 

12

 

 

5,159

 

 

234

Total

 

25

 

$

29,801

 

$

618


(1)

The recorded investment balances reflect all partial paydowns and charge-offs since the modification date and do not include TDRs that have been fully paid off, charged off or foreclosed upon by the end of the period.

The above loans were modified in a TDR through an extension of maturity dates, temporary interest-only payments, reduced payments or below-market interest rates.

 

The Company had commitments to extend credit, standby letters of credit and commercial letters of credit totaling $5.8 billion and $5.6 billion as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Of the $5.8 billion at December 31, 2018, there were commitments of $1.8 million related to borrowers who had loan terms modified in a TDR. Of the $5.6 billion at December 31, 2017, there were commitments of $1.9 million related to borrowers who had loan terms modified in a TDR.

 

The following table presents, by class, loans modified in TDRs that have defaulted in the current period within 12 months of their permanent modification date for the periods indicated. The Company is reporting these defaulted TDRs based on a payment default definition of 30 days past due:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

 

 

 

2018

  

2017

    

2016

 

 

 

Number of

 

Recorded

 

Number of

 

Recorded

 

Number of

 

Recorded

 

(dollars in thousands)

    

Contracts

  

Investment(1)

  

Contracts

  

Investment(1)

    

Contracts

    

Investment(1)

 

Commercial and industrial(2)

 

 —

 

$

 —

 

 1

 

$

2,480

 

 —

 

$

 —

 

Commercial real estate(3)

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 1

 

 

1,393

 

 1

 

 

1,399

 

Total

 

 —

 

$

 —

 

 2

 

$

3,873

 

 1

 

$

1,399

 


(1)

The recorded investment balances reflect all partial paydowns and charge-offs since the modification date and do not include TDRs that have been fully paid off, charged off or foreclosed upon by the end of the period.

(2)

In 2017, the maturity date for the commercial and industrial loan that subsequently defaulted was extended.

(3)

In 2017 and 2016, the commercial real estate loans that subsequently defaulted were extended.

 

Foreclosure Proceedings

 

There was one residential mortgage loan collateralized by real estate property of $0.3 million that was modified in a TDR that was in process of foreclosure as of December 31, 2018 and one other residential mortgage loan collateralized by real estate property of $0.3 million that was modified in a TDR that was in process of foreclosure as of December 31, 2017.

 

117


 

Table of Contents

Foreclosed Property

 

Residential real estate properties held from one foreclosed residential mortgage loan and one foreclosed home equity line included in other real estate owned and repossessed personal property shown in the consolidated balance sheets was $0.8 million as of December 31, 2018. Residential real estate property held from one foreclosed TDR of a residential mortgage loan included in other real estate owned and repossessed personal property shown in the consolidated balance sheets was $0.3 million as of December 31, 2017.

 

6. Premises and Equipment

 

At December 31, 2018 and 2017, premises and equipment were comprised of the following:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 

(dollars in thousands)

    

2018

    

2017

Buildings

 

$

280,853

 

$

279,635

Furniture and equipment

 

 

81,342

 

 

80,519

Land

 

 

105,302

 

 

88,031

Leasehold improvements

 

 

55,316

 

 

46,996

Total premises and equipment

 

 

522,813

 

 

495,181

Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization

 

 

217,817

 

 

205,966

Net book value

 

$

304,996

 

$

289,215

 

Depreciation and amortization expenses included in occupancy and equipment expenses for 2018, 2017 and 2016 were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

(dollars in thousands)

  

2018

  

2017

  

2016

 

Occupancy

 

$

8,815

 

$

8,852

 

$

8,901

 

Equipment

 

 

6,488

 

 

6,426

 

 

5,898

 

Total

 

$

15,303

 

$

15,278

 

$

14,799

 

 

The Company, as a lessor, leases certain properties that it owns. The cost and accumulated depreciation related to leased properties were $289.2 million and $133.7 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2018 and $289.0 million and $126.0 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2017.

 

7. Other Assets

 

Goodwill

 

Goodwill originated from the acquisition of BancWest by BNPP in December 2001. Goodwill generated in that acquisition was recorded on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets as a result of push-down accounting treatment.

 

The carrying amount of goodwill reported in two of the Company’s reporting segments as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 were as shown below. The Treasury and Other segment is not assigned goodwill.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail

 

Commercial

 

 

 

(in thousands)

    

Banking

    

Banking

    

Total

December 31, 2018

 

$

687,492

 

$

308,000

 

$

995,492

December 31, 2017

 

 

687,492

 

 

308,000

 

 

995,492

 

There was no impairment of the Company’s goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2018,  2017 and 2016.

 

Mortgage Servicing Rights (“MSRs”)

 

Mortgage servicing activities include collecting principal, interest, tax and insurance payments from borrowers while accounting for and remitting payments to investors, taxing authorities and insurance companies. The Company also monitors delinquencies and administers foreclosure proceedings.

 

118


 

Table of Contents

Mortgage loan servicing income is recorded in noninterest income as a part of other service charges and fees and amortization of the servicing assets is recorded in noninterest income as part of other income. The unpaid principal amount of residential real estate loans serviced for others was $2.7 billion and $2.3 billion as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Servicing fees include contractually specified fees, late charges and ancillary fees and were $7.0 million, $6.5 million and $7.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2018,  2017 and 2016, respectively.

 

Amortization of MSRs was $3.8 million, $3.6 million and $4.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2018,  2017 and 2016, respectively. The estimated future amortization expenses for MSRs over the next five years are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Estimated

(dollars in thousands)

    

Amortization

Year ending December 31:

 

 

 

2019

 

$

2,318

2020

 

 

2,048

2021

 

 

1,807

2022

 

 

1,592

2023

 

 

1,403

 

The details of the Company’s MSRs are presented below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 

(dollars in thousands)

  

2018

  

2017

Gross carrying amount

 

$

63,342

 

$

56,571

Less: accumulated amortization

 

 

47,187

 

 

43,375

Net carrying value

 

$

16,155

 

$

13,196

 

The following table presents changes in amortized MSRs for the years indicated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

(dollars in thousands)

  

2018

  

2017

Balance at beginning of year

 

$

13,196

 

$

16,809

Originations

 

 

328

 

 

27

Purchases

 

 

6,444

 

 

 —

Amortization

 

 

(3,813)

 

 

(3,640)

Balance at end of year

 

$

16,155

 

$

13,196

Fair value of amortized MSRs at beginning of year

 

$

21,697

 

$

25,160

Fair value of amortized MSRs at end of year

 

$

27,662

 

$

21,697

Balance of loans serviced for others

 

$

2,664,860

 

$

2,342,619

 

MSRs are evaluated for impairment if events and circumstances indicate a possible impairment. No impairment of MSRs was recorded for the years ended December 31, 2018,  2017 and 2016.

 

The quantitative assumptions used in determining the lower of cost or fair value of the Company’s MSRs were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2018

 

December 31, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

  

Range

 

Average

 

Range

 

Average

 

Conditional prepayment rate

 

7.86

%

 -

19.26

%

8.31

%

8.53

%

 -

19.63

%

9.04

%

Life in years (of the MSR)

 

3.43

 

 -

7.68

 

7.19

 

3.29

 

 -

7.15

 

6.76

 

Weighted-average coupon rate

 

3.97

%

 -

6.70

%

4.02

%

3.97

%

 -

6.79

%

4.04

%

Discount rate

 

10.00

%

 -

10.02

%

10.00

%

10.50

%

 -

10.52

%

10.50

%

 

The sensitivities surrounding MSRs are expected to have an immaterial impact on fair value.

 

119


 

Table of Contents

Other

 

The Company had $111.5 million and $52.3 million in affordable housing and other tax credit investment partnership interest as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, included in other assets on the consolidated balance sheets. The amount of amortization of such investments reported in the provision for income taxes was $5.2 million, $3.5 million and $3.5 million during the years ended December 31, 2018,  2017 and 2016, respectively. The affordable housing tax credits and other benefits recognized during the years ended December 31, 2018,  2017 and 2016 were $6.3 million, $4.5 million and $4.8 million, respectively.

 

Nonmarketable equity securities include FHLB stock, which the Company holds to meet regulatory requirements. As a member of the FHLB system, the Company is required to maintain a minimum level of investment in FHLB non‑publicly traded stock based on specific percentages of the Company’s total assets and outstanding advances in accordance with the FHLB’s capital plan which may be amended or revised periodically. Amounts in excess of the required minimum may be transferred at par to another member institution subject to prior approval of the FHLB. Excess stock may also be sold to the FHLB subject to a five-year redemption notice period and at the sole discretion of the FHLB. These securities are accounted for under the cost method. These investments are considered long-term investments by management and accordingly, the ultimate recoverability of its par value is considered rather than considering temporary declines in value. The investment in FHLB stock was included in other assets on the consolidated balance sheets and was $34.1 million and $10.1 million as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

 

8. Transfers of Financial Assets

 

The Company’s transfers of financial assets with continuing interest may include pledges of collateral to secure public deposits and repurchase agreements, FHLB and FRB borrowing capacity, automated clearing house (“ACH”) transactions and interest rate swaps.

 

For public deposits and repurchase agreements, the Company enters into bilateral agreements with the entity to pledge investment securities as collateral in the event of default. The right of setoff for a repurchase agreement resembles a secured borrowing, whereby the collateral pledged by the Company would be used to settle the fair value of the repurchase agreement should the Company be in default. The counterparty has the right to sell or repledge the investment securities. The Company is required by the counterparty to maintain adequate collateral levels. In the event the collateral fair value falls below stipulated levels, the Company will pledge additional investment securities. For transfers of assets with the FHLB and the FRB, the Company enters into bilateral agreements to pledge loans as collateral to secure borrowing capacity. For ACH transactions, the Company enters into bilateral agreements to collateralize possible daylight overdrafts. For interest rate swaps, the Company enters into bilateral agreements to pledge collateral when either party is in a negative fair value position to mitigate counterparty credit risk. Counterparties to ACH transactions, certain interest rate swaps, the FHLB and the FRB do not have the right to sell or repledge the collateral.

 

The carrying amounts of the assets pledged as collateral to secure public deposits, borrowing arrangements and other transactions as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 were as follows: 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

  

2018

  

2017

Public deposits

 

$

1,749,726

 

$

2,800,690

Federal Home Loan Bank

 

 

2,497,030

 

 

2,388,702

Federal Reserve Bank

 

 

957,017

 

 

914,454

ACH transactions

 

 

150,903

 

 

151,526

Interest rate swaps

 

 

28,843

 

 

27,502

Total

 

$

5,383,519

 

$

6,282,874

 

As the Company did not enter into reverse repurchase agreements, no collateral was accepted as of December 31, 2018 and 2017. In addition, no debt was extinguished by in-substance defeasance.

 

The Company did not have any repurchase agreements as of December 31, 2018 and 2017.

 

120


 

Table of Contents

9. Deposits

 

As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, deposits were categorized as interest-bearing or noninterest-bearing as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

  

2018

  

2017

U.S.:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing

 

$

10,393,449

 

$

10,800,140

Noninterest-bearing

 

 

5,368,729

 

 

5,494,803

Foreign:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing

 

 

748,678

 

 

685,129

Noninterest-bearing

 

 

639,212

 

 

632,050

Total deposits

 

$

17,150,068

 

$

17,612,122

 

The following table presents the maturity distribution of time certificates of deposit as of December 31, 2018:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Under

 

$250,000

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

  

$250,000

  

or More

  

Total

Three months or less

 

$

296,344

 

$

1,080,771

 

$

1,377,115

Over three through six months

 

 

255,674

 

 

256,438

 

 

512,112

Over six through twelve months

 

 

307,903

 

 

378,020

 

 

685,923

2020

 

 

123,646

 

 

82,605

 

 

206,251

2021

 

 

104,449

 

 

41,175

 

 

145,624

2022

 

 

58,594

 

 

35,035

 

 

93,629

2023

 

 

56,097

 

 

15,377

 

 

71,474

Thereafter

 

 

36

 

 

 —

 

 

36

Total

 

$

1,202,743

 

$

1,889,421

 

$

3,092,164

 

Time certificates of deposit in denominations of $250,000 or more, in the aggregate, were $1.9 billion and $3.0 billion as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Overdrawn deposit accounts are classified as loans and totaled $2.4 million and $2.7 million at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

 

10. Short-Term Borrowings

 

As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company did not have any outstanding short-term borrowings. The table below provides selected information for short-term borrowings during the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

 

(dollars in thousands)

  

2018

 

2017

 

2016

 

Federal funds purchased:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-average interest rate at December 31, 

 

 

 —

%

 

 —

%

 

 —

%

Highest month-end balance

 

$

374,875

 

$

6,000

 

$

 —

 

Average outstanding balance

 

$

32,987

 

$

1,280

 

$

610

 

Weighted-average interest rate paid

 

 

2.18

%

 

0.97

%

 

0.25

%

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-average interest rate at December 31, 

 

 

 —

%

 

 —

%

 

0.54

%

Highest month-end balance

 

$

 —

 

$

5,951

 

$

235,451

 

Average outstanding balance

 

$

 —

 

$

893

 

$

112,937

 

Weighted-average interest rate paid

 

 

 —

%

 

0.55

%

 

0.17

%

FHLB short-term advance:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-average interest rate at December 31, 

 

 

 —

%

 

 —

%

 

 —

%

Highest month-end balance

 

$

81,800

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

Average outstanding balance

 

$

6,929

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

Weighted-average interest rate paid

 

 

1.90

%

 

 —

%

 

 —

%

 

121


 

Table of Contents

The Company treats securities sold under agreements to repurchase as collateralized financings. The Company reflects the obligations to repurchase the same or similar securities sold as liabilities, with the dollar amount of securities underlying the agreements remaining in the asset accounts. Generally, for these types of agreements, there is a requirement that collateral be maintained with a market value equal to or in excess of the principal amount borrowed. As such, the collateral pledged may be increased or decreased over time to meet contractual obligations. The securities underlying the agreements to repurchase are held in collateral accounts with a third-party custodian.

 

At December 31, 2018, the Company had a remaining line of credit of $1.3 billion available from the FHLB and an undrawn line of credit of $671.8 million available from the FRB. 

 

11. Long-Term Borrowings

 

Long-term borrowings consisted of the following at December 31, 2018 and 2017:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

  

2018

  

2017

Capital lease(1)

 

$

26

 

$

34

FHLB fixed-rate advances(1)

 

 

600,000

 

 

 —

Total long-term borrowings

 

$

600,026

 

$

34


(1)

Interest is payable monthly.

 

As of December 31, 2018, the Company’s long-term borrowings included $600.0 million in FHLB fixed-rate advances with a weighted average interest rate of 2.80% and maturity dates ranging from 2020 to 2024. The FHLB fixed-rate advances require monthly interest-only payments with the principal amount due on the maturity date. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the available remaining borrowing capacity with the FHLB was $1.3 billion and $1.8 billion, respectively. The FHLB fixed-rate advances and remaining borrowing capacity were secured by residential real estate loan collateral as of December 31, 2018 and 2017.  See “Note 8. Transfers of Financial Assets” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data for more information.

 

At December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company’s long-term borrowings included a capital lease obligation with a 6.78% annual interest rate that matures in 2022.

 

At December 31, 2018, future contractual principal payments and maturities on long-term borrowings were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Principal

(dollars in thousands)

  

Payments

Year ending December 31:

 

 

 

2019

 

$

 8

2020

 

 

400,009

2021

 

 

 9

2022

 

 

 —

2023

 

 

100,000

Thereafter

 

 

100,000

Total

 

$

600,026

 

 

122


 

Table of Contents

12. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) is defined as the revenues, expenses, gains and losses that are included in comprehensive income, but excluded from net income. The Company’s significant items of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) are pension and other benefits, investment securities and cash flow derivative hedges. Changes in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 and 2016 are presented below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Tax

 

 

 

 

 

Pre-tax

 

Benefit

 

Net of

(dollars in thousands)

  

Amount

  

(Expense)

  

Tax

Accumulated other comprehensive loss at December 31, 2017

 

$

(159,423)

 

$

63,040

 

$

(96,383)

Year ended December 31, 2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Early adoption of ASU No. 2018-02

 

 

 —

 

 

(20,068)

 

 

(20,068)

Pension and other benefits:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net actuarial losses arising during the year

 

 

(2,835)

 

 

763

 

 

(2,072)

Prior service credit

 

 

(429)

 

 

116

 

 

(313)

Amortization of net loss included in net income

 

 

7,315

 

 

(1,970)

 

 

5,345

Net change in pension and other benefits

 

 

4,051

 

 

(1,091)

 

 

2,960

Investment securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized net losses arising during the year

 

 

(43,545)

 

 

11,686

 

 

(31,859)

Reclassification of net losses to net income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  OTTI losses on available-for-sale debt securities, net

 

 

24,085

 

 

(6,485)

 

 

17,600

Net change in investment securities

 

 

(19,460)

 

 

5,201

 

 

(14,259)

Cash flow derivative hedges:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized net gains on cash flow derivative hedges arising during the year

 

 

1,475

 

 

(397)

 

 

1,078

Reclassification of net realized gains included in net income

 

 

(7,558)

 

 

2,035

 

 

(5,523)

Net change in cash flow derivative hedges

 

 

(6,083)

 

 

1,638

 

 

(4,445)

Other comprehensive loss

 

 

(21,492)

 

 

5,748

 

 

(15,744)

Accumulated other comprehensive loss at December 31, 2018

 

$

(180,915)

 

$

48,720

 

$

(132,195)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Tax

 

 

 

 

 

Pre-tax

 

Benefit

 

Net of

(dollars in thousands)

  

Amount

  

(Expense)

  

Tax

Accumulated other comprehensive loss at December 31, 2016

 

$

(145,472)

 

$

57,461

 

$

(88,011)

Year ended December 31, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pension and other benefits:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net actuarial losses arising during the year

 

 

(1,104)

 

 

436

 

 

(668)

Prior service credit

 

 

(429)

 

 

170

 

 

(259)

Amortization of net loss included in net income

 

 

8,625

 

 

(3,407)

 

 

5,218

Net change in pension and other benefits

 

 

7,092

 

 

(2,801)

 

 

4,291

Investment securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized net losses arising during the year

 

 

(23,516)

 

 

9,357

 

 

(14,159)

Net change in investment securities

 

 

(23,516)

 

 

9,357

 

 

(14,159)

Cash flow derivative hedges:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized net gains on cash flow derivative hedges arising during the year

 

 

2,473

 

 

(977)

 

 

1,496

Net change in cash flow derivative hedges

 

 

2,473

 

 

(977)

 

 

1,496

Other comprehensive loss

 

 

(13,951)

 

 

5,579

 

 

(8,372)

Accumulated other comprehensive loss at December 31, 2017

 

$

(159,423)

 

$

63,040

 

$

(96,383)

 

123


 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Tax

 

 

 

 

 

Pre-tax

 

Benefit

 

Net of

(dollars in thousands)

  

Amount

  

(Expense)

  

Tax

Accumulated other comprehensive loss at December 31, 2015

 

$

(84,722)

 

$

33,463

 

$

(51,259)

Year ended December 31, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pension and other benefits:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net actuarial losses arising during the year

 

 

(12,666)

 

 

5,004

 

 

(7,662)

Prior service credit

 

 

(429)

 

 

169

 

 

(260)

Amortization of net loss included in net income

 

 

7,629

 

 

(3,012)

 

 

4,617

Change due to Reorganization Transactions

 

 

(81)

 

 

32

 

 

(49)

Net change in pension and other benefits

 

 

(5,547)

 

 

2,193

 

 

(3,354)

Investment securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized net losses arising during the year

 

 

(30,323)

 

 

11,974

 

 

(18,349)

Reclassification of net gains to net income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment securities gains, net

 

 

(27,277)

 

 

10,774

 

 

(16,503)

Net change in investment securities

 

 

(57,600)

 

 

22,748

 

 

(34,852)

Cash flow derivative hedges:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized net gains on cash flow derivative hedges arising during the year

 

 

2,397

 

 

(943)

 

 

1,454

Net change in cash flow derivative hedges

 

 

2,397

 

 

(943)

 

 

1,454

Other comprehensive loss

 

 

(60,750)

 

 

23,998

 

 

(36,752)

Accumulated other comprehensive loss at December 31, 2016

 

$

(145,472)

 

$

57,461

 

$

(88,011)

 

The following table summarizes changes in accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax, for the years indicated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

Total

 

 

Pensions

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

and

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

Other

 

Investment

 

Cash Flow

 

Comprehensive

(dollars in thousands)

  

Benefits

  

Securities

  

Derivative Hedges

  

Loss

Year Ended December 31, 2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of year

 

$

(25,946)

 

$

(74,117)

 

$

3,680

 

$

(96,383)

Early adoption of ASU No. 2018-02

 

 

(5,393)

 

 

(15,440)

 

 

765

 

 

(20,068)

Other comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

2,960

 

 

(14,259)

 

 

(4,445)

 

 

(15,744)

Balance at end of year

 

$

(28,379)

 

$

(103,816)

 

$

 —

 

$

(132,195)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of year

 

$

(30,237)

 

$

(59,958)

 

$

2,184

 

$

(88,011)

Other comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

4,291

 

 

(14,159)

 

 

1,496

 

 

(8,372)

Balance at end of year

 

$

(25,946)

 

$

(74,117)

 

$

3,680

 

$

(96,383)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of year

 

$

(26,883)

 

$

(25,106)

 

$

730

 

$

(51,259)

Other comprehensive (loss) income

 

 

(3,354)

 

 

(34,852)

 

 

1,454

 

 

(36,752)

Balance at end of year

 

$

(30,237)

 

$

(59,958)

 

$

2,184

 

$

(88,011)

 

An OTTI loss on available-for-sale debt securities of $24.1 million was recorded due to the Company’s intent to sell as of December 31, 2018.  As of December 31, 2017, there was no non-credit OTTI loss on securities available for sale.

 

13. Regulatory Capital Requirements

 

Federal and state laws and regulations limit the amount of dividends the Company may declare or pay. The Company depends primarily on dividends from FHB as the source of funds for the Company’s payment of dividends.

 

The Company and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements imposed by federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory, and possibly additional discretionary, actions by

124


 

Table of Contents

regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s and the Bank’s operating activities and financial condition. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company and Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of its assets and certain off-balance-sheet items. The capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors.

 

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company and Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios of Common Equity Tier 1 (“CET1”) capital, Tier 1 capital and total capital to risk-weighted assets, as well as a minimum leverage ratio.

 

The following provides definitions for the regulatory risk‑based capital ratios and leverage ratio, which are calculated as per standard regulatory guidance:

 

Risk‑Weighted Assets — Assets are weighted for risk according to a formula used by the Federal Reserve to conform to capital adequacy guidelines. On‑ and off‑balance sheet items are weighted for risk, with off‑balance sheet items converted to balance sheet equivalents, using risk conversion factors, before being allocated a risk‑adjusted weight. The off‑balance sheet items comprise a minimal part of the overall calculation.

 

Common Equity Tier 1 Risk‑Based Capital Ratio — The CET1 risk‑based capital ratio is calculated as CET1 capital, divided by risk‑weighted assets. CET1 is the sum of equity, adjusted for ineligible goodwill as well as certain other comprehensive income items as follows: net unrealized gains/losses on securities and derivatives, and net unrealized pension and other benefit losses.

 

Tier 1 Risk‑Based Capital Ratio — The Tier 1 capital ratio is calculated as Tier 1 capital divided by risk‑weighted assets.

 

Total Risk‑Based Capital Ratio — The total risk‑based capital ratio is calculated as the sum of Tier 1 capital and an allowable amount of the reserve for credit losses (limited to 1.25 percent of risk‑weighted assets), divided by risk‑weighted assets.

 

Tier 1 Leverage Ratio — The Tier 1 leverage ratio is calculated by dividing Tier 1 capital by adjusted quarterly average total assets.

 

The table below sets forth those ratios at December 31, 2018 and 2017:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First Hawaiian

 

Minimum

 

Well-

 

 

 

First Hawaiian, Inc.

 

Bank

 

Capital

 

Capitalized

 

(dollars in thousands)

  

Amount

  

Ratio

 

Amount

  

Ratio

 

Ratio(1)

  

Ratio(1)

 

December 31, 2018:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common equity tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets

 

$

1,661,542

 

11.97

%  

$

1,658,172

 

11.94

%  

4.50

%  

6.50

%

Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets

 

 

1,661,542

 

11.97

%  

 

1,658,172

 

11.94

%  

6.00

%  

8.00

%

Total capital to risk-weighted assets

 

 

1,803,860

 

12.99

%  

 

1,800,490

 

12.97

%  

8.00

%  

10.00

%

Tier 1 capital to average assets (leverage ratio)

 

 

1,661,542

 

8.72

%  

 

1,658,172

 

8.70

%  

4.00

%  

5.00

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2017:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common equity tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets

 

$

1,633,442

 

12.45

%  

$

1,623,455

 

12.37

%  

4.50

%  

6.50

%

Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets

 

 

1,633,442

 

12.45

%  

 

1,623,455

 

12.37

%  

6.00

%  

8.00

%

Total capital to risk-weighted assets

 

 

1,771,295

 

13.50

%  

 

1,761,308

 

13.42

%  

8.00

%  

10.00

%

Tier 1 capital to average assets (leverage ratio)

 

 

1,633,442

 

8.52

%  

 

1,623,455

 

8.47

%  

4.00

%  

5.00

%


(1)

As defined by the regulations issued by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency and the FDIC.

 

125


 

Table of Contents

A new capital conservation buffer, comprised of CET1 capital, was established above the regulatory minimum capital requirements. This capital conservation buffer was phased in beginning January 1, 2016 at 0.625% of risk-weighted assets and will increase each subsequent year by an additional 0.625% until reaching its final level of 2.5% on January 1, 2019. As of December 31, 2018, under the bank regulatory capital guidelines, the Company and Bank were both classified as well-capitalized. Management is not aware of any conditions or events that have occurred since December 31, 2018, to change the capital adequacy category of the Company or the Bank.

 

14. Leases

 

Operating lease rental income for leased assets is recognized on a straight‑line basis and amounted to $7.8 million, $8.3 million and $9.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2018,  2017 and 2016, respectively. Related depreciation expense for owned properties is recorded in occupancy expense on a straight‑line basis over the properties’ estimated useful lives.

 

The following table sets forth future minimum rental income under noncancelable operating leases with terms in excess of one year as of December 31, 2018:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Minimum

 

 

Rental

(dollars in thousands)

    

Income

Year ending December 31:

 

 

 

2019

 

$

5,815

2020

 

 

5,811

2021

 

 

5,735

2022

 

 

4,721

2023

 

 

3,188

Thereafter

 

 

8,527

Total

 

$

33,797

 

The Company, as lessee, is obligated under a number of noncancelable operating leases for premises and equipment with terms, including renewal options, up to 45 years, many of which provide for periodic adjustment of rent payments based on changes in various economic indicators. Under the premises leases, the Company is usually required to pay real property taxes, insurance and maintenance.

 

Rental expense, net of sublease income, was as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

(dollars in thousands)

  

2018

  

2017

  

2016

Rental expense charged to occupancy

 

$

9,947

 

$

8,620

 

$

8,689

Less: sublease income

 

 

903

 

 

1,342

 

 

1,303

Net rental expense charged to occupancy

 

 

9,044

 

 

7,278

 

 

7,386

Rental expense charged to equipment expense

 

 

3,679

 

 

285

 

 

326

Total

 

$

12,723

 

$

7,563

 

$

7,712

 

The following table presents future minimum rental expense under leases with terms in excess of one year as of December 31, 2018:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating

 

Less

 

Net

 

 

Lease

 

Sublease

 

Lease

(dollars in thousands)

    

Payments

    

Income

    

Payments

Year ending December 31:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2019

 

$

8,780

 

$

903

 

$

7,877

2020

 

 

8,668

 

 

903

 

 

7,765

2021

 

 

7,961

 

 

892

 

 

7,069

2022

 

 

5,101

 

 

 —

 

 

5,101

2023

 

 

2,632

 

 

 —

 

 

2,632

Thereafter

 

 

34,638

 

 

 —

 

 

34,638

Total

 

$

67,780

 

$

2,698

 

$

65,082

 

126


 

Table of Contents

 

15. Benefit Plans

 

Qualified Pension Plan

 

The Company’s employees participated in BancWest’s employee retirement plan (“BancWest’s ERP”), a qualified noncontributory defined benefit pension plan that was frozen as of December 31, 1995. As a result of that freeze, there are no further benefit accruals for the Company’s employees. However, employees retained rights to the benefits accrued as of the date of the freeze. During 2016, the board of directors of BancWest agreed to spin off the assets and liabilities attributable to BOW participants under BancWest’s ERP to another qualified noncontributory defined benefit pension plan sponsored by BOW. To meet the requirements of Section 414(I) of the Internal Revenue Code, the ratio of assets to liabilities after the spinoff must be the same for each plan. As a result, the Company made a contribution to BancWest’s ERP of $26.0 million prior to the spinoff of the assets and liabilities attributable to the BOW participants in December 2016. BancWest’s ERP was renamed as the Employees’ Retirement Plan of First Hawaiian, Inc. (“FHI ERP”).

 

No contributions to the pension trust are expected to be made during 2019 for the Company’s participants in the FHI ERP. However, should contributions be required in accordance with the funding rules under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”), including the impact of the Pension Protection Act of 2006, the Company would make those required contributions.

 

Nonqualified Pension and Other Postretirement Benefit Plans

 

The Company also sponsors an unfunded supplemental executive retirement plan for certain key executives (“SERP”). In addition, the Company sponsors a directors’ retirement plan (“Directors’ Plan”), a non‑qualified pension plan for eligible FHI and FHB directors that qualify for retirement benefits based on their years of service as a director. Both the SERP and the Directors’ Plan were frozen as of January 1, 2005 to new participants.

 

A postretirement benefit plan is also offered to eligible employees that provides life insurance and healthcare benefits upon retirement. The Company provides access to medical coverage for eligible retirees under age 65 at active employee premium rates and a monthly stipend to both retiree and retiree’s spouse after age 62.

 

The Company expects to contribute $0.2 million to its Directors’ Plan and $1.2 million to its postretirement medical and life insurance plans in 2019. These contributions reflect the estimated benefit payments for the unfunded plans and may vary depending on retirements during 2019.

 

Defined Contribution Plans

 

401(k) Savings Plan

 

The Company matched employee contributions to the First Hawaiian, Inc. 401(k) Savings Plan, a qualified defined contribution plan, up to 5% of the employee’s pay in 2018 and 2017. The plan covers all employees who satisfy eligibility requirements. A select group of key executives who participate in an unqualified grandfathered supplemental executive retirement plan may participate in the 401(k) plan but are not eligible to receive the matching contribution.

 

The matching employer contributions to the 401(k) plan for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 were $4.9 million, $4.6 million and $4.3 million, respectively, and are included in salaries and employee benefits within the consolidated statements of income.

 

Annual Incentive Awards for Key Executives

 

The Company makes cash-based annual incentive awards under the First Hawaiian, Inc. Bonus Plan (the “Bonus Plan”) and, prior to 2016, made such awards under the Incentive Plan for Key Executives (the “IPKE”). The Bonus Plan and the IPKE limit the aggregate and individual value of the awards that could be issued in any one fiscal year. The Bonus Plan and the IPKE expenses totaled $14.3 million, $13.3 million and $13.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively, and are included in salaries and employee benefits within the consolidated statements of income.

 

127


 

Table of Contents

The following table details the amounts recognized in other comprehensive income during the years presented. Pension benefits include benefits from the qualified and non‑qualified plans. Other benefits include life insurance and healthcare benefits from the postretirement benefit plan.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pension Benefits

 

Other Benefits

 

(dollars in thousands)

  

2018

  

2017

   

2016

  

2018

  

2017

  

2016

 

Amounts arising during the year:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss (gain) on pension assets

 

$

12,209

 

$

(8,619)

 

$

3,350

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

Net (gain) loss on pension obligations

 

 

(6,619)

 

 

9,757

 

 

9,653

 

 

(2,755)

 

 

(34)

 

 

(337)

 

Change due to the Reorganization Transactions

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

81

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Reclassification adjustments recognized as components of net periodic benefit cost during the year:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

 

(7,315)

 

 

(8,625)

 

 

(7,629)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Prior service credit

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

429

 

 

429

 

 

429

 

Amount recognized in other comprehensive income

 

$

(1,725)

 

$

(7,487)

 

$

5,455

 

$

(2,326)

 

$

395

 

$

92

 

 

The following table shows the amounts within accumulated other comprehensive loss that had not yet been recognized as components of net periodic benefit cost as of December 31, 2018 and 2017:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pension Benefits

 

Other Benefits

(dollars in thousands)

  

2018

  

2017

  

2018

  

2017

Net actuarial loss (gain)

 

$

41,822

 

$

43,547

 

$

(2,507)

 

$

248

Prior service credit

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(480)

 

 

(909)

Total, pretax effect

 

 

41,822

 

 

43,547

 

 

(2,987)

 

 

(661)

Tax impact

 

 

(11,260)

 

 

(17,201)

 

 

804

 

 

261

Ending balance in accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

$

30,562

 

$

26,346

 

$

(2,183)

 

$

(400)

 

The following table provides the amounts within accumulated other comprehensive loss expected to be recognized as components of net periodic benefit cost during 2019:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pension

 

Other

(dollars in thousands)

    

Benefits

   

Benefits

Amortization of prior service credit

 

$

 —

 

$

(429)

Amortization of net actuarial loss (gain)

 

 

6,320

 

 

(304)

Total to be recognized in 2019

 

$

6,320

 

$

(733)

 

The following tables summarize the changes to projected benefit obligation (“PBO”) and fair value of plan assets for pension benefits and accumulated postretirement benefit obligation (“APBO”) and fair value of plan assets for other benefits:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pension Benefits

 

Other Benefits

(dollars in thousands)

  

2018

  

2017

  

2018

  

2017

Benefit obligation at beginning of year

 

$

212,981

 

$

209,407

 

$

21,449

 

$

20,429

Service cost

 

 

696

 

 

629

 

 

750

 

 

738

Interest cost

 

 

7,362

 

 

8,297

 

 

739

 

 

776

Actuarial (gain) loss

 

 

(6,619)

 

 

9,757

 

 

(2,755)

 

 

(34)

Benefit payments

 

 

(15,348)

 

 

(15,109)

 

 

(467)

 

 

(460)

Benefit obligation at end of year

 

$

199,072

 

$

212,981

 

$

19,716

 

$

21,449

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pension Benefits

 

Other Benefits

(dollars in thousands)

  

2018

  

2017

  

2018

  

2017

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

 

$

114,220

 

$

108,550

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

Actual return on plan assets

 

 

(6,936)

 

 

13,623

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Benefit payments from trust

 

 

(7,703)

 

 

(7,953)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

 

$

99,581

 

$

114,220

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

128


 

Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the funded status of the Company’s plans and amounts recognized in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2018 and 2017:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pension Benefits

 

Other Benefits

(dollars in thousands)

  

2018

  

2017

  

2018

  

2017

Pension assets for overfunded plans

 

$

8,702

 

$

14,008

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

Pension liabilities for underfunded plans

 

 

(108,193)

 

 

(112,769)

 

 

(19,716)

 

 

(21,449)

Funded status

 

$

(99,491)

 

$

(98,761)

 

$

(19,716)

 

$

(21,449)

 

The following table provides information regarding the PBO, accumulated benefit obligation (“ABO”), and fair value of plan assets as of December 31, 2018 and 2017:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Funded Pension Plan

 

Unfunded Pension Plans

 

Total Pension Plans

(dollars in thousands)

  

2018

  

2017

  

2018

  

2017

  

2018

  

2017

Projected benefit obligation

 

$

90,879

 

$

100,212

 

$

108,193

 

$

112,769

 

$

199,072

 

$

212,981

Accumulated benefit obligation

 

 

90,879

 

 

100,212

 

 

106,357

 

 

110,039

 

 

197,236

 

 

210,251

Fair value of plan assets

 

 

99,581

 

 

114,220

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

99,581

 

 

114,220

Overfunded (underfunded) portion of PBO/ABO

 

 

8,702

 

 

14,008

 

 

(108,193)

 

 

(112,769)

 

 

(99,491)

 

 

(98,761)

 

The Company recognizes the overfunded and underfunded status of its pension plans as an asset and liability in the consolidated balance sheets.

 

Unrecognized net gains or losses that exceed 5% of the greater of the PBO or the market value of plan assets as of the beginning of the year are amortized on a straight‑line basis over five years in accordance with ASC 715. Amortization of the unrecognized net gain or loss is included as a component of net periodic pension cost. If amortization results in an amount less than the minimum amortization required under GAAP, the minimum required amount is recorded.

 

The following table summarizes the change in net actuarial loss and amortization for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pension Benefits

 

Other Benefits

(dollars in thousands)

  

2018

  

2017

  

2018

  

2017

Net actuarial loss at beginning of year

 

$

43,547

 

$

51,034

 

$

248

 

$

282

Amortization cost

 

 

(7,315)

 

 

(8,625)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Liability (gain) loss

 

 

(6,619)

 

 

9,757

 

 

(2,755)

 

 

(34)

Asset loss (gain)

 

 

12,209

 

 

(8,619)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Net actuarial loss (gain) at end of year

 

$

41,822

 

$

43,547

 

$

(2,507)

 

$

248

 

The following table sets forth the components of net periodic benefit cost for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income line item where recognized in

 

Pension Benefits

 

Other Benefits

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

the consolidated statements of income

  

2018

  

2017

    

2016

  

2018

  

2017

    

2016

 

Service cost

 

Salaries and employee benefits

 

$

696

 

$

629

 

$

944

 

$

750

 

$

738

 

$

697

 

Interest cost

 

Other noninterest expense

 

 

7,362

 

 

8,297

 

 

8,784

 

 

739

 

 

776

 

 

812

 

Expected return on plan assets

 

Other noninterest expense

 

 

(5,273)

 

 

(5,003)

 

 

(4,698)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Prior service credit

 

Other noninterest expense

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(429)

 

 

(429)

 

 

(429)

 

Recognized net actuarial loss

 

Other noninterest expense

 

 

7,315

 

 

8,625

 

 

7,629

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Total net periodic benefit cost

 

 

 

$

10,100

 

$

12,548

 

$

12,659

 

$

1,060

 

$

1,085

 

$

1,080

 

 

129


 

Table of Contents

The funded pension benefit amounts included in pension benefits for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Funded Pension Benefits

(dollars in thousands)

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

Interest cost

 

$

3,420

 

$

3,922

 

$

4,182

Expected return on plan assets

 

 

(5,273)

 

 

(5,003)

 

 

(4,698)

Recognized net actuarial loss

 

 

2,600

 

 

4,316

 

 

3,443

Total net periodic benefit cost

 

$

747

 

$

3,235

 

$

2,927

 

Assumptions

 

The following weighted‑average assumptions were used to determine benefit obligations at December 31, 2018 and 2017:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FHI ERP Pension Benefits

 

SERP Pension Benefits

 

Other Benefits

 

 

  

2018

 

2017

 

2018

 

2017

 

2018

 

2017

 

Discount rate

 

4.30

%

3.51

%

4.30

%

3.51

%

4.30

%

3.51

%

Rate of compensation increase

 

NA

 

NA

 

4.00

%

4.00

%

NA

 

NA

 

 

Weighted‑average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FHI ERP Pension Benefits

 

SERP Pension Benefits

 

Other Benefits

 

 

  

2018

 

2017

 

2016

 

2018

 

2017

 

2016

 

2018

 

2017

 

2016

 

Discount rate

 

3.51

% 

4.05

% 

4.40

%  

3.51

% 

4.05

% 

4.40

%  

3.51

% 

4.05

% 

4.40

%

Expected long-term return on plan assets

 

4.75

% 

4.75

% 

5.50

%  

NA

 

NA

 

NA

 

NA

 

NA

 

NA

 

Rate of compensation increase

 

NA

 

NA

 

NA

 

4.00

% 

4.00

% 

4.00

%  

NA

 

NA

 

NA

 

 

To select the discount rate, the Company reviews the yield on high quality corporate bonds. This rate is adjusted to convert the yield to an annual discount rate basis and may be adjusted for the population of plan participants to reflect the expected duration of the benefit payments of the plan.

 

Assumed healthcare cost trend rates were as follows at December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

2018

 

2017

 

2016

 

Healthcare cost trend rate assumed for next year

 

7.00

%  

7.00

%

7.25

%

Rate to which the cost trend is assumed to decline (the ultimate trend rate)

 

5.00

%  

5.00

%

5.00

%

Year that the rate reaches the ultimate trend rate

 

2026

 

2026

 

2026

 

 

A one percentage‑point change in the assumed healthcare cost trend rates would have had the following pre‑tax effect:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

One Percentage-

 

One Percentage-

(dollars in thousands)

    

Point Increase

    

Point Decrease

Effect on 2018 total of service and interest cost components

 

$

77

 

$

(69)

Effect on postretirement benefit obligation at December 31, 2018

 

 

424

 

 

(393)

 

130


 

Table of Contents

Plan Assets

 

The Company’s pension plan assets were allocated as follows as of December 31, 2018 and 2017:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Asset Allocation

 

 

    

2018

    

2017

 

Equity securities

 

29

%  

32

%

Debt securities

 

69

%  

66

%

Other securities

 

 2

%  

 2

%

Total

 

100

%  

100

%

 

There were no holdings of FHI or BNPP stock included in equity securities at December 31, 2018 and 2017.

 

The assets within the pension plan are managed in accordance with ERISA. The objective of the plan is to achieve, over full market cycles, a compounded annual rate of return equal to or greater than the pension plan’s expected long-term rate of return. The pension plan’s participants recognize that capital markets can be unpredictable and that any investment could result in periods where the market value of the pension plan’s assets will decline in value. Asset allocation is likely to be the primary determinant of the pension plan’s return and the associated volatility of returns for the pension plan. The Company estimated the long-term rate of return for 2018 net periodic pension cost to be 4.75%. The return was selected based on a model of U.S. capital market assumptions with expected returns reflecting the anticipated asset allocation of the pension plan.

 

The target asset allocation for the pension plan at December 31, 2018, was as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Target

 

  

Allocation

Equity securities

 

30

%

Debt securities

 

68

%

Other securities

 

 2

%

 

Estimated Future Benefit Payments

 

The following table presents benefit payments that are expected to be paid over the next ten years, giving consideration to expected future service as appropriate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pension

 

Other

(dollars in thousands)

    

Benefits

    

Benefits

2019

 

$

17,183

 

$

1,205

2020

 

 

16,907

 

 

1,318

2021

 

 

16,514

 

 

1,411

2022

 

 

16,096

 

 

1,505

2023

 

 

15,524

 

 

1,592

2024 to 2028

 

 

72,761

 

 

8,495

 

Fair Value Measurement of Plan Assets

 

The Company’s overall investment strategy includes a wide diversification of asset types, fund strategies and fund managers. Investments in mutual funds and exchange‑traded funds consist primarily of investments in large‑cap companies located in the United States. Fixed income securities include U.S. government agencies and corporate bonds of companies from diversified industries.

 

131


 

Table of Contents

The fair values of the Company’s pension plans assets at December 31, 2018 and 2017, by asset class, were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2018

 

 

Quoted Prices

 

Significant

 

 

 

 

 

 

In Active

 

Other

 

Significant

 

 

 

 

Markets for

 

Observable

 

Unobservable

 

 

 

 

Identical Assets

 

Inputs

 

Inputs

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

  

(Level 1)

  

 (Level 2)

  

(Level 3)

  

Total

Asset classes:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

2,428

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

2,428

Fixed income - U.S. Treasury securities

 

 

 —

 

 

4,450

 

 

 —

 

 

4,450

Fixed income - U.S. government agency securities

 

 

 —

 

 

3,565

 

 

 —

 

 

3,565

Fixed income - U.S. corporate securities

 

 

 —

 

 

53,721

 

 

 —

 

 

53,721

Fixed income - municipal securities

 

 

 —

 

 

451

 

 

 —

 

 

451

Fixed income - mutual funds

 

 

6,272

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

6,272

Equity - large-cap mutual funds

 

 

8,831

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

8,831

Equity - large-cap exchange-traded funds

 

 

10,482

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

10,482

Equity - mid-cap exchange-traded funds

 

 

2,544

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

2,544

Equity - small-cap exchange-traded funds

 

 

1,176

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

1,176

Equity - international funds

 

 

5,661

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

5,661

Total

 

$

37,394

 

$

62,187

 

$

 —

 

$

99,581

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2017

 

 

Quoted Prices

 

Significant

 

 

 

 

 

 

In Active

 

Other

 

Significant

 

 

 

 

Markets for

 

Observable

 

Unobservable

 

 

 

 

Identical Assets

 

Inputs

 

Inputs

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

  

(Level 1)

  

 (Level 2)

  

(Level 3)

  

Total

Asset classes:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

1,942

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

1,942

Fixed income - U.S. Treasury securities

 

 

 —

 

 

4,533

 

 

 —

 

 

4,533

Fixed income - U.S. government agency securities

 

 

 —

 

 

4,072

 

 

 —

 

 

4,072

Fixed income - U.S. corporate securities

 

 

 —

 

 

59,786

 

 

 —

 

 

59,786

Fixed income - municipal securities

 

 

 —

 

 

474

 

 

 —

 

 

474

Fixed income - mutual funds

 

 

7,044

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

7,044

Equity - large-cap mutual funds

 

 

10,645

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

10,645

Equity - large-cap exchange-traded funds

 

 

13,048

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

13,048

Equity - mid-cap exchange-traded funds

 

 

3,436

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

3,436

Equity - small-cap exchange-traded funds

 

 

1,618

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

1,618

Equity - international funds

 

 

7,622

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

7,622

Total

 

$

45,355

 

$

68,865

 

$

 —

 

$

114,220

 

No fair value measurements used Level 3 inputs as of December 31, 2018 and 2017.

 

The plan’s investments in fixed income securities represent approximately 68.7% and 66.5% of total plan assets as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, which is the most significant concentration of risk in the plan.

 

Valuation Methodologies

 

Cash and cash equivalents — includes investments in money market funds. Carrying value is a reasonable estimate of fair value based on the short‑term nature of the instruments.

 

U.S. Treasury securities — includes securities issued by the U.S. government valued at fair value based on observable market prices for similar securities or other market observable inputs.

 

U.S. government agency securities — includes investment‑grade debt securities issued by U.S. government‑sponsored agencies. These securities are valued at fair value based upon the quoted market values of the underlying net assets.

132


 

Table of Contents

 

U.S. corporate securities — includes investment‑grade debt securities issued by U.S. corporations. These securities are valued at fair value based on observable market prices for similar securities or other market observable inputs.

 

Municipal securities — includes bonds issued by a city or other local government, or their agencies. Potential issuers of municipal bonds includes cities, counties, redevelopment agencies, special‑purpose districts, school districts, public utility districts, publicly owned airports and seaports, and any other governmental entity (or group of governments) below the state level. Municipal bonds may be general obligations of the issuer or secured by specified revenues. These securities are valued at fair value based on observable market prices for similar securities or other market observable inputs.

 

Mutual funds — includes an open‑end fixed‑income fund benchmarked to the Barclay’s Capital U.S. Government/Credit Bond Index. At least 80% of its assets are high‑grade corporate bonds and U.S. government debt obligations. The fair value is based upon the quoted market values of the underlying net assets.

 

Large‑cap mutual funds — includes open‑end equity funds holding a diversified portfolio of large‑cap domestic equity securities. The portfolio has a bias towards stocks with growth characteristics and stocks with high cash flow and growing dividends. The fair value is based upon the quoted market values of the underlying net assets.

 

Large‑cap exchange‑traded fund — includes an exchange‑traded fund which invests mainly in U.S. large‑cap stocks such as those in the S&P 500 index and in depositary receipts representing stocks in the S&P 500 index. The fair value is based upon the quoted market values of the underlying net assets.

 

Mid‑cap exchange‑traded funds — includes broadly‑diversified exchange‑traded funds which invest in U.S. mid‑cap stocks such as those in the S&P 400 Mid Cap index. The fair value is based upon the quoted market values of the underlying net assets.

 

Small‑cap exchange‑traded funds — includes broadly‑diversified exchange‑traded funds which invest in U.S. small‑cap stocks such as those in the S&P 600 Small Cap index. The fair value is based upon the quoted market values of the underlying net assets.

 

International funds — includes well‑diversified open‑ended mutual funds and exchange‑traded funds tracking broad‑based international equity indexes. The fair value is based upon the quoted market values of the underlying net assets.

 

16. Income Taxes

 

On December 22, 2017, President Trump signed into law the Tax Act. The Tax Act makes many significant amendments to the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), including reducing the corporate tax rate from 35% to 21%, effective January 1, 2018. GAAP requires that companies record and reflect the impact of the Tax Act in their financial statements for the quarter during which the Tax Act becomes law, even if provisions of the Tax Act become effective at a future date. Accordingly, the Company reported the impact of the Tax Act on its results of operations in its consolidated financial statements for the fourth quarter and year ended December 31, 2017. The reduction in the corporate tax rate under the Tax Act required a one-time revaluation of certain tax-related assets, which resulted in the

133


 

Table of Contents

Company recording $47.6 million in additional income tax expense in our consolidated statements of income in the fourth quarter of 2017.

 

For the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, the provision for income taxes was comprised of the following:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

 

(dollars in thousands)

  

2018

  

2017

  

2016

 

Current:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

$

69,477

 

$

101,162

 

$

118,080

 

State and local

 

 

27,909

 

 

24,595

 

 

20,253

 

Total current

 

 

97,386

 

 

125,757

 

 

138,333

 

Deferred:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

 

(2,043)

 

 

58,732

 

 

2,211

 

State and local

 

 

(1,559)

 

 

184

 

 

1,107

 

Total deferred

 

 

(3,602)

 

 

58,916

 

 

3,318

 

Total provision for income taxes

 

$

93,784

 

$

184,673

 

$

141,651

 

 

The Company files Federal and state income tax returns with its subsidiaries. The Company’s subsidiary also files income tax returns in Guam and Saipan. The Company had a current income tax receivable due from various jurisdictions of $25.3 million and $53.2 million as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, for its share of consolidated and combined tax overpayments that had not yet been received.

 

The components of net deferred income tax assets and liabilities at December 31, 2018 and 2017, were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 

(dollars in thousands)

  

2018

  

2017

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred compensation expense

 

$

56,989

 

$

51,169

Allowance for loan and lease losses and nonperforming assets

 

 

38,245

 

 

37,185

Investment securities

 

 

45,846

 

 

35,819

State income taxes

 

 

5,378

 

 

5,155

Total deferred income tax assets before valuation allowance

 

 

146,458

 

 

129,328

Valuation allowance

 

 

(1,901)

 

 

(1,834)

Total deferred income tax assets after valuation allowance

 

 

144,557

 

 

127,494

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Leases

 

 

(10,597)

 

 

(13,634)

Deferred income

 

 

(15,471)

 

 

(6,262)

Intangible assets

 

 

(788)

 

 

(969)

Other

 

 

(9,852)

 

 

(8,130)

Total deferred income tax liabilities

 

 

(36,708)

 

 

(28,995)

Net deferred income tax assets

 

$

107,849

 

$

98,499

 

Net deferred income tax assets were included in other assets in the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2018 and 2017.

 

Management evaluated the deferred income tax assets for recoverability by considering negative and positive evidence. Negative evidence included the uncertainty of generating future capital gains and restrictions on the ability to sell low-income housing investments during periods when carrybacks of capital losses are allowed. Positive evidence included the generation of capital gains in the current year and carryback years. Based on the weight of all available evidence, management determined a valuation allowance to offset deferred tax assets related to investments in low-income housing projects that can only be utilized to offset capital gains was required. Management further concluded it is more likely than not that the remaining deferred tax assets will be realized through carryback to taxable income in prior years, future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, and projected future taxable income. Consequently, the remaining deferred income tax assets are not subject to a valuation allowance. 

 

134


 

Table of Contents

The following analysis reconciles the Federal statutory income tax rate to the effective income tax rate for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

 

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

(dollars in thousands)

  

Amount

  

Percent

 

   

Amount

  

Percent

 

   

Amount

  

Percent

 

Federal statutory income tax expense and rate

 

$

75,217

 

21.00

%

 

$

128,924

 

35.00

%

 

$

130,140

 

35.00

%

State and local taxes, net of federal income tax benefit

 

 

20,817

 

5.81

 

 

 

16,106

 

4.37

 

 

 

13,884

 

3.73

 

Impact of Tax Reform

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 

47,598

 

12.92

 

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

Nontaxable income

 

 

(2,037)

 

(0.57)

 

 

 

(4,974)

 

(1.35)

 

 

 

(4,628)

 

(1.24)

 

Other

 

 

(213)

 

(0.06)

 

 

 

(2,981)

 

(0.81)

 

 

 

2,255

 

0.61

 

Income tax expense and effective income tax rate

 

$

93,784

 

26.18

%

 

$

184,673

 

50.13

%

 

$

141,651

 

38.10

%

 

The Company is subject to examination by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) and tax authorities in states in which the Company has significant business operations. The tax years under examination and open for examination vary by jurisdiction. There are currently no federal examinations under way; however, refund claims and tax returns for certain years are being reviewed by state jurisdictions. No material unanticipated adjustments were made by the IRS in the years most recently examined. The Company’s income tax returns for 2015 and subsequent tax years generally remain subject to examination by U.S. federal and foreign jurisdictions, and 2014 and subsequent years are subject to examination by state taxing authorities.

 

A reconciliation of the amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

 

 

 

2018

 

2017

 

2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

and

 

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

  

Tax

  

Penalties

  

Total

  

Tax

  

Penalties

  

Total

  

Tax

  

Penalties

  

Total

 

Balance at beginning of year

 

$

130,619

 

$

10,660

 

$

141,279

 

$

127,085

 

$

9,965

 

$

137,050

 

$

5,903

 

$

2,935

 

$

8,838

 

Additions for current year tax positions

 

 

2,260

 

 

 —

 

 

2,260

 

 

2,727

 

 

 —

 

 

2,727

 

 

490

 

 

 —

 

 

490

 

Additions for Reorganization Transactions

 

 

 —

 

 

832

 

 

832

 

 

 —

 

 

226

 

 

226

 

 

121,401

 

 

7,017

 

 

128,418

 

Additions for prior years' tax positions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accrual of interest and penalties

 

 

 —

 

 

1,159

 

 

1,159

 

 

 —

 

 

621

 

 

621

 

 

 —

 

 

301

 

 

301

 

Other

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

1,152

 

 

 —

 

 

1,152

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Reductions for prior years' tax positions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expiration of statute of limitations

 

 

(280)

 

 

(127)

 

 

(407)

 

 

(345)

 

 

(152)

 

 

(497)

 

 

(709)

 

 

(288)

 

 

(997)

 

Other

 

 

(1,029)

 

 

 —

 

 

(1,029)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Balance at December 31, 

 

$

131,570

 

$

12,524

 

$

144,094

 

$

130,619

 

$

10,660

 

$

141,279

 

$

127,085

 

$

9,965

 

$

137,050

 

 

Included in the balance of unrecognized tax benefits for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, was $16.2 million, $14.9 million and $10.6 million, respectively, of unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would impact the effective tax rate.

 

In connection with the Reorganization Transactions discussed below, the Company recorded unrecognized tax benefits and interest and penalties of $121.4 million and $7.0 million, respectively. Included in the balance of the unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2018, was $93.9 million attributable to tax refund claims with respect to tax years 2005 through 2012 in the State of California. Such refund claims were filed by the Company in 2015, on behalf of the Company and its affiliates, including BOW, concerning the determination of taxes for which no benefit is currently recognized. It is reasonably possible that the amount of unrecognized tax benefits could decrease within the next 12 months by as much as $14.6 million of taxes and $6.2 million of accrued interest and penalties as a result of settlements and the expiration of the statute of limitations in various states.

 

135


 

Table of Contents

The Company recognizes interest and penalties attributable to both unrecognized tax benefits and undisputed tax adjustments in the provision for income taxes. For the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, the Company recorded $1.0 million, $0.7 million and $0.8 million, respectively, of net expense attributable to interest and penalties. The Company had a liability of $13.8 million and $12.8 million as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, accrued for interest and penalties, of which $12.5 million and $10.7 million as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, were attributable to unrecognized tax benefits and the remainder was attributable to tax adjustments which are not expected to be in dispute.

 

Prior to the Reorganization Transactions, the Company filed consolidated U.S. Federal and combined state tax returns that incorporated the tax receivables and unrecognized tax benefits of FHB and BOW. The consummation of the Reorganization Transactions did not relieve the Company of the pre-Reorganization Transactions tax receivables and unrecognized tax benefits recognized by BOW that were included in the Company's consolidated and combined tax returns. As a result, on April 1, 2016, the Company recorded $72.8 million related to current tax receivables, $116.6 million related to unrecognized tax benefits, and an indemnification payable of $28.6 million. As of December 31, 2018, the Company maintained balances of $93.1 million related to current tax receivables, $117.3 million related to unrecognized tax benefits, and an indemnification receivable of $24.2 million. Additionally, in connection with the Reorganization Transactions, the Company has incurred certain tax-related liabilities related to the distribution of its interest in BWHI amounting to $95.4 million. The amount necessary to pay the distribution taxes (net of the expected federal tax benefit of $33.4 million) was paid by BNPP to the Company on April 1, 2016. The Company reported total distribution taxes of $92.1 million in the 2016 tax returns of various state and local jurisdictions, and reimbursed BWHI approximately $2.1 million pursuant to a tax sharing agreement entered into on April 1, 2016 and pursuant to certain tax allocation agreements entered into among the parties. The Company expects that any future adjustment to such taxes will be similarly reimbursed to, or funded by, BWHI or its affiliates. Accordingly, the assumption of the pre-Reorganization Transactions tax receivables, unrecognized tax benefits and distribution tax liabilities and the offsetting indemnification receivables or payables were reflected as equity contributions and distributions on April 1, 2016. The reimbursement of distribution taxes to BWHI was also reflected as an adjustment to equity. If there are any future adjustments to the indemnified tax receivables or unrecognized tax benefits, an offsetting adjustment to the indemnification receivables or payables will be recorded to the provision for income taxes and other noninterest income or expense. For the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company recorded $1.5 million and $3.9 million, respectively, of such adjustments through the provision for income taxes and noninterest income.

 

Effective July 1, 2016, the Company entered into a new tax allocation agreement with its affiliates that generally supersedes the prior tax allocation agreements. The execution of such agreement did not have a material impact to the consolidated financial statements.

 

 

17. Derivative Financial Instruments

 

The Company enters into derivative contracts primarily to manage its interest rate risk, as well as for customer accommodation purposes. Derivatives used for risk management purposes consist of interest rate swaps that are designated as either a fair value hedge or a cash flow hedge. The derivatives are recognized on the consolidated balance sheets as either assets or liabilities at fair value. Derivatives entered into for customer accommodation purposes consist of various free-standing interest rate derivative products and foreign exchange contracts. The Company is party to master netting arrangements with its financial institution counterparties; however, the Company does not offset assets and liabilities under these arrangements for financial statement presentation purposes. 

 

136


 

Table of Contents

The following table summarizes notional amounts and fair values of derivatives held by the Company as of December 31, 2018 and 2017:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2018

 

December 31, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

Fair Value

 

 

 

 

Fair Value

 

 

Notional

 

Asset

 

Liability

 

Notional

 

Asset

 

Liability

(dollars in thousands)

  

Amount

  

Derivatives(1)

  

Derivatives(2)

  

Amount

  

Derivatives(1)

  

Derivatives(2)

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate swaps

 

$

41,317

 

$

31

 

$

(44)

 

$

194,687

 

$

 —

 

$

(2,032)

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate swaps

 

 

2,269,247

 

 

12,305

 

 

(12,007)

 

 

1,820,442

 

 

14,658

 

 

(13,017)

Funding swap

 

 

62,039

 

 

 —

 

 

(2,607)

 

 

43,113

 

 

 —

 

 

(5,439)

Foreign exchange contracts

 

 

1,191

 

 

 —

 

 

(34)

 

 

3,658

 

 

24

 

 

 —


(1)

The positive fair values of derivative assets are included in other assets.

(2)

The negative fair values of derivative liabilities are included in other liabilities.

 

Certain interest rate swaps noted above, are cleared through clearinghouses, rather than directly with counterparties. Those transactions cleared through a clearinghouse require initial margin collateral and variation margin payments depending on the contracts being in a net asset or liability position. The amount of initial margin cash collateral posted by the Company was $2.1 million and $2.9 million as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. 

 

Effective January 3, 2017, the Chicago Mercantile Exchange (“CME”) amended its rulebook to legally characterize variation margin payments, for derivative contracts that are referred to as settled-to-market (“STM”), as settlements of the derivative’s mark-to-market exposure and not collateral. Based on these changes, the Company has treated the CME variation margin as a settlement, which has resulted in a decrease in our cash collateral, and a corresponding decrease in our derivative asset and liability. The change was applied prospectively effective January 3, 2017. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the CME variation margin was $0.5 million and $3.1 million, respectively.

 

Effective January 16, 2018, the London Clearing House (“LCH”) also amended its rulebook to legally characterize variation margin payments, for derivative contracts that are referred to as STM, as settlements of the derivative’s mark-to-market exposure and not collateral. Consistent with the CME’s amended requirements discussed above, the Company has treated the LCH variation margin as a settlement, which has resulted in a decrease in our cash collateral, and a corresponding decrease in our derivative asset and liability. The change was applied prospectively effective January 16, 2018. As of December 31, 2018, the LCH variation margin was $0.6 million.

 

As of December 31, 2018, the Company pledged $26.2 million in financial instruments and $2.6 million in cash as collateral for interest rate swaps. As of December 31, 2018, the cash collateral includes the excess initial margin for interest rate swaps cleared through clearinghouses and cash collateral for interest rate swaps with financial institution counterparties. As of December 31, 2017, the Company pledged $22.6 million in financial instruments and $4.9 million in cash as collateral for interest rate swaps. As of December 31, 2017, the cash collateral includes the excess initial margin for interest rate swaps cleared through clearinghouses, the LCH variation margin which was not treated as settlements prior to January 16, 2018 and cash collateral for interest rate swaps with financial institution counterparties.

 

Fair Value Hedges

 

To manage the risk related to the Company’s net interest margin, interest rate swaps are utilized to hedge certain fixed-rate loans. These swaps have maturity, amortization and prepayment features that correspond to the loans hedged and are designated and qualify as fair value hedges. Any gain or loss on the swaps, as well as the offsetting loss or gain on the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk, is recognized in current period earnings.

 

At December 31, 2018, the Company carried interest rate swaps with notional amounts totaling $41.3 million with a positive fair value of nil and a negative fair value of nil that were categorized as fair value hedges for commercial and industrial loans and commercial real estate loans. The Company received various floating rates including LIBOR and paid fixed rates ranging from 2.59% to 3.44%. The swaps mature between 2019 and 2023. At December 31, 2017, the

137


 

Table of Contents

Company carried interest rate swaps with notional amounts totaling $44.7 million with a positive fair value of nil and a negative fair value of $0.5 million that were categorized as fair value hedges for commercial and industrial loans and commercial real estate loans.

 

The following table shows the net gains and losses recognized in income related to derivatives in fair value hedging relationships for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 

 

(dollars in thousands)

  

2018

  

2017

    

2016

 

Interest expense recorded in net interest income

 

$

(210)

 

$

(644)

 

$

(1,226)

 

Gains (losses) recorded in noninterest income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recognized on derivatives

 

 

629

 

 

846

 

 

956

 

Recognized on hedged item

 

 

(723)

 

 

(841)

 

 

(1,166)

 

Net (losses) gains recognized on fair value hedges (ineffective portion)

 

 

(94)

 

 

 5

 

 

(210)

 

Net losses recognized on fair value hedges

 

$

(304)

 

$

(639)

 

$

(1,436)

 

 

Cash Flow Hedges

 

The Company utilizes interest rate swaps to reduce exposure to interest rates associated with short-term fixed-rate liabilities. The Company enters into interest rate swaps paying fixed rates and receiving LIBOR. The LIBOR index will correspond to the short-term fixed-rate nature of the liabilities being hedged. If interest rates rise, the increase in interest received on the swaps will offset increases in interest costs associated with these liabilities. By hedging with interest rate swaps, the Company minimizes the adverse impact on interest expense associated with increasing rates on short-term liabilities.

 

As of December 31, 2017, the Company carried two interest rate swaps with notional amounts totaling $150.0 million, with a negative fair value of $1.5 million, in order to reduce exposure to interest rate increases associated with short-term fixed-rate liabilities. These swaps matured in December 2018. The Company received 6-month LIBOR and paid fixed rates ranging from 2.98% to 3.03%.

 

The interest rate swaps were designated and qualified as cash flow hedges. The effective portion of the gain or loss on the interest rate swaps was reported as a component of other comprehensive income and reclassified into earnings in the same period or periods during which the hedged transaction affected earnings. During the year ended December 31, 2018, the pretax gain recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income of $7.6 million was reclassified into other noninterest income on the maturity dates of the cash flow hedges. The interest rate swaps designated as cash flow hedges resulted in net interest expense of $1.2 million, $2.4 million and $3.2 million during the years ended December 31, 2018,  2017 and 2016, respectively. The Company also recognized expenses related to the ineffective portion of the change in fair value of the cash flow hedges of nil,  $0.1 million and $0.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. 

 

The following table summarizes the effect of cash flow hedging relationships for the years ended December 31, 2018,  2017 and 2016:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 

 

(dollars in thousands)

  

2018

  

2017

    

2016

 

Pretax gains recognized in other comprehensive income on derivatives (effective portion)

 

$

1,475

 

$

2,473

 

$

2,397

 

Pretax gain reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income

 

 

(7,558)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

Free-Standing Derivative Instruments

 

For the derivatives that are not designated as hedges, changes in fair value are reported in current period earnings. The following table summarizes the impact on pretax earnings of derivatives not designated as hedges, as reported on the consolidated statements of income for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016:

 

138


 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net gains (losses) recognized

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

in the consolidated statements

 

December 31, 

 

(dollars in thousands)

  

of income line item

   

2018

  

2017

    

2016

 

Derivatives Not Designated As Hedging Instruments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate swaps

 

Other noninterest income

 

$

574

 

$

819

 

$

901

 

Funding swap

 

Other noninterest income

 

 

(172)

 

 

(169)

 

 

25

 

Foreign exchange contracts

 

Other noninterest income

 

 

(58)

 

 

171

 

 

(240)

 

 

As of December 31, 2018, the Company carried multiple interest rate swaps with notional amounts totaling $2.3 billion, including $2.2 billion related to the Company’s customer swap program, with a positive fair value of $12.3 million and a negative fair value of $12.0 million. The Company received 1-month and 3-month LIBOR and paid fixed rates ranging from 2.02% to 5.78%. The swaps mature between 2019 and 2039. As of December 31, 2017, the Company carried multiple interest rate swaps with notional amounts totaling $1.8 billion, including $1.7 billion related to the Company’s customer swap program, with a positive fair value of $14.7 million and a negative fair value of $13.0 million. The Company received 1-month and 3-month LIBOR and paid fixed rates ranging from 1.36% to 5.33%. These swaps resulted in net interest expense of $0.5 million, $0.9 million and $1.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2018,  2017, and 2016, respectively.

 

The Company’s customer swap program is designed by offering customers a variable-rate loan that is swapped to fixed-rate through an interest-rate swap. The Company simultaneously executes an offsetting interest-rate swap with a swap dealer. Upfront fees on the dealer swap are recorded in other noninterest income and totaled $7.3 million, $6.7 million and $7.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2018,  2017, and 2016, respectively. Interest rate swaps related to the program had asset fair values of $12.3 million and $14.7 million as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, and liability fair values of $11.2 million and $11.7 million as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

 

In conjunction with the 2016 sale of Class B restricted shares of common stock issued by Visa, the Company entered into a funding swap agreement with the buyer that requires payment to the buyer in the event Visa reduces each member bank’s Class B conversion rate to unrestricted Class A common shares. On June 28, 2018, Visa additionally funded its litigation escrow account, thereby reducing each member bank’s Class B conversion rate to unrestricted Class A common shares. Accordingly, on July 5, 2018, Visa announced a decrease in conversion rate from 1.6483 to 1.6298 effective June 28, 2018. In July 2018, the Company made a payment of approximately $0.7 million to the buyer as a result of the reduction in the Visa Class B conversion rate. Under the terms of the funding swap agreement, the Company will make monthly payments to the buyer based on Visa’s Class A stock price and the number of Visa Class B restricted shares that were sold until the date on which the covered litigation is settled. A derivative liability (“Visa derivative”) of $2.6 million and $5.4 million was included in the consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, to provide for the fair value of this liability. There were no sales of these shares prior to 2016. See “Note 22. Fair Value” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data for more information.

 

Counterparty Credit Risk

 

By using derivatives, the Company is exposed to counterparty credit risk if counterparties to the derivative contracts do not perform as expected. If a counterparty fails to perform, the Company’s counterparty credit risk is equal to the amount reported as a derivative asset, net of cash or other collateral received, and net of derivatives in a loss position with the same counterparty to the extent master netting arrangements exist. The Company minimizes counterparty credit risk through credit approvals, limits, monitoring procedures, executing master netting arrangements and obtaining collateral, where appropriate. Counterparty credit risk related to derivatives is considered in determining fair value.

 

The Company’s interest rate swap agreements include bilateral collateral agreements with collateral requirements which begin with exposures in excess of $0.5 million. For each counterparty, the Company reviews the interest rate swap collateral daily. Collateral for customer interest rate swap agreements, calculated as the pledged asset less loan balance, requires valuation of the pledged asset. Counterparty credit risk adjustments of $0.1 million, $0.1 million and nil were recognized for the years ended December 31, 2018,  2017 and 2016, respectively.

 

139


 

Table of Contents

Credit-Risk Related Contingent Features

 

Certain of our derivative contracts contain provisions whereby if the Company’s credit rating were to be downgraded by certain major credit rating agencies as a result of a merger or material adverse change in the Company’s financial condition, the counterparty could require an early termination of derivative instruments in a net liability position. The aggregate fair value of all derivative instruments with such credit-risk related contingent features that are in a net liability position was $0.8 million and $4.5 million at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, for which we posted $0.5 million and $4.8 million, respectively, in collateral in the normal course of business. If the Company’s credit rating had been downgraded on December 31, 2018 and 2017, we may have been required to settle the contract in an amount equal to its fair value.

 

18. Commitments and Contingent Liabilities

 

Contingencies

 

On January 27, 2017, a putative class action lawsuit was filed by a Bank customer alleging that FHB improperly charges an overdraft fee in circumstances where an account had sufficient funds to cover the transaction at the time the transaction is authorized, but not at the time the transaction is presented for payment and that this practice constitutes an unjust and deceptive trade practice and a breach of contract. The lawsuit further alleged that FHB’s practice of assessing a one-time continuous negative balance overdraft fee on accounts remaining in a negative balance for a seven-day period constitutes a usurious interest charge and an unfair and deceptive trade practice. On October 2, 2018, the parties reached an agreement in principle to resolve this class action lawsuit. In connection with the anticipated settlement agreement, the Company recorded an expense of approximately $4.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2018. The settlement agreement will be subject to court approval.

 

In addition to the litigation noted above, various other legal proceedings are pending or threatened against the Company. After consultation with legal counsel, management does not expect that the aggregate liability, if any, resulting from these proceedings would have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

Financial Instruments with Off-Balance Sheet Risk

 

The Company is a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and standby and commercial letters of credit which are not reflected in the consolidated financial statements.

 

Unfunded Commitments to Extend Credit

 

A commitment to extend credit is a legally binding agreement to lend funds to a customer, usually at a stated interest rate and for a specified purpose. Commitments are reported net of participations sold to other institutions. Such commitments have fixed expiration dates and generally require a fee. The extension of a commitment gives rise to credit risk. The actual liquidity requirements or credit risk that the Company will experience is expected to be lower than the contractual amount of commitments to extend credit because a significant portion of those commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon. Certain commitments are subject to loan agreements containing covenants regarding the financial performance of the customer that must be met before the Company is required to fund the commitment. The Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments to extend credit as it does in making loans. In addition, the Company manages the potential credit risk in commitments to extend credit by limiting the total amount of arrangements, both by individual customer and in the aggregate, by monitoring the size and expiration structure of these portfolios and by applying the same credit standards maintained for all of its related credit activities. Commitments to extend credit are reported net of participations sold to other institutions of $92.3 million and $49.1 million at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

 

Standby and Commercial Letters of Credit

 

Standby letters of credit are issued on behalf of customers in connection with contracts between the customers and third parties. Under standby letters of credit, the Company assures that the third parties will receive specified funds if customers fail to meet their contractual obligations. The credit risk to the Company arises from its obligation to make

140


 

Table of Contents

payment in the event of a customer’s contractual default. Standby letters of credit are reported net of participations sold to other institutions of $17.3 million and $17.8 million at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The Company also had commitments for commercial and similar letters of credit. Commercial letters of credit are issued specifically to facilitate commerce whereby the commitment is typically drawn upon when the underlying transaction between the customer and a third-party is consummated. The maximum amount of potential future payments guaranteed by the Company is limited to the contractual amount of these letters. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers. Collateral held supports those commitments for which collateral is deemed necessary. The commitments outstanding as of December 31, 2018 have maturities ranging from January 2019 to March 2021. Substantially all fees received from the issuance of such commitments are deferred and amortized on a straight-line basis over the term of the commitment.

 

Financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk at December 31, 2018 and 2017 were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 

(dollars in thousands)

  

2018

  

2017

Financial instruments whose contract amounts represent credit risk:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments to extend credit

 

$

5,549,591

 

$

5,401,763

Standby letters of credit

 

 

204,324

 

 

161,798

Commercial letters of credit

 

 

7,535

 

 

5,540

 

Guarantees

 

The Company sells residential mortgage loans in the secondary market primarily to The Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA” or “Fannie Mae”) and The Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC” or “Freddie Mac”) that may potentially require repurchase under certain conditions. This risk is managed through the Company’s underwriting practices. The Company services loans sold to investors and loans originated by other originators under agreements that may include repurchase remedies if certain servicing requirements are not met. This risk is managed through the Company’s quality assurance and monitoring procedures. Management does not anticipate any material losses as a result of these transactions.

 

Lease Commitments

 

The Company’s lease commitments are discussed in “Note 14. Leases” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

 

Foreign Exchange Contracts

 

The Company has forward foreign exchange contracts that represent commitments to purchase or sell foreign currencies at a future date at a specified price. The Company’s utilization of forward foreign exchange contracts is subject to the primary underlying risk of movements in foreign currency exchange rates and to additional counterparty risk should its counterparties fail to meet the terms of their contracts. Forward foreign exchange contracts are utilized to mitigate the Company’s risk to satisfy customer demand for foreign currencies and are not used for trading purposes. See “Note 17. Derivative Financial Instruments” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data for more information.

 

Reorganization Transactions

 

In connection with the Reorganization Transactions as discussed in “Note 1. Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, FHI (formerly BancWest) distributed its interest in BWHI (including BOW) to BNPP so that BWHI was held directly by BNPP (BWHI is now held indirectly by BNPP through its intermediate holding company). As a result of the Reorganization Transactions that occurred on April 1, 2016, various tax or other contingent liabilities could arise related to the business of BOW, or related to the Company’s operations prior to the restructuring when it was known as BancWest, including its then wholly owned subsidiary, BOW. The Company is not able to determine the ultimate outcome or estimate the amounts of these contingent liabilities, if any, at this time.

 

141


 

Table of Contents

19. Revenue from Contracts with Customers

 

As noted in “Note 1. Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, the Company adopted the provisions of ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), on January 1, 2018. Results for reporting periods beginning after December 31, 2017 are presented under Topic 606, while prior period amounts have not been adjusted and continue to be reported in accordance with Topic 605.

 

Revenue Recognition

In accordance with Topic 606, revenues are recognized when control of promised goods or services is transferred to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration the Company expects to be entitled to in exchange for those goods or services. To determine revenue recognition for arrangements that an entity determines are within the scope of Topic 606, the Company performs the following five steps: (i) identify the contract(s) with a customer; (ii) identify the performance obligations in the contract; (iii) determine the transaction price; (iv) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and (v) recognize revenue when (or as) the Company satisfies a performance obligation. The Company only applies the five-step model to contracts when it is probable that the entity will collect the consideration it is entitled to in exchange for the goods or services it transfers to the customer. At contract inception, once the contract is determined to be within the scope of Topic 606, the Company assesses the goods or services that are promised within each contract and identifies those that contain performance obligations, and assesses whether each promised good or service is distinct. The Company then recognizes as revenue the amount of the transaction price that is allocated to the respective performance obligation when (or as) the performance obligation is satisfied.

 

Disaggregation of Revenue

The following table summarizes the Company’s revenues, which includes net interest income on financial instruments and noninterest income, disaggregated by type of service and business segments for the year ended December 31, 2018:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Treasury

 

 

 

 

 

Retail

 

Commercial

 

and

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

  

Banking

  

Banking

  

Other

  

Total

Net interest income(1)

 

$

447,023

 

$

113,475

 

$

5,820

 

$

566,318

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service charges on deposit accounts

 

 

29,997

 

 

15

 

 

2,024

 

 

32,036

Credit and debit card fees

 

 

 —

 

 

78,218

 

 

7,080

 

 

85,298

Other service charges and fees

 

 

19,977

 

 

4,089

 

 

2,175

 

 

26,241

Trust and investment services income

 

 

31,324

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

31,324

Other

 

 

585

 

 

6,616

 

 

2,731

 

 

9,932

Not in scope of Topic 606(1)

 

 

8,917

 

 

(9,165)

 

 

(5,590)

 

 

(5,838)

Total noninterest income

 

 

90,800

 

 

79,773

 

 

8,420

 

 

178,993

Total revenue

 

$

537,823

 

$

193,248

 

$

14,240

 

$

745,311


(1)

Most of the Company’s revenue is not within the scope of Topic 606. The guidance explicitly excludes net interest income from financial assets and liabilities as well as other noninterest income from loans, leases, investment securities and derivative financial instruments.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2018, substantially all of the Company’s revenues under the scope of Topic 606 were related to performance obligations satisfied at a point in time.

 

The following is a discussion of revenues within the scope of Topic 606.

 

Service Charges on Deposit Accounts

Service charges on deposit accounts relate to fees generated from a variety of deposit products and services rendered to customers.  Charges include, but are not limited to, overdraft fees, non-sufficient fund fees, dormant fees and monthly service charges. Such fees are recognized concurrent with the event on a daily basis or on a monthly basis depending upon the customer’s cycle date.

 

Credit and Debit Card Fees

Credit and debit card fees primarily represent revenues earned from interchange fees, ATM fees and merchant processing fees. Interchange and network revenues are earned on credit and debit card transactions conducted with payment networks. ATM fees are primarily earned as a result of surcharges assessed to non-FHB customers who use a

142


 

Table of Contents

FHB ATM. Merchant processing fees are primarily earned on transactions in which FHB is the acquiring bank. Such fees are generally recognized concurrently with the delivery of services on a daily basis.

 

Trust and Investment Services Fees

Trust and investment services fees represent revenue earned by directing, holding and managing customers’ assets. Fees are generally computed based on a percentage of the previous period’s value of assets under management. The transaction price (i.e., percentage of assets under management) is established at the inception of each contract. Trust and investment services fees also include broker dealer fees which represent revenue earned from buying and selling securities on behalf of customers. Such fees are recognized at the end of a valuation period or concurrently with the execution of a buy or sell transaction.

 

Other Fees

Other fees primarily include revenues generated from wire transfers, lockboxes, bank issuance of checks and insurance commissions. Such fees are recognized concurrent with the event or on a monthly basis.

 

Contract Balances

A contract liability is an entity’s obligation to transfer goods or services to a customer for which the entity has received consideration (or the amount is due) from the customer. In prior years, the Company received signing bonuses from two vendors which are being amortized over the term of the respective contracts. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company had contract liabilities of $2.6 million and $3.4 million, respectively, which will be recognized over the remaining term of the respective contracts with the vendors. For the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company recognized revenues and contract liabilities decreased by approximately $0.8 million due to the passage of time. There were no changes in contract liabilities due to changes in transaction price estimates.

 

A contract asset is the right to consideration for transferred goods or services when the amount is conditioned on something other than the passage of time. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, there were no receivables from contracts with customers or contract assets recorded on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.

 

Other

Except for the contract liabilities noted above, the Company did not have any significant performance obligations as of December 31, 2018. The Company also did not have any material contract acquisition costs or use any significant judgments or estimates in recognizing revenue for financial reporting purposes.

 

20.  Earnings per Share

 

The Company made no adjustments to net income for the purposes of computing earnings per share and there were no antidilutive securities. For the year ended December 31, 2016, basic and diluted earnings per share were computed using the number of shares of common stock outstanding immediately following the Reorganization Transactions on April 1, 2016, as if such shares were outstanding for the entire period prior to the Reorganization Transactions, plus the weighted average number of such shares outstanding following the Reorganization Transactions through December 31, 2016.

 

The computations of basic and diluted earnings per share were as follows for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 

 

(dollars in thousands, except shares and per share amounts)

  

2018

  

2017

    

2016

 

Numerator:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

264,394

 

$

183,682

 

$

230,178

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Denominator:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic: weighted-average shares outstanding

 

 

136,945,134

 

 

139,560,305

 

 

139,487,762

 

Add: weighted-average equity-based awards

 

 

166,286

 

 

96,688

 

 

4,846

 

Diluted: weighted-average shares outstanding

 

 

137,111,420

 

 

139,656,993

 

 

139,492,608

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic earnings per share

 

$

1.93

 

$

1.32

 

$

1.65

 

Diluted earnings per share

 

$

1.93

 

$

1.32

 

$

1.65

 

 

143


 

Table of Contents

 

21. Stock-Based Compensation

 

The Company has several stock-based compensation plans that allow for grants of restricted stock, performance share units and restricted stock units to its employees and non-employee directors. The Company’s stock-based compensation plans are administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors. For the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, stock-based compensation expense was $6.9 million, $3.1 million and $4.5 million, respectively, and the related income tax benefit was $1.8 million, $1.6 million and $0.7 million, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, all common stock issuances in connection with stock-based compensation arrangements were issued from unissued shares.

 

Restricted Stock

 

Restricted stock provides grantees with rights to shares of common stock upon completion of a service period. During the restriction period, all shares are considered outstanding and dividends are paid on the restricted stock. Restricted stock and dividends may be forfeited if an employee terminates prior to vesting. The fair value of restricted stock is determined based on the closing price of FHI’s common stock on the date of grant. The Company recognizes compensation expense related to restricted stock on a straight-line basis over the vesting period for service-based awards.

 

The following presents the Company’s restricted stock activity for the year ended December 31, 2016:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

Number

 

 

Average Grant

 

  

 

of Shares

  

 

Date Fair Value

Unvested as of December 31, 2015

   

 

 —

   

$

 —

Granted

 

 

77,037

 

 

24.41

Vested

 

 

(77,037)

 

 

24.41

Forfeited

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Unvested as of December 31, 2016

 

 

 —

 

$

 —

 

For the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company granted 77,037 shares of restricted stock with a weighted-average grant date fair value of $24.41 to key employees. These shares were fully vested on the grant date. The total grant date fair value of restricted stock that vested for the year ended December 31, 2016 was $1.9 million. There were no shares of restricted stock granted for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017.

 

Performance Share Units

 

Performance share units (“PSU”) are an award of units in which the recipient’s rights in the units are contingent on the achievement of pre-established performance goals. At the end of the performance period, the Company will determine if the performance goals originally outlined when the PSUs were granted have been achieved. If these goals are met or exceeded, the Company will issue one share of FHI common stock for each vested PSU. Employees must be continuously employed by the Company from the grant date through the applicable vesting date with any unvested PSUs being forfeited upon termination of employment. The fair value of PSUs is estimated based on the use of a Monte Carlo simulation or based on the closing price of FHI’s common stock on the date of grant and is amortized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period.

 

The Company has a Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “LTIP”) designed to reward selected key executives for their individual performance and the Company’s performance measured over multi-year performance cycles. Awards related to the LTIP provide for equity-based awards based on the Company’s profitability and market conditions that are based on the Company’s performance relative to peer groups over a three-year performance period.

 

LTIP expense of $3.3 million, $6.7 million and $9.3 million was recognized in the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively, and are included in salaries and employee benefits within the consolidated statements of income.

 

144


 

Table of Contents

The following presents the Company’s PSU activity for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

Number

 

 

Average Grant

 

  

 

of Shares

  

 

Date Fair Value

Unvested as of December 31, 2015

 

 

 —

 

$

 —

Granted

 

 

321,612

 

 

29.11

Vested

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Forfeited

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Unvested as of December 31, 2016

   

 

321,612

   

$

29.11

Granted

 

 

244,218

 

 

30.44

Vested

 

 

(38,522)

 

 

24.41

Forfeited

 

 

(21,257)

 

 

33.20

Unvested as of December 31, 2017

   

 

506,051

   

$

30.82

Granted

 

 

277,197

 

 

22.39

Vested

 

 

(229,809)

 

 

32.17

Forfeited

 

 

(48,942)

 

 

30.52

Unvested as of December 31, 2018

 

 

504,497

 

$

25.93

 

For the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company granted 277,197 and 209,374 PSUs, respectively, to key employees. The Company granted these PSUs in connection with its LTIP for the three year performance periods which began on January 1, 2018 and 2017. These awards have performance conditions that are based on the Company’s profitability and market conditions that are based on the Company’s performance relative to peer groups. For the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company granted 356,456 PSUs to key employees with a weighted-average grant date fair value of $30.91. The Company granted 115,566 PSUs in connection with its IPO. One-third of these PSUs will vest on each of the first,  second and third anniversaries of the IPO date. However, transfer restrictions will remain on these shares for six months following the vesting date. The performance condition related to these PSUs is based on the Company’s profitability in the fiscal years immediately preceding the vesting dates. The Company also granted 240,890 PSUs related to its LTIP for the three year performance period which began on January 1, 2016. The Company’s stock-based compensation expense related to PSUs was $6.5 million, $2.9 million and $2.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Unrecognized compensation expense related to unvested PSUs was $6.2 million and $4.3 million as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The unrecognized compensation expense as of December 31, 2018 is expected to be recognized over a weighted average vesting period of 1.5 years. As of December 31, 2018, total shares authorized under the plan from which the restricted stock, PSUs and restricted stock units were issued were 5.6 million shares, of which 4.7 million shares were available for future grants. The total grant date fair value of PSUs that vested for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 was $7.4 million and $0.9 million, respectively.

 

Restricted Stock Units

 

Restricted stock units (“RSU”) are an award of units that correspond in number and value to a specified number of shares of FHI’s common stock that are subject to vesting requirements and transferability restrictions. RSUs do not represent actual ownership of common stock. Upon vesting, the Company will issue one share of FHI common stock for each vested RSU. The fair value of RSUs is valued based on the closing price of FHI’s common stock on the date of grant and is amortized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period.

 

145


 

Table of Contents

The following presents the Company’s RSU activity for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

Number

 

 

Average Grant

 

  

 

of Shares

  

 

Date Fair Value

Unvested as of December 31, 2015

 

 

 —

 

$

 —

Granted

 

 

5,379

 

 

24.41

Vested

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Forfeited

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Unvested as of December 31, 2016

   

 

5,379

   

$

24.41

Granted

 

 

14,506

 

 

29.74

Vested

 

 

(8,379)

 

 

26.77

Forfeited

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Unvested as of December 31, 2017

   

 

11,506

   

$

29.74

Granted

 

 

47,094

 

 

28.64

Vested

 

 

(9,839)

 

 

32.31

Forfeited

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Unvested as of December 31, 2018

 

 

48,761

 

$

28.60

 

For the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company granted 11,799 RSUs to non-employee directors with a weighted-average grant date fair value of $27.89 and issued 35,295 RSUs to employees with a weighted average grant date fair value of $28.89. For the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company granted 9,006 RSUs to non-employee directors with a weighted-average grant date fair value of $30.19 and issued 5,500 RSUs to employees with a weighted average grant date fair value of $28.97. The awards will vest on various dates. The total grant date fair value of RSUs that vested during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 was $0.3 million and $0.2 million, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company granted 5,379 RSUs to non-employee directors with a weighted-average grant date fair value of $24.41. The RSUs vested in one year from the date of grant. Participants must continuously serve as a non-employee director or employee from the grant date through the vesting date with any unvested RSUs being forfeited upon termination of the grantee’s service as a non-employee director or employee. The Company’s share-based compensation expense related to RSUs was $0.4 million and $0.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The Company’s share-based compensation expense related to RSUs was not material for the year ended December 31, 2016. Unrecognized compensation expense related to unvested RSUs was $1.1 million and $0.2 million as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The unrecognized compensation expense as of December 31, 2018 is expected to be recognized over a weighted average vesting period of 1.4 years. As of December 31, 2018, total shares authorized under the 2016 Non-Employee Director Plan were 75,000 shares of which 48,816 shares were available for future grants.

 

For all awards of restricted stock, PSUs and RSUs, the Company, upon delivery of the common stock, will also pay to each grantee a cash amount equal to the product of all cash dividends paid on a share of common stock from the grant date to such delivery date and the number of common stock delivered to the grantee on such delivery date.

 

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

 

The Company also has an employee stock purchase plan (“ESPP”) which permits employees to periodically purchase Company stock on a payroll deduction basis. Participant purchases through the ESPP receive a discount of 5% from the closing price of FHI’s common stock on the exercise date. Participants are required to adhere to a two year holding period with regards to shares purchased through the ESPP. The ESPP has been determined to be non-compensatory in nature. As a result, the Company expects that expenses related to the ESPP will not be material. As of December 31, 2018, total shares authorized under the Company’s ESPP were 600,000 shares. The Company issued 12,341 shares and 15,961 shares of common stock to employee participants in January 2018 and 2017, respectively, which resulted in 571,698 shares of common stock authorized for future purchases. 

 

22. Fair Value

 

The Company determines the fair values of its financial instruments based on the requirements established in ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements, which provides a framework for measuring fair value under GAAP and requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. ASC 820 defines fair value as the exit price, the price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability, in

146


 

Table of Contents

the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date under current market conditions.

 

Fair Value Hierarchy

 

ASC 820 establishes three levels of fair values based on the markets in which the assets or liabilities are traded and the reliability of the assumptions used to determine fair value. The levels are: 

 

·

Level 1: Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access.

·

Level 2: Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

·

Level 3: Valuation is generated from model-based techniques that use significant assumptions not observable in the market. These unobservable assumptions reflect the Company’s own estimates of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability (“Company-level data”). Level 3 assets and liabilities include financial instruments whose value is determined using unobservable inputs to pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies, or similar techniques, as well as instruments for which the determination of fair value requires significant management judgment or estimation.

 

ASC 820 requires that the Company disclose estimated fair values for certain financial instruments. Financial instruments include such items as investment securities, loans, deposits, interest rate and foreign exchange contracts, swaps and other instruments as defined by the standard. The Company has an organized and established process for determining and reviewing the fair value of financial instruments reported in the Company’s financial statements. The fair value measurements are reviewed to ensure they are reasonable and in line with market experience in similar asset and liability classes.

 

Additionally, the Company may be required to record at fair value other assets on a nonrecurring basis, such as other real estate owned, other customer relationships, and other intangible assets. These nonrecurring fair value adjustments typically involve the application of lower-of-cost-or-fair-value accounting or write-downs of individual assets.

 

Disclosure of fair values is not required for certain items such as lease financing, obligations for pension and other postretirement benefits, premises and equipment, prepaid expenses, deposit liabilities with no defined or contractual maturity, and income tax assets and liabilities.

 

Reasonable comparisons of fair value information with that of other financial institutions cannot necessarily be made because the standard permits many alternative calculation techniques, and numerous assumptions have been used to estimate the Company’s fair values.

 

Valuation Techniques Used in the Fair Value Measurement of Assets and Liabilities Carried at Fair Value

 

For the assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis (categorized in the valuation hierarchy table below), the Company applies the following valuation techniques:

 

Available-for-sale securities

 

Available-for-sale debt securities are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. Fair value measurement is based on quoted prices, including estimates by third-party pricing services, if available. If quoted prices are not available, fair values are measured using proprietary valuation models that utilize market observable parameters from active market makers and inter-dealer brokers whereby securities are valued based upon available market data for securities with similar characteristics. Management reviews the pricing information received from the Company’s third-party pricing service to evaluate the inputs and valuation methodologies used to place securities into the appropriate level of the fair value hierarchy and transfers of securities within the fair value hierarchy are made if necessary. On a monthly basis, management reviews the pricing information received from the third-party pricing service which includes a comparison to non-binding third-party broker quotes, as well as a review of market-related conditions impacting the information provided by the third-party pricing service. Management also identifies investment securities which may have traded in illiquid or inactive markets by identifying instances of a significant decrease in the volume or frequency of trades, relative to historical levels,

147


 

Table of Contents

as well as instances of a significant widening of the bid-ask spread in the brokered markets. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, management did not make adjustments to prices provided by the third-party pricing services as a result of illiquid or inactive markets. The Company’s third-party pricing service has also established processes for the Company to submit inquiries regarding quoted prices. Periodically, the Company will challenge the quoted prices provided by the third-party pricing service. The Company’s third-party pricing service will review the inputs to the evaluation in light of the new market data presented by the Company. The Company’s third-party pricing service may then affirm the original quoted price or may update the evaluation on a going forward basis. The Company classifies all available-for-sale securities as Level 2.

 

Derivatives

 

Most of the Company’s derivatives are traded in over-the-counter markets where quoted market prices are not readily available. For those derivatives, the Company measures fair value on a recurring basis using proprietary valuation models that primarily use market observable inputs, such as yield curves, and option volatilities. The fair value of derivatives includes values associated with counterparty credit risk and the Company’s own credit standing. The Company classifies these derivatives, included in other assets and other liabilities, as Level 2.

 

Concurrent with the sale of the Visa Class B restricted shares, the Company entered into an agreement with the buyer that requires payment to the buyer in the event Visa reduces each member bank’s Class B conversion rate to unrestricted Class A common shares. On July 5, 2018, Visa announced a decrease in conversion rate from 1.6483 to 1.6298 effective June 28, 2018. The Visa derivative of $2.6 million and $5.4 million was included in the consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, to provide for the fair value of this liability. The potential liability related to this funding swap agreement was determined based on management’s estimate of the timing and the amount of Visa’s litigation settlement and the resulting payments due to the counterparty under the terms of the contract. As such, the funding swap agreement is classified as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy. The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the Company’s funding swap agreement are the potential future changes in the conversion rate, expected term and growth rate of the market price of Visa Class A common shares. Material increases (or decreases) in any of those inputs may result in a significantly higher (or lower) fair value measurement.

 

Assets and Liabilities Recorded at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

 

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 are summarized below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Fair Value Measurements as of December 31, 2018

 

 

Quoted Prices in

 

Significant

 

 

 

 

 

 

Active Markets for

 

Other

 

Significant

 

 

 

 

Identical Assets

 

Observable

 

Unobservable

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

  

(Level 1)

  

Inputs (Level 2)

  

Inputs (Level 3)

  

Total

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Treasury securities

 

$

 —

 

$

389,470

 

$

 —

 

$

389,470

Government-sponsored enterprises debt securities

 

 

 —

 

 

241,594

 

 

 —

 

 

241,594

Government agency mortgage-backed securities(1)

 

 

 —

 

 

411,536

 

 

 —

 

 

411,536

Government-sponsored enterprises mortgage-backed securities(1)

 

 

 —

 

 

150,847

 

 

 —

 

 

150,847

Collateralized mortgage obligations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Government agency

 

 

 —

 

 

2,682,449

 

 

 —

 

 

2,682,449

Government-sponsored enterprises

 

 

 —

 

 

602,592

 

 

 —

 

 

602,592

Debt securities issued by states and political subdivisions

 

 

 —

 

 

19,854

 

 

 —

 

 

19,854

Total available-for-sale securities

 

 

 —

 

 

4,498,342

 

 

 —

 

 

4,498,342

Other assets(2)

 

 

 —

 

 

12,336

 

 

 —

 

 

12,336

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other liabilities(3)

 

 

 —

 

 

(12,085)

 

 

(2,607)

 

 

(14,692)

Total

 

$

 —

 

$

4,498,593

 

$

(2,607)

 

$

4,495,986

 

148


 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Fair Value Measurements as of December 31, 2017

 

 

Quoted Prices in

 

Significant

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Active Markets for

 

Other

 

Significant

 

 

 

 

Identical Assets

 

Observable

 

Unobservable

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

  

(Level 1)

  

Inputs (Level 2)

  

Inputs (Level 3)

  

Total

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Treasury securities

 

$

 —

 

$

392,255

 

$

 —

 

$

392,255

Government-sponsored enterprises debt securities

 

 

 —

 

 

242,601

 

 

 —

 

 

242,601

Government agency mortgage-backed securities(1)

 

 

 —

 

 

351,390

 

 

 —

 

 

351,390

Government-sponsored enterprises mortgage-backed securities(1)

 

 

 —

 

 

174,741

 

 

 —

 

 

174,741

Collateralized mortgage obligations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Government agency

 

 

 —

 

 

3,290,474

 

 

 —

 

 

3,290,474

Government-sponsored enterprises

 

 

 —

 

 

762,718

 

 

 —

 

 

762,718

Debt securities issued by states and political subdivisions

 

 

 —

 

 

20,479

 

 

 —

 

 

20,479

Total available-for-sale securities

 

 

 —

 

 

5,234,658

 

 

 —

 

 

5,234,658

Other assets(2)

 

 

 —

 

 

14,682

 

 

 —

 

 

14,682

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other liabilities(3)

 

 

 —

 

 

(15,049)

 

 

(5,439)

 

 

(20,488)

Total

 

$

 —

 

$

5,234,291

 

$

(5,439)

 

$

5,228,852


(1)

Backed by residential real estate.

(2)

Other assets include derivative assets.

(3)

Other liabilities include derivative liabilities.

 

Changes in Fair Value Levels

 

For any transfers in and out of the levels of the fair value hierarchy, the Company discloses the fair value measurement at the beginning of the reporting period during which the transfer occurred. During the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017,  there were no transfers between fair value hierarchy levels. 

 

The changes in Level 3 liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 are summarized below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Visa Derivative

(dollars in thousands)

 

2018

  

2017

Year Ended December 31, 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as of January 1,

 

$

(5,439)

 

$

(7,460)

Total net losses included in other noninterest income

 

 

(173)

 

 

(168)

Settlements

 

 

3,005

 

 

2,189

Balance as of December 31, 

 

$

(2,607)

 

$

(5,439)

Total net losses included in net income attributable to the change in unrealized gains or losses related to liabilities still held as of December 31, 

 

$

(173)

 

$

(168)

 

149


 

Table of Contents

Assets and Liabilities Carried at Other Than Fair Value

 

The following tables summarize for the periods indicated the estimated fair value of the Company’s financial instruments that are not required to be carried at fair value on a recurring basis, excluding leases and deposit liabilities with no defined or contractual maturity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurements

 

 

 

 

 

 

Quoted Prices in

 

Significant

 

Significant

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Active Markets

 

Other

 

Unobservable

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

for Identical

 

Observable

 

Inputs

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

  

Book Value

  

Assets (Level 1)

  

Inputs (Level 2)

  

(Level 3)

  

Total

 

Financial assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

1,003,637

 

$

396,836

 

$

606,801

 

$

 —

 

$

1,003,637

 

Loans held for sale

 

 

432

 

 

 —

 

 

432

 

 

 —

 

 

432

 

Loans(1)(2)

 

 

12,928,422

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

12,664,170

 

 

12,664,170

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Time deposits(3)

 

$

3,092,164

 

$

 —

 

$

3,058,792

 

$

 —

 

$

3,058,792

 

Long-term borrowings(4)

 

 

600,000

 

 

 —

 

 

602,088

 

 

 —

 

 

602,088

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurements

 

 

 

 

 

 

Quoted Prices in

 

Significant

 

Significant

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Active Markets

 

Other

 

Unobservable

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

for Identical

 

Observable

 

Inputs

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

  

Book Value

  

Assets (Level 1)

  

Inputs (Level 2)

  

(Level 3)

  

Total

 

Financial assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

1,034,644

 

$

367,084

 

$

667,560

 

$

 —

 

$

1,034,644

 

Loans held for sale

 

 

556

 

 

 —

 

 

559

 

 

 —

 

 

559

 

Loans(1)(2)

 

 

12,112,303

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

12,426,506

 

 

12,426,506

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Time deposits(3)

 

$

4,173,882

 

$

 —

 

$

4,160,393

 

$

 —

 

$

4,160,393

 


(1)

Excludes financing leases of $147.8 million at December 31, 2018 and $165.1 million at December 31, 2017.

(2)

In connection with the prospective adoption of ASU No. 2016-01,  Financial Instruments (Topic 825), Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities, on July 1, 2018, the valuation methodology used to estimate the fair value of loans was changed to conform to an exit price notion. The fair value estimate at December 31, 2017 has not been revised to reflect application of the modified methodology.

(3)

Excludes deposit liabilities with no defined or contractual maturity of $14.1 billion at December 31, 2018 and $13.4 billion at December 31, 2017.

(4)

Excludes capital lease obligations of $26 thousand at December 31, 2018.

 

Unfunded loan and lease commitments and letters of credit are not included in the tables above. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company had $5.8 billion and $5.6 billion, respectively, of unfunded loan and lease commitments and letters of credit. A reasonable estimate of the fair value of these instruments is the carrying value of deferred fees plus the related reserve for unfunded commitments, which totaled $14.2 million and $11.7 million at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. No active trading market exists for these instruments and the estimated fair value does not include value associated with the borrower relationship. The Company does not estimate the fair values of certain unfunded loan and lease commitments that can be canceled by providing notice to the borrower. As Company-level data is incorporated into the fair value measurement, unfunded loan and lease commitments and letters of credit are classified as Level 3.

150


 

Table of Contents

 

Valuation Techniques Used in the Fair Value Measurement of Assets and Liabilities Carried at the Lower of Cost or Fair Value

 

The Company applies the following valuation techniques to assets measured at the lower of cost or fair value:

 

Mortgage servicing rights

 

MSRs are carried at the lower of cost or fair value and are therefore subject to fair value measurements on a nonrecurring basis. The fair value of MSRs is determined using models which use significant unobservable inputs, such as estimates of prepayment rates, the resultant weighted average lives of the MSRs and the option-adjusted spread levels. Accordingly, the Company classifies MSRs as Level 3.

 

Impaired loans

 

A large portion of the Company’s impaired loans are collateral dependent and are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis using collateral values as a practical expedient. The fair values of collateral for impaired loans are primarily based on real estate appraisal reports prepared by third-party appraisers less disposition costs, present value of the expected future cash flows or the loan’s observable market price. Certain loans are measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows, discounted at the loan’s effective rate, which is not a fair value measurement. The Company measures the impairment on certain loans and leases by performing a lower-of-cost-or-fair-value analysis. If impairment is determined by the value of the collateral or an observable market price, it is written down to fair value on a nonrecurring basis as Level 3.

 

Other real estate owned

 

The Company values these properties at fair value at the time the Company acquires them, which establishes their new cost basis. After acquisition, the Company carries such properties at the lower of cost or fair value less estimated selling costs on a nonrecurring basis. Fair value is measured on a nonrecurring basis using collateral values as a practical expedient. The fair values of collateral for other real estate owned are primarily based on real estate appraisal reports prepared by third-party appraisers less disposition costs and are classified as Level 3.

 

Assets and Liabilities Recorded at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis

 

The Company may be required to record certain assets at fair value on a nonrecurring basis in accordance with GAAP. These assets are subject to fair value adjustments that result from the application of lower of cost or fair value accounting or write-downs of individual assets to fair value.

 

The following table provides the level of valuation inputs used to determine each fair value adjustment and the fair value of the related individual assets or portfolio of assets with fair value adjustments on a nonrecurring basis as of December 31, 2018 and 2017:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

  

Level 1

  

Level 2

  

Level 3

December 31, 2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impaired loans

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

402

December 31, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impaired loans

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

87

 

Total losses on impaired loans for the years ended December 31, 2018,  2017 and 2016 were $0.7 million, $0.7 million and $0.4 million, respectively.

 

For Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring or nonrecurring basis as of

151


 

Table of Contents

December 31, 2018 and 2017, the significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurements were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Quantitative Information about Level 3 Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Significant

 

Range

(dollars in thousands)

 

Fair value

    

Valuation Technique

    

Unobservable Input

    

(Weighted Average)

Impaired loans

 

$

402

 

Appraisal Value

 

Appraisal Value

 

n/m(1)

Visa derivative

 

$

(2,607)

 

Discounted Cash Flow

 

Expected Conversion Rate

 

1.6298

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expected Term

 

4 years

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Growth Rate

 

15%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Quantitative Information about Level 3 Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Range

(dollars in thousands)

 

Fair value

    

Valuation Technique

    

Unobservable Input

    

(Weighted Average)

Impaired loans

 

$

87

 

Appraisal Value

 

Appraisal Value

 

n/m(1)

Visa derivative

 

$

(5,439)

 

Discounted Cash Flow

 

Expected Conversion Rate

 

1.6483

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expected Term

 

4 years

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Growth Rate

 

15%


(1)

The fair value of these assets is determined based on appraised values of collateral or broker price opinions, the range of which is not meaningful to disclose.

 

 

23. Reportable Operating Segments

 

The Company’s operations are organized into three business segments – Retail Banking, Commercial Banking and Treasury and Other. These segments reflect how discrete financial information is currently evaluated by the chief operating decision maker and how performance is assessed and resources allocated. The Company’s internal management process measures the performance of these business segments. This process, which is not necessarily comparable with similar information for any other financial institution, uses various techniques to assign balance sheet and income statement amounts to the business segments, including allocations of income, expense, the provision for loan and lease losses and capital. This process is dynamic and requires certain allocations based on judgment and other subjective factors. Unlike financial accounting, there is no comprehensive authoritative guidance for management accounting that is equivalent to GAAP.

 

The net interest income of the business segments reflects the results of a funds transfer pricing process that matches assets and liabilities with similar interest rate sensitivity and maturity characteristics and reflects the allocation of net interest income related to the Company’s overall asset and liability management activities on a proportionate basis. The basis for the allocation of net interest income is a function of the Company’s assumptions that are subject to change based on changes in current interest rates and market conditions. Funds transfer pricing also serves to transfer interest rate risk to Treasury. 

 

The Company allocates the provision for loan and lease losses to each segment based on management’s estimate of the inherent loss content in each of the specific loan and lease portfolios. Noninterest income and expense includes allocations from support units to the business segments. These allocations are based on actual usage where practicably calculated or by management’s estimate of such usage.

 

Business Segments

 

Retail Banking

 

Retail Banking offers a broad range of financial products and services to consumers and small businesses. Loan and lease products offered include residential and commercial mortgage loans, home equity lines of credit, automobile loans and leases, personal lines of credit, installment loans and small business loans and leases. Deposit products offered include checking, savings and time deposit accounts. Retail Banking also offers wealth management services. Products and services from Retail Banking are delivered to customers through 60 banking locations throughout the State of Hawaii, Guam and Saipan.

 

Commercial Banking

 

Commercial Banking offers products that include corporate banking, residential and commercial real estate loans, commercial lease financing, automobile loans and auto dealer financing, business deposit products and credit cards.

152


 

Table of Contents

Commercial lending and deposit products are offered primarily to middle-market and large companies locally, nationally and internationally.

 

Treasury and Other

 

Treasury consists of corporate asset and liability management activities including interest rate risk management. The segment’s assets and liabilities (and related interest income and expense) consist of interest-bearing deposits, investment securities, federal funds sold and purchased, government deposits, short- and long-term borrowings and bank-owned properties. The primary sources of noninterest income are from bank-owned life insurance, net gains from the sale of investment securities, foreign exchange income related to customer-driven currency requests from merchants and island visitors and management of bank-owned properties. The net residual effect of the transfer pricing of assets and liabilities is included in Treasury, along with the elimination of intercompany transactions.

 

Other organizational units (Technology, Operations, Credit and Risk Management, Human Resources, Finance, Administration, Marketing and Corporate and Regulatory Administration) provide a wide-range of support to the Company’s other income earning segments. Expenses incurred by these support units are charged to the business segments through an internal cost allocation process.

 

The following tables present selected business segment financial information for the years indicated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Treasury

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail

 

Commercial

 

and

 

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

  

Banking

  

Banking

  

Other(1)

  

Total

 

Year Ended December 31, 2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

$

447,023

 

$

113,475

 

$

5,820

 

$

566,318

 

Provision for loan and lease losses

 

 

(8,753)

 

 

(13,427)

 

 

 —

 

 

(22,180)

 

Net interest income after provision for loan and lease losses

 

 

438,270

 

 

100,048

 

 

5,820

 

 

544,138

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Noninterest income

 

 

90,800

 

 

79,773

 

 

8,420

 

 

178,993

 

Noninterest expense

 

 

(225,879)

 

 

(80,766)

 

 

(58,308)

 

 

(364,953)

 

Income (loss) before (provision) benefit for income taxes

 

 

303,191

 

 

99,055

 

 

(44,068)

 

 

358,178

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Provision) benefit for income taxes

 

 

(77,872)

 

 

(25,164)

 

 

9,252

 

 

(93,784)

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

225,319

 

$

73,891

 

$

(34,816)

 

$

264,394

 

Total assets as of December 31, 2018

 

$

7,078,016

 

$

6,346,541

 

$

7,271,121

 

$

20,695,678

 


(1) Includes $24.1 million in OTTI write-downs.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Treasury

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail

 

Commercial

 

and

 

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

  

Banking

  

Banking

  

Other(1)

  

Total

 

Year Ended December 31, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income (expense)

 

$

430,379

 

$

111,109

 

$

(12,684)

 

$

528,804

 

Provision for loan and lease losses

 

 

(6,837)

 

 

(11,663)

 

 

 —

 

 

(18,500)

 

Net interest income (expense) after provision for loan and lease losses

 

 

423,542

 

 

99,446

 

 

(12,684)

 

 

510,304

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Noninterest income

 

 

90,702

 

 

74,236

 

 

40,667

 

 

205,605

 

Noninterest expense

 

 

(223,652)

 

 

(68,167)

 

 

(55,735)

 

 

(347,554)

 

Income (loss) before (provision) benefit for income taxes

 

 

290,592

 

 

105,515

 

 

(27,752)

 

 

368,355

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Provision) benefit for income taxes

 

 

(138,786)

 

 

(49,201)

 

 

3,314

 

 

(184,673)

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

151,806

 

$

56,314

 

$

(24,438)

 

$

183,682

 

Total assets as of December 31, 2017

 

$

7,003,724

 

$

5,462,370

 

$

8,083,367

 

$

20,549,461

 


(1) Includes $6.9 million gains on the sale of real estate.

 

153


 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Treasury

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail

 

Commercial

 

and

 

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

  

Banking

  

Banking

  

Other

  

Total

 

Year Ended December 31, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income (expense)

 

$

415,964

 

$

115,455

 

$

(39,747)

 

$

491,672

 

Provision for loan and lease losses

 

 

(3,150)

 

 

(5,450)

 

 

 —

 

 

(8,600)

 

Net interest income (expense) after provision for loan and lease losses

 

 

412,814

 

 

110,005

 

 

(39,747)

 

 

483,072

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Noninterest income

 

 

91,583

 

 

73,264

 

 

61,190

 

 

226,037

 

Noninterest expense

 

 

(211,762)

 

 

(63,193)

 

 

(62,325)

 

 

(337,280)

 

Income (loss) before (provision) benefit for income taxes

 

 

292,635

 

 

120,076

 

 

(40,882)

 

 

371,829

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Provision) benefit for income taxes

 

 

(110,192)

 

 

(45,172)

 

 

13,713

 

 

(141,651)

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

182,443

 

$

74,904

 

$

(27,169)

 

$

230,178

 

Total assets as of December 31, 2016

 

$

6,963,701

 

$

4,680,512

 

$

8,017,616

 

$

19,661,829

 

 

 

 

 

24. Parent Company

 

The following tables present Parent Company-only condensed financial statements:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Condensed Statements of Comprehensive Income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

 

(dollars in thousands)

  

2018

  

2017

 

2016

 

Income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends from FHB

 

$

263,400

 

$

105,400

 

$

479,692

 

Other income

 

 

1,541

 

 

3,937

 

 

368

 

Total income

 

 

264,941

 

 

109,337

 

 

480,060

 

Noninterest expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salaries and employee benefits

 

 

5,940

 

 

5,949

 

 

6,820

 

Contracted services and professional fees

 

 

3,780

 

 

3,643

 

 

5,424

 

Equipment

 

 

31

 

 

55

 

 

 —

 

Advertising and marketing

 

 

 —

 

 

 1

 

 

 4

 

Other

 

 

732

 

 

570

 

 

999

 

Total noninterest expense

 

 

10,483

 

 

10,218

 

 

13,247

 

Income before benefit (provision) for income taxes and equity in undistributed income (excess distributions) of FHB

 

 

254,458

 

 

99,119

 

 

466,813

 

Benefit (provision) for income taxes

 

 

1,184

 

 

(642)

 

 

3,175

 

Equity in undistributed income (excess distributions) of FHB

 

 

8,752

 

 

85,205

 

 

(239,810)

 

Net income

 

$

264,394

 

$

183,682

 

$

230,178

 

Comprehensive income

 

$

248,650

 

$

175,310

 

$

193,426

 

 

154


 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Condensed Statements of Condition

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 

(dollars in thousands)

    

2018

    

2017

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

5,647

 

$

14,337

Investment in FHB

 

 

2,521,347

 

 

2,522,624

Other assets

 

 

19,358

 

 

23,912

Total assets

 

$

2,546,352

 

$

2,560,873

Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retirement benefits payable

 

$

509

 

$

780

Other liabilities

 

 

21,004

 

 

27,542

Total liabilities

 

 

21,513

 

 

28,322

Stockholders' Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders' equity

 

 

2,524,839

 

 

2,532,551

Total stockholders' equity

 

 

2,524,839

 

 

2,532,551

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

 

$

2,546,352

 

$

2,560,873

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

 

(dollars in thousands)

  

2018

  

2017

  

2016

   

Cash flows from operating activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

264,394

 

$

183,682

 

$

230,178

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Equity in undistributed income) excess distributions of FHB

 

 

(8,752)

 

 

(85,205)

 

 

239,810

 

Deferred income taxes

 

 

(48)

 

 

(274)

 

 

191

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

281

 

 

244

 

 

55

 

Change in assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net (increase) decrease in other assets

 

 

(9,635)

 

 

36,467

 

 

(18,729)

 

Net increase (decrease) in other liabilities

 

 

7,633

 

 

(2,058)

 

 

(8,368)

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

 

253,873

 

 

132,856

 

 

443,137

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other, net

 

 

 —

 

 

 7

 

 

 —

 

Net cash provided by investing activities

 

 

 —

 

 

 7

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends paid

 

 

(131,036)

 

 

(122,810)

 

 

(85,797)

 

Distributions paid

 

 

 —

 

 

(2,118)

 

 

(361,200)

 

Stock tendered for payment of withholding taxes

 

 

(69)

 

 

(120)

 

 

(146)

 

Proceeds from employee stock purchase plan

 

 

342

 

 

528

 

 

 —

 

Common stock repurchased

 

 

(131,800)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Net cash used in financing activities

 

 

(262,563)

 

 

(124,520)

 

 

(447,143)

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

(8,690)

 

 

8,343

 

 

(4,006)

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

 

 

14,337

 

 

5,994

 

 

10,000

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

 

$

5,647

 

$

14,337

 

$

5,994

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

155


 

Table of Contents

ITEM 9.    CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

 

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 9A.  CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

 

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

 

The Company’s management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) as of December 31, 2018. The Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.  Based on this evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2018.

 

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

Management of the Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting. Internal control is designed to provide reasonable assurance to the Company’s management and board of directors regarding the preparation of reliable published financial statements. Internal control over financial reporting includes self-monitoring mechanisms, and actions are taken to correct deficiencies as they are identified.

 

Because of inherent limitations in any system of internal control, no matter how well designed, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected, including the possibility of the circumvention or overriding of controls. Accordingly, even effective internal control over financial reporting can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation. Further, because of changes in conditions, internal control effectiveness may vary over time.

 

Management assessed the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018. This assessment was based on criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting described in “Internal Control – Integrated Framework” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework). Based on this assessment, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer assert that the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018 based on the specified criteria.

 

Attestation Report of the Company’s Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

The effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018 has been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, the independent registered public accounting firm who also has audited the Company’s consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Deloitte & Touche LLP’s attestation report on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting appears on the following page and is incorporated by reference herein.

 

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

There were no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) that occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2018 that have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

156


 

Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

 

To The Stockholders and the Board of Directors of

First Hawaiian, Inc.

Honolulu, Hawaii

 

Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

 

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of First Hawaiian, Inc. and Subsidiary (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2018, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Because management's assessment and our audit were conducted to meet the reporting requirements of Section 112 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act (FDICIA), management's assessment and our audit of the Company's internal control over financial reporting included controls over the preparation of the schedules equivalent to the basic financial statements in accordance with the instructions for the Consolidated Financial Statements for Bank Holding Companies (Form FR Y-9C). In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by COSO.

 

We have not examined and, accordingly, we do not express an opinion or any other form of assurance on management's statement referring to compliance with laws and regulations.

 

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2018, of the Company and our report dated February 27, 2019, expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements.

 

Basis for Opinion 

 

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management Report. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

157


 

Table of Contents

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

 

Honolulu, Hawaii
February 27, 2019

158


 

Table of Contents

ITEM 9B.  OTHER INFORMATION

 

Information Required Pursuant to Section 13(r) of the Securities Exchange Act

 

Section 219 of the Iran Threat Reduction and Syria Human Rights Act of 2012 amended Section 13 of the Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) to add new subsection (r), which requires disclosure if, during the reporting period, the issuer or any of its affiliates has knowingly engaged in certain specified activities involving Iran or other persons targeted by the United States sanctions programs related to terrorism (Executive Order 13224) or the proliferation of weapons of mass destruction (Executive Order 13382). Disclosure is generally required even if the activities were conducted outside the United States by non-U.S. entities in compliance with applicable law. First Hawaiian Bank, Inc. and Subsidiary (the “Company”) have not engaged in any activities that would require reporting under Section 13(r) of the Exchange Act. However, the Company was controlled by BNP Paribas and under common control with BNP Paribas’ affiliates (collectively “BNPP”) during the reporting period covered by this report. To help the Company comply with Section 13(r) of the Exchange Act, BNPP has requested relevant information from its affiliates globally, and it has provided the following information to the Company.  

 

BNPP is committed to economic sanctions compliance, the prevention of money laundering and the fight against corruption and terrorist financing. As part of these efforts, BNPP has adopted and maintains a risk-based compliance program reasonably designed to ensure conformity with applicable anti-money laundering, anti-corruption, counter-terrorist financing, and sanctions laws and regulations in the territories in which BNPP operates.

 

Legacy agreements: In the past, BNPP has issued and participates in legacy guarantees and other financing arrangements that supported various projects, including the construction of petrochemical plants in Iran.  Some of these financing arrangements had counterparties that were entities or instrumentalities of the Government of Iran, involved Iranian banks that were subsequently sanctioned pursuant to Executive Orders 13224 or 13382, or involved a Syrian entity that was subsequently sanctioned pursuant to Executive Order 13382.  BNPP continues to have obligations under these arrangements and has made efforts to close the positions which remain outstanding in accordance with applicable law. In 2018, BNPP received gross revenues of approximately EUR 2.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 in connection with these projects, with a net profit of less than that amount, which mainly comprised of repayments and fees on these legacy guarantees and other financing arrangements.    

 

Other relationships with Iranian banks: Until August 1, 2017, BNPP maintained a safe deposit box in Italy for the Rome branch of an Iranian government-owned bank. BNPP has exited this relationship. There was no gross revenue to BNPP during the reporting period for this activity.

 

Clearing systems: As part of its operations and in conformance with applicable law, BNPP participates in various local clearing and settlement exchange systems. Iranian government-owned banks also participate in some of these clearing systems and may act as counterparty banks. BNPP intends to continue to participate in the local clearing and settlement exchange systems in various countries. There was no measurable gross revenue or net profit generated by this activity for BNPP during the reporting period.

 

Restricted accounts and transactions: BNPP maintains various accounts that are blocked or restricted for sanctions-related reasons, for which no activity took place during the reporting period except for the crediting of interest or the deduction of standard account charges, in accordance with applicable law. During the fourth quarter of 2016, BNPP froze payments where required under relevant sanctions programs. BNPP will continue to hold these assets in a blocked or restricted status, as applicable laws may require or permit.

 

Amendment of Bylaws

 

On February 28, 2018, the Board of Directors of FHI amended and restated FHI’s Bylaws (as so amended and restated, the “Bylaws”) to implement proxy access. The Bylaws include a new Section 1.13 that permits a shareholder, or a group of up to twenty shareholders, owning at least three percent of FHI’s outstanding shares of common stock continuously for at least three years to nominate and include in FHI’s annual meeting proxy materials director nominees constituting the greater of two directors or twenty percent of the total number of directors of FHI, provided that the shareholder(s) and nominee(s) satisfy the requirements specified in the Bylaws. The Bylaws also include changes to Section 1.12 to account for proxy access.

 

159


 

Table of Contents

The foregoing description is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the Bylaws, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit 3.2 and is incorporated herein by reference.

160


 

Table of Contents

PART III

 

ITEM 10.  DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

 

Directors and Executive Officers

 

For information relating to the directors and executive officers of the Company, the section captioned “Directors and Executive Officers” in the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement for the 2019 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (the “Proxy Statement”) to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of the Company's fiscal year is incorporated herein by reference. For information regarding procedures for stockholder nominations, the section captioned “Stockholder Proposals for the 2019 Annual Meeting” in the Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

   

Compliance with Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

 

For information regarding compliance with Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the section captioned “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” in the Company’s Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Disclosure of Code of Ethics

 

For information concerning The Company’s Code of Ethics, the information contained under the section captioned “Board of Directors, Committees and Governance—Corporate Governance Guidelines and Code of Conduct and Ethics” in the Company’s Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Corporate Governance

 

For information regarding the Audit Committee and its composition and the audit committee financial experts, the section captioned “Board of Directors, Committees and Governance — Committees of Our Board of Directors — Audit Committee” in the Company’s Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

 

ITEM 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

 

For information regarding executive and director compensation, the sections captioned “Executive Compensation” and “Director Compensation” in the Company’s Proxy Statement are incorporated herein by reference.

 

For information regarding compensation committee interlocks and insider participation, the section captioned “Board of Directors, Committees and Governance — Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation” in the Company’s Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference. For our Compensation Committee Report, see “Executive Compensation — Compensation Disclosure and Analysis — Compensation Committee Report.”

 

ITEM 12.  SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

 

For information regarding Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners, Directors and Management, the section captioned “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners, Directors and Management” in the Company’s Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

 

161


 

Table of Contents

The following table sets forth information about the Company common stock that may be issued upon the exercise of stock options, warrants and rights under all of the Company’s equity compensation plans as of December 31, 2018.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of securities

 

 

Number of securities

 

Weighted average

 

remaining available

 

 

to be issued upon

 

exercise price of

 

for future issuance

 

 

exercise of outstanding

 

outstanding options,

 

under equity

Plan Category

 

options, warrants and rights

   

warrants and rights

   

compensation plans

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders

751,773

 

$

 —

 

5,308,239

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

Total

 

751,773

 

$

 —

 

5,308,239

 

ITEM 13.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

 

For information regarding transactions with related persons, promoters and certain control persons, the section captioned “Certain Related Party Transactions” in the Company’s Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

 

For information regarding director independence, the section captioned “Board of Directors, Committees and Governance — Director Independence” in the Company’s Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

 

ITEM 14.  PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

 

For information regarding transactions with related persons, promoters and certain control persons, the section captioned “Principal Accountant Fees” in the Company’s Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

 

162


 

Table of Contents

PART IV

 

ITEM 15.  EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

 

(a)

1.Financial Statements

The following consolidated financial statements of First Hawaiian, Inc. and Subsidiary are included in Item 8 of this report:

 

Consolidated Statements of Income – For the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016

 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income – For the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets – As of December 31, 2018 and 2017

 

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity – For the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows – For the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

2.Financial Statement Schedules

 

All schedules are omitted since the required information is either not applicable, not deemed material, or is disclosed in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. 

 

3.Exhibits

 

The list of exhibits required to be filed as exhibits to this Annual Report on Form 10-K is listed below in the “Exhibit Index”.

 

 

ITEM 16.  FORM 10-K SUMMARY

 

 None.

163


 

Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit Number

 

 

3.1

 

Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by First Hawaiian, Inc. on August 10, 2016 (File No. 001-14585))

 

3.2

 

Certificate of Amendment to Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1(a) to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed by First Hawaiian, Inc. on April 27, 2018 (File No. 001-14585))

 

3.3

 

Third Amended and Restated Bylaws of First Hawaiian, Inc., effective as of February 28, 2018 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K filed by First Hawaiian, Inc. on February 28, 2018 (File No. 001-14585))

 

10.1

 

Stockholder Agreement, by and between BNP Paribas and First Hawaiian, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by First Hawaiian, Inc. on August 10, 2016 (File No. 001-14585))

 

10.2

 

Registration Rights Agreement, by and among BNP Paribas, BancWest Corporation and First Hawaiian, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by First Hawaiian, Inc. on August 10, 2016 (File No. 001-14585))

 

10.3

 

First Hawaiian Bank Long-Term Incentive Plan, as amended and restated as of January 1, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed by First Hawaiian, Inc. on July 8, 2016 (File No. 333-212451))

 

10.4

 

Certification Regarding Amendment and Restatement of the First Hawaiian Bank Incentive Plan for Key Employees, dated February 24, 2014 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed by First Hawaiian, Inc. on July 8, 2016 (File No. 333-212451))

 

10.5

 

Employment Agreement, dated as of October 20, 2011, by and among Robert S. Harrison, First Hawaiian Bank and BancWest Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed by First Hawaiian, Inc. on July 8, 2016 (File No. 333-212451))

 

10.6

 

Master Reorganization Agreement, dated as of April 1, 2016, by and among BancWest Corporation (to be renamed First Hawaiian, Inc.), BancWest Holding Inc., BWC Holding Inc. and BNP Paribas (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed by First Hawaiian, Inc. on July 8, 2016 (File No. 333-212451))

 

10.7

 

Tax Sharing Agreement, dated as of April 1, 2016, by and among BNP Paribas, BancWest Corporation (to be renamed First Hawaiian, Inc.) and BancWest Holding Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed by First Hawaiian, Inc. on July 8, 2016 (File No. 333-212451))

 

10.8

 

Expense Reimbursement Agreement, effective as of July 1, 2016, by and between First Hawaiian, Inc. and BancWest Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed by First Hawaiian, Inc. on July 8, 2016 (File No. 333-212451))

 

10.9

 

First Hawaiian, Inc. 2016 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed by First Hawaiian, Inc. on August 8, 2016 (File No. 333-212996))

 

10.10

 

First Hawaiian, Inc. 2016 Non-Employee Director Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed by First Hawaiian, Inc. on August 8, 2016 (File No. 333-212996))

 

10.11

 

First Hawaiian, Inc. Bonus Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by First Hawaiian, Inc. on August 10, 2016 (File No. 001-14585))

164


 

Table of Contents

Exhibit Number

 

 

10.12

 

First Hawaiian, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed by First Hawaiian, Inc. on August 8, 2016 (File No. 333-212996))

 

10.13

 

Agreement for Allocation and Settlement of Income Tax Liabilities, effective as of July 1, 2016, by and among BNP Paribas, BNP Paribas Fortis, BNP Paribas USA, Inc., BancWest Corporation, BancWest Holding Inc., Bank of the West, First Hawaiian, Inc. and First Hawaiian Bank (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to Amendment No. 1 the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed by First Hawaiian, Inc. on July 26, 2016 (File No. 333-212451))

 

10.14

 

License Agreement, by and among First Hawaiian, Inc., First Hawaiian Bank, BancWest Holding Inc., BancWest Corporation and Bank of the West (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by First Hawaiian, Inc. on August 10, 2016 (File No. 001-14585))

 

10.15

 

Insurance Agreement, by and among BNP Paribas, BNP Paribas USA, Inc. and First Hawaiian, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by First Hawaiian,  Inc. on August 10, 2016 (File No. 001-14585))

 

10.16

 

Executive Change-in-Control Retention Plan of First Hawaiian Bank (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed by First Hawaiian, Inc. on July 8, 2016 (File No. 333-212451))

 

10.17

 

First Hawaiian, Inc. Long-Term Incentive Plan, as amended and restated effective August 9, 2016 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by First Hawaiian,  Inc. on August 10, 2016 (File No. 001-14585))

 

10.18

 

Form of First Hawaiian, Inc. 2016 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan IPO Restricted Share Award Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed by First Hawaiian, Inc. on July 8, 2016 (File No. 333-212451))

 

10.19

 

Form of First Hawaiian, Inc. 2016 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan IPO Performance Share Unit Award Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed by First Hawaiian, Inc. on July 8, 2016 (File No. 333-212451))

 

10.20

 

Form of First Hawaiian, Inc. Long-Term Incentive Plan Performance Share Unit Award Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed by First Hawaiian, Inc. on July 8, 2016 (File No. 333-212451))

 

10.21

 

Form of First Hawaiian, Inc. 2016 Non-Employee Director Plan Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed by First Hawaiian, Inc. on July 8, 2016 (File No. 333-212451))

 

10.22

 

First Hawaiian, Inc. Role-Based Allowance Award Agreement for Robert S. Harrison (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by First Hawaiian, Inc. on August 10, 2016 (File No. 001-14585))

 

10.23

 

BancWest Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan Part B (2016 Restatement) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed by First Hawaiian, Inc. on December 13, 2016 (File No. 333-215068))

 

10.24

 

BancWest Corporation Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (2008 Restatement), as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.28 to Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed by First Hawaiian, Inc. on July 26, 2016 (File No. 333-212451))

165


 

Table of Contents

Exhibit Number

 

 

10.25

 

Consulting Agreement, dated as of December 13, 2016, by and between First Hawaiian Bank and Albert M. Yamada (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.29 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed by First Hawaiian, Inc. on January 24, 2017 (File No. 333-215676))

 

10.26

 

Offer Letter, dated as of June 15, 2015, from Robert S. Harrison on behalf of First Hawaiian Bank to Eric K. Yeaman (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.30 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed by First Hawaiian, Inc. on January 24, 2017 (File No. 333-215676))

 

10.27

 

Separation Agreement Including Release of Claims; Exhibit 1 between Michael Ching, First Hawaiian, Inc. and First Hawaiian Bank, dated January 8, 2018 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by First Hawaiian, Inc. on January 9, 2018 (File No. 001-14585))

 

10.28

 

Form of Consulting Agreement between Michael Ching, First Hawaiian, Inc. and First Hawaiian Bank (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by First Hawaiian, Inc. on January 9, 2018 (File No. 001-14585))

 

10.29

 

Share Repurchase Agreement, dated as of May 7, 2018, among BNP Paribas, BancWest Corporation and the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by First Hawaiian, Inc. on May 10, 2018 (File No. 001-14585))

 

10.30

 

Amended and Restated First Hawaiian Bank Deferred Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by First Hawaiian, Inc. on April 27, 2018 (File No. 001-14585))

 

10.31

 

Offer Letter, dated as of July 25, 2018, from Robert S. Harrison on behalf of First Hawaiian Bank to Ravi Mallela (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed by First Hawaiian, Inc. on October 26, 2018 (File No. 001-14585))

 

10.32

 

Share Repurchase Agreement, dated as of July 26, 2018, among BNP Paribas, BancWest Corporation and the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by First Hawaiian, Inc. on August 1, 2018 (File No. 001-14585))

 

10.33

 

Amendment No. 1 to the Stockholder Agreement, dated as of August 1, 2018, between BNP Paribas and the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by First Hawaiian, Inc. on August 1, 2018 (File No. 001-14585))

 

10.34

 

Form of First Hawaiian, Inc. 2016 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan Restricted Share Unit Award Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed by First Hawaiian, Inc. on October 26, 2018 (File No. 001-14585))

 

21.1

 

Subsidiaries of First Hawaiian, Inc.

 

23.1

 

Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP

 

31.1

 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as Amended, Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

31.2

 

Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as Amended, Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

32.1

 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

32.2

 

Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

101.INS

 

XBRL Instance Document

166


 

Table of Contents

Exhibit Number

 

 

101.SCH

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document

 

101.CAL

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document

 

101.LAB

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document

 

101.PRE

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

 

101.DEF

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document

 

 

 

167


 

Table of Contents

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

 

 

 

Date: February 27, 2019

 

First Hawaiian, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert S. Harrison

 

 

Robert S. Harrison

 

 

Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date: February 27, 2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Robert S. Harrison

 

/s/ Ravi Mallela

Robert S. Harrison

Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

 

Ravi Mallela

Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Matthew J. Cox

 

/s/ W. Allen Doane

Matthew J. Cox, Director

 

W. Allen Doane, Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Faye W. Kurren

 

/s/ Allen B. Uyeda

Faye W. Kurren, Director

 

Allen B. Uyeda, Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Jenai S. Wall

 

/s/ C. Scott Wo

Jenai S. Wall, Director

 

C. Scott Wo, Director

 

168


fhb_Ex_21_1

Exhibit 21.1

 

Subsidiaries of First Hawaiian, Inc.

 

 

 

 

Name

 

Jurisdiction of Incorporation/Organization

First Hawaiian Bank

 

Hawaii

Bishop Street Capital Management Corporation

 

Hawaii

First Hawaiian Leasing, Inc.

 

Hawaii

 

 

 


fhb_Ex_231

Exhibit 23.1

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement Nos. 333-212996 and 333-215068 on Form S-8 of our reports dated February 27, 2019, relating to the consolidated financial statements of First Hawaiian, Inc. and Subsidiary and the effectiveness of First Hawaiian, Inc. and Subsidiary’s internal control over financial reporting,  appearing in the Annual Report on Form 10-K of First Hawaiian, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2018.  

 

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Honolulu, Hawaii

February 27, 2019


fhb_Ex_31_1

Exhibit 31.1

Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to

Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as Amended,

Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

I, Robert S. Harrison, certify that:

 

1.I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of First Hawaiian, Inc.;

 

2.Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

a)

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b)

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles:

c)

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d)

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

5.The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors:

 

a)

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b)

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

 

 

 

Date: February 27, 2019

 

/s/ Robert S. Harrison

 

 

Robert S. Harrison

 

 

Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

 


fhb_Ex_31_2

Exhibit 31.2

Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to

Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as Amended,

Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

I, Ravi Mallela,  certify that:

 

1.I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of First Hawaiian, Inc.;

 

2.Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

a)

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b)

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c)

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d)

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

5.The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors:

 

a)

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b)

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

 

 

 

Date: February 27, 2019

 

/s/ Ravi Mallela

 

 

Ravi Mallela

 

 

Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

 


fhb_Ex_32_1

Exhibit 32.1

 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to

Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

I hereby certify pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

 

·

The Annual Report on Form 10-K of First Hawaiian, Inc. (the “Company”) for the year ended December 31, 2018 (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

 

·

the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

 

 

 

Date: February 27, 2019

 

/s/ Robert S. Harrison

 

 

Robert S. Harrison

 

 

Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

 


fhb_Ex_32_2

Exhibit 32.2

 

Certification of Chief Financial Officer

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to

Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

I hereby certify pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

 

·

The Annual Report on Form 10-K of First Hawaiian, Inc. (the “Company”) for the year ended December 31, 2018 (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

 

·

the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

 

 

 

Date: February 27, 2019

 

/s/ Ravi Mallela

 

 

Ravi Mallela

 

 

Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

 

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.